Professional Documents
Culture Documents
xls
Page 1 of 1
For more information on the relays covered by this document see the following technical
manuals:
P341_EN_M_La7__B0E0_L.pdf
P34x_EN_M_La7__B0_LM.pdf
This version of the Relay Menu Database is specific to the following models:
Event
This data specifies all the event information that can be produced by the relay. It details
section
exactly how each event will be presented via the Courier, User and MODBUS interfaces.
This table fully defines the operation of the IEC60870-5-103 (VDEW) interface for the relay it
IEC60870-5-103
should be read ininteroperability
conjunction with guide
the relevant section of the SCADA Communications section
of this manual (P24x/EN SC).
References
Introduction - (P341 or P34x/EN IT): User Interface operation and connections to the relay
SCADA Communications - (P341 or P34x/EN SC): Overview of communication interfaces
Courier User Guide R6512
Modicon MODBUS
IEC60870-5-103 Protocol Reference
Telecontrol EquipmentGuide PI-MBUS-300
and Systems Rev E Protocols - Companion
- Transmission
Standard for the informative interface of Protection Equipment.
50313.3110.0453
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Menu Database 13-Nov-10
Page
Col Row Menu Text Courier Data Type LCD ref Modbus Register Start Modbus Register Data Group Data Group Max Modbus ModbusRegisters Default Setting Cell Type Available Setting Min Max Step Password P341 B0 P342 B0 P343 B0 P344 B0 P345 B0 P341 E0 Visible if Visible if Visible if Ripple BF03 Mult Description
End Courier MODBUS numeric setting Level M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M7 Cell Test Value Pri/Sec
SYSTEM DATA SYSTEM DATA is a section * * * * * *
00 00
heading
Language Indexed String G19 1 English Setting English, Français, Deutsch, Español, Русский 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * The default language used by the device. Selectable as:
English, French, German, Spanish (language order option 0) or
00 01 English, French, German, Russian (Русский) (language order option 5) or
English, French, Chinese (中文) (language order option C)
Password ASCII Password(4 chars) 4x00001 4x00002 G20 G20 2 AAAA Setting **** 65 90 1 0 * * * * * * Device password for level 1 or 2. If password level 1 is input then the access level is set as 1 and if password level 2
00 02
is input then the access level is set as 2.
00 03 Sys Fn Links Binary Flag (8 bits); Indexed Strings 4x00003 G95 G95 1 0 Setting 0 = latched, 1 = self-reset 1 1 1 2 * * * * * * Setting to allow the fixed function trip LED to be self resetting, 1= self reset, 0 = latched.
Description ASCII Text(16 chars) 4x00004 4x00011 G3 G3 8 MiCOM P34* Setting MiCOM P34x 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * 16 character relay description. Can be edited..
00 04
* = 1 for Model 1, 2 for Model 2, 3 for Model 3, 4 for Model 4, 5 for Model 5
00 05 Plant Reference ASCII Text(16 chars) 4x00012 4x00019 G3 G3 8 Schneider Electric Setting Schneider Electric 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Plant description. Can be edited.
00 06 Model Number ASCII Text(32 chars) 3x00020 3x00035 G3 G3 16 Model Number Data <Model number> * * * * * * Relay model number.
00 08 Serial Number ASCII Text(7 chars) 3x00044 3x00051 G3 G3 8 Serial Number Data <Serial number> * * * * * * Relay serial number.
00 09 Frequency Unsigned Integer(8 bits) 4x00020 G1 1 1 50 Hz Setting 50Hz or 60Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 10 Hz 2 * * * * * * Relay set frequency. Settable as 50 or 60 Hz.
00 0A Comms Level Unsigned Integer(16 bits) 2 Data <conformance level displayed> * * * * * * Displays the conformance of the relay to the Courier Level 2 comms.
00 0B Relay Address Unsigned Integer(16 bits) 255 Setting <Relay address> 0 255 1 1 * * * * * * Sets the first rear port relay address. Rear Courier Address available via LCD.
00 0C Plant Status Binary Flag(16 bits) 3x00002 G4 G4 1 0000000000000000 Data 16-bit binary setting * * * * * * Displays the circuit breaker plant status for up to 8 circuit breakers. The P341/P34x relay supports only a single
00 0D Control Status Binary Flag(16 bits) 3x00004 G5 G5 1 0000000000000000 Data Not used * * * * * * Not used.
circuit breaker configuration.
00 0E Active Group Unsigned Integer(16 bits) 3x00006 G1 1 1 Data 1 * * * * * * Displays the active settings group.
00 0F UNUSED Not used Not used.
00 10 CB Trip/Close Indexed String(2) G55 No Operation Command 0 = No Operation, 1 = Trip, 2 = Close 0 2 1 1 * * * * * * 0701 AND 1 * Visible to LCD+Front Port
00 10 CB Trip/Close Indexed String(2) N/A 4x00021 G55 G55 1 No Operation Command 0 = No Operation, 1 = Trip, 2 = Close 0 2 1 1 * * * * * * 0701 AND 2 * Visible to Rear Port
00 11 Software Ref. 1 ASCII Text(16 chars) 3x00052 3x00059 G3 8 P34x____1__B00_M Data <Software Ref. 1> * * * * * * Displays the relay software version including protocol and relay model.
Software Ref 2 ASCII Text(16 chars) P34x____1__B00_M Data <Software Ref. 1> * * * * * * Displays the relay software version including protocol and relay model.
Software Ref. 2 is displayed for relays with UCA2.0 protocol only and this will display the software version of the
00 12 Ethernet card. UCA2.0 is not one of the protocols supported by P34x relays so Software Ref. 2 is blank.
00 15 IEC61850 Edition Indexed String 2 Setting Edition 1, Edition 2 1 2 1 2 * * * * * * Set the IEC61850 version (edition 1 or edition 2)
00 16 ETH COMM Mode Indexed String Dual IP Setting Dual IP, PRP, HSR 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * Set the FPGA type.
00 20 Opto I/P Status Binary Flag; Indexed String 3x11025 3x11026 G8 G8 2 Data 16-bit binary setting: 0 = energised, 1= de-energised * * * * * * This menu cell displays the status of the relay’s opto-isolated inputs as a binary string, a ‘1’ indicating an energized
00 21 Relay O/P Status Binary Flag; Indexed String 3x00008 3x00009 G9 G9 2 Data 16-bit binary setting: 0 = operated state, 1= non-operated state * * * * * * opto-isolated
This menu cellinput and athe
displays ‘0’status
a de-energized one.output contacts as a binary string, a ‘1’ indicating an operated state
of the relay’s
Alarm Status 1 Binary Flag; Indexed String 3x00011 3x00012 G96 G96 2 Data 32-bit binary setting: 0 = Off, 1 = On * * * * * * The
and original
This ‘0’
menu register
a non-operated
cell 30007
displays the is
state. available
status of thefor opto
first 32 inputs
alarms#1
astoa #16.
binary string, a ‘1’ indicating an ON state and ‘0’ an OFF
00 22 state. Includes fixed and user settable alarms. See Data Type G96 in the Menu Database document, P34x/EN/MD
for details.
00 23 UNUSED Not used
00 30 Opto I/P Status Binary Flag; Indexed String 3x11025 3x11026 G8 G8 2 Data 16-bit binary setting: 0 = energised, 1= de-energised * * * * * * The original register 30007 is available for opto inputs #1 to #16.
00 40 Relay O/P Status Binary Flag; Indexed String 3x00008 3x00009 G9 G9 2 Data 16-bit binary setting: 0 = operated state, 1= non-operated state * * * * * * Duplicate. Displays
Duplicate. Displays the
thestatus
statusofofoutput
opto inputs.
contacts.
00 50 Alarm Status 1 Binary Flag; Indexed String 3x00011 3x00012 G96 G96 2 Data 32-bit binary setting: 0 = Off, 1 = On * * * * * * Duplicate of Alarm Status 1 above.
Alarm Status 2 Binary Flag; Indexed String 3x00013 3x00014 G128 G128 2 Data 32-bit binary setting: 0 = Off, 1 = On * * * * * * This menu cell displays the status of the second 32 alarms as a binary string, a ‘1’ indicating an ON state and ‘0’ an
00 51
OFF state. See Data Type G128 in the Menu Database document, P34x/EN/MD for details.
Alarm Status 3 Binary Flag(32 bits); Indexed String 3x00015 3x00016 G228 G228 2 Data 32-bit binary setting: 0 = Off, 1 = On * * * * * * This menu cell displays the status of the third 32 alarms as a binary string, a ‘1’ indicating an ON state and ‘0’ an OFF
00 52 state. Assigned specifically for platform alarms. See Data Type G228 in the Relay Menu Database document,
P34x/EN/MD for details.
00 D0 Access Level Unsigned Integer(16 bits) 3x00010 G1 1 Data 0 = Read only, 1 = Read + Execute, 2 = Read + Execute + Edit * * * * * * Access Level. Read only.
00 D2 Password Level 1 ASCII Password(16 plain text) 4x20008 4x20011 G20 G20 2 AAAA Setting 8 characters 33 122 1 1 * * * * * * * Password level 1 setting (8 characters).
00 D3 Password Level 2 ASCII Password(16 plain text) 4x20016 4x20019 G20 G20 2 AAAA Setting 8 characters 33 122 1 2 * * * * * * * Password level 2 setting (8 characters).
00 D4 Password Level 3 ASCII Password(16 plain text) 4x20024 4x20027 G20 G20 2 AAAA Setting 8 characters 33 122 1 3 * * * * * * * Password level 3 setting (8 characters).
00 DF Security Features Unsigned Integer(16 bits) 3x12019 G1 G1 1 1 Data 0 * * * * * *
00 E1 Password Encrypted Password(16 cyphertext) 4x20128 4x20131 G258 G258 4 Setting 8 characters 0 * * * * * * * Entered Encrypted Password
00 E2 Password Level 1 Encrypted Password(16 cyphertext) 4x20136 4x20139 G258 G258 4 Setting 8 characters * * * * * * * Entered Encrypted Password Level 1
00 E3 Password Level 2 Encrypted Password(16 cyphertext) 4x20144 4x20147 G258 G258 4 Setting 8 characters * * * * * * * Entered Encrypted Password Level 2
00 E4 Password Level 3 Encrypted Password(16 cyphertext) 4x20152 4x20155 G258 G258 4 Setting 8 characters * * * * * * * Entered Encrypted Password Level 3
VIEW RECORDS VIEW RECORDS is a * * * * * *
01 00
section heading
Select Event Unsigned Integer(16 bits) 4x00100 G1 249 1 0 Setting 0 to 249 step 1 0 249 1 0 * * * This selects the required event record from all the ones that may be stored. A value of 0 corresponds to the latest
01 01
event and so on. The Maximum value is the oldest record.
Menu Cell Ref Cell Reference N/A 3x10007 G13 1 (From Record) Data Latched alarm active, Latched alarm inactive, Self reset alarm * * * * * * Indicates type of event.
active, Self reset alarm inactive, Relay contact event, Opto-
01 02 isolated input event, Protection event, General event, Fault record
event, Maintenance record event
01 03 Time & Date IEC870 Time & Date 3x10003 3x10006 G12 4 Data. Data From record * * * * * * Time & Date Stamp for the event given by the internal Real Time Clock.
Event Text Ascii String (32 chars) Data. Data 32 character string * * * * * * Up to 32 Character description of the Event. See the event sheet in the Relay Menu Database document or the
01 04
Measurements and Recording chapter for details.
Event Value Unsigned Int / Binary Flag (32 bits) 3x10008 3x10009 G27 2 Data. Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * 32 bit binary string indicating ON or OFF (1 or 0) status of relay contact or opto input or alarm or protection event
01 05 depending on event type. Unsigned integer is used for maintenance records. See the Event sheet in the Relay
Menu Database document or the Measurements and Recording chapter for details.
Select Fault Unsigned Integer (16 bits) 4x00101 G1 4 1 0 Setting 0 to 20 step 1 0 20 1 2 * * * * * * * This selects the required fault record from the possible 5 that may be stored. A value of 0 corresponds to the latest
01 06
fault and so on.
01 40 Faulted Phase Binary Flag (8 Bits) N/A 3x10020 G16 G16 1 00000000 Data 8-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the faulted phase as a binary string, bits 0 – 8 = Start A/B/C/N Trip A/B/C/N.
Start Elements1 Binary Flag (32 Bits) N/A 3x10022 3x10023 G84 G84 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * 32 bit binary string gives status of first 32 start signals. See Data Type G84 in the Relay Menu Database document
01 42
0000000000 for details.
Start Elements2 Binary Flag (32 Bits) N/A 3x10024 3x10025 G107 G107 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * 32 bit binary string gives status of second 32 start signals. See Data Type G107 in the Relay Menu Database
01 43
0000000000 document for details.
Start Elements3 Binary Flag (32 Bits) N/A 3x10026 3x10027 G129 G129 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * 32 bit binary string gives status of third 32 start signals. See Data Type G107 in the Relay Menu Database document
01 44
0000000000 for details.
Start Elements4 Binary Flag (32 Bits) N/A 3x10028 3x10029 G131 G131 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * 32 bit binary string gives status of fourth 32 start signals. See Data Type G107 in the Relay Menu Database
01 45
0000000000 document for details.
Trip Elements1 Binary Flag (32 Bits) N/A 3x10030 3x10031 G85 G85 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * 32 bit binary string gives status of first 32 trip signals. See Data Type G85 in the Relay Menu Database document for
01 49
0000000000 details.
Trip Elements2 Binary Flag (32 Bits) N/A 3x10032 3x10033 G86 G86 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * 32 bit binary string gives status of second 32 trip signals. See Data Type G86 in the Relay Menu Database
01 4A
0000000000 document for details.
Trip Elements3 Binary Flag (32 Bits) N/A 3x10034 3x10035 G130 G130 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * 32 bit binary string gives status of third 32 trip signals. See Data Type G86 in the Relay Menu Database document
01 4B
0000000000 for details.
Trip Elements4 Binary Flag (32 Bits) N/A 3x10036 3x10037 G132 G132 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * 32 bit binary string gives status of fourth 32 trip signals. See Data Type G86 in the Relay Menu Database document
01 4C
0000000000 for details.
Fault Alarms Binary Flag (32 Bits) N/A 3x10038 3x10039 G87 G87 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * 32 bit binary string gives status of fault alarm signals. See Data Type G87 in the Relay Menu Database document for
01 50
0000000000 details.
Fault Alarms 2 Binary Flag (32 Bits) N/A 3x10040 3x10041 G89 G89 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * 32 bit binary string gives status of fault alarm signals. See Data Type G87 in the Relay Menu Database document for
01 51
0000000000 details.
01 55 Fault Time IEC870 Time & Date 3x10042 3x10045 G12 4 Data. Data From record * * * * * * Data. Fault time and date.
01 57 Active Group Unsigned Integer 3x10046 G1 1 Data. Data <Active group> * * * * * * Data. Active setting group 1-4.
01 59 System Frequency Courier Number (frequency) 3x10047 G30 1 Data. Data <System frequency> * * * * * * Data. System Frequency
01 5B Fault Duration Courier Number (time) 3x10048 3x10049 G24 2 Data <Fault duration> * * * * * * Fault duration. Time from the start or trip until the undercurrent elements indicate the CB is open.
01 5E CB Operate Time Courier Number (time) 3x10050 G25 1 Data. Data <CB Operate time> * * * * * * CB operating time. Time from protection trip to undercurrent elements indicating the CB is open.
01 60 Relay Trip Time Courier Number (time) 3x10051 3x10052 G24 2 Data. Data <relay trip time> * * * * * * Relay trip time. Time from protection start to protection trip.
IA Courier Number (current) 3x10053 3x10054 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 This cell provides measurement information of the IA
01 62
IA-1 IA-1 fault.
IB Courier Number (current) 3x10055 3x10056 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 This cell provides measurement information of the IB
01 63
IB-1 IB-1 fault.
IC Courier Number (current) 3x10057 3x10058 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 This cell provides measurement information of the IC
01 64
IC-1 IC-1 fault.
01 65 VAB Courier Number (voltage) 3x10059 3x10060 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 This cell provides measurement information of the VAB fault.
01 66 VBC Courier Number (voltage) 3x10061 3x10062 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 This cell provides measurement information of the VBC fault.
01 67 VCA Courier Number (voltage) 3x10063 3x10064 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 This cell provides measurement information of the VCA fault.
01 68 VAN Courier Number (voltage) 3x10065 3x10066 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 This cell provides measurement information of the VAN fault.
01 69 VBN Courier Number (voltage) 3x10067 3x10068 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 This cell provides measurement information of the VBN fault.
01 6A VCN Courier Number (voltage) 3x10069 3x10070 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 This cell provides measurement information of the VCN fault.
01 70 IA-2 Courier Number (current) 3x10071 3x10072 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4 This cell provides measurement information of the IA-2 fault.
01 71 IB-2 Courier Number (current) 3x10073 3x10074 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4 This cell provides measurement information of the IB-2 fault.
01 72 IC-2 Courier Number (current) 3x10075 3x10076 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4 This cell provides measurement information of the IC-2 fault.
01 80 IA Differential Courier Number (current) 3x10077 3x10078 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4 Previous Modbus addresses 3x00159 to 3x00160. For fault record use only.
01 81 IB Differential Courier Number (current) 3x10079 3x10080 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4 Previous Modbus addresses 3x00161 to 3x00162. For fault record use only.
01 82 IC Differential Courier Number (current) 3x10081 3x10082 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4 Previous Modbus addresses 3x00163 to 3x00164. For fault record use only.
01 83 IA Diff PU Courier Number (current) 3x10164 3x10165 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4
01 84 IB Diff PU Courier Number (current) 3x10166 3x10167 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4
01 85 IC Diff PU Courier Number (current) 3x10168 3x10169 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4
01 86 IA Diff 2H Courier Number (current) 3x10170 3x10171 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4
01 87 IB Diff 2H Courier Number (current) 3x10172 3x10173 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4
01 88 IC Diff 2H Courier Number (current) 3x10174 3x10175 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4
01 89 IA Diff 5H Courier Number (current) 3x10176 3x10177 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4
01 8A IB Diff 5H Courier Number (current) 3x10178 3x10179 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4
01 8B IC Diff 5H Courier Number (current) 3x10180 3x10181 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4
VN Measured Courier Number (voltage) 3x10083 3x10084 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * M3 Previous Modbus addresses 3x00165 to 3x00166. For fault record use only.
01 90
VN1 Measured * *
01 92 VN2 Measured Courier Number (voltage) 3x10085 3x10086 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * M2 For fault record use only.
01 94 VN Derived Courier Number (voltage) 3x10087 3x10088 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Previous Modbus addresses 3x00167 to 3x00168. For fault record use only.
IN Measured Courier Number (current) 3x10089 3x10090 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * M5 Previous Modbus addresses 3x00169 to 3x00170. For fault record use only.
01 96
IN Derived * M4
01 99 I Sensitive Courier Number (current) 3x10091 3x10092 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M6 Previous Modbus addresses 3x00171 to 3x00172. For fault record use only.
01 9C IREF Diff Courier Number (current) 3x10093 3x10094 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * M4 Previous Modbus addresses 3x00173 to 3x00174. For fault record use only.
01 9D IREF Bias Courier Number (current) 3x10095 3x10096 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * M4 Previous Modbus addresses 3x00175 to 3x00176. For fault record use only.
01 A0 I2 Courier Number (current) 3x10097 3x10098 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Previous Modbus addresses 3x00177 to 3x00178. For fault record use only.
01 A2 V2 Courier Number (voltage) 3x10099 3x10100 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 For fault record use only.
01 A6 3 Phase Watts Courier Number (Power) 3x10101 3x10102 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Previous Modbus addresses 3x00179 to 3x00180. For fault record use only.
01 A8 3 Phase VArs Courier Number (VAr) 3x10103 3x10104 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Previous Modbus addresses 3x00181 to 3x00182. For fault record use only.
01 AA 3Ph Power Factor Courier Number (Decimal) 3x10105 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00183. For fault record use only.
01 B0 RTD 1 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x10106 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00184. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 B1 RTD 2 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x10107 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00185. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 B2 RTD 3 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x10108 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00186. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 B3 RTD 4 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x10109 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00187. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 B4 RTD 5 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x10110 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00188. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 B5 RTD 6 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x10111 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00189. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 B6 RTD 7 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x10112 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00190. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 B7 RTD 8 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x10113 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00191. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 B8 RTD 9 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x10114 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00192. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 B9 RTD 10 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x10115 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00193. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 C2 df/dt Courier Number (Hz/s) 3x10116 G25 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00194. For fault record use only.
01 C4 V Vector Shift Courier Number (Angle) 3x10117 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * Previous Modbus address 3x00195. For fault record use only.
01 C6 CLIO Input 1 Courier Number (Decimal) 3x10118 3x10119 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00490. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 C7 CLIO Input 2 Courier Number (Decimal) 3x10120 3x10121 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00492. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 C8 CLIO Input 3 Courier Number (Decimal) 3x10122 3x10123 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00494. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 C9 CLIO Input 4 Courier Number (Decimal) 3x10124 3x10125 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Previous Modbus address 3x00496. For fault record use only. Courier text = RTD Label setting
01 CA 64S V Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x10126 3x10127 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * xC10 = 1 * For fault record use only.
01 CB 64S I Magnitude Courier Number (current) 3x10128 3x10129 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * xC10 = 1 * For fault record use only.
01 CC 64S R primary Courier Number (resistance) 3x10130 3x10131 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * xC10 = 1 * For fault record use only.
01 CD 64R CL Input Courier Number (current) 3x10132 3x10133 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * 0914 = 1 * For fault record use only.
01 CE 64R R Fault Courier Number (resistance) 3x10134 3x10135 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * 0914 = 1 * For fault record use only.
01 D0 DLR Ambient Temp Courier Number (Temperature) 3x10136 3x10137 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * SMF This cell provides measurement information of the DLR Ambient Temp fault. P341 only.
01 D1 Wind Velocity Courier Number (Velocity) 3x10138 3x10139 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * SMF This cell provides measurement information of the Wind Velocity fault. P341 only.
01 D2 Wind Direction Courier Number (Decimal) 3x10140 3x10141 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * SMF This cell provides measurement information of the Wind Direction fault. P341 only.
01 D3 Solar Radiation Courier Number (Power) 3x10142 3x10143 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * SMF This cell provides measurement information of the Solar Radiation fault. P341 only.
01 D4 DLR Ampacity Courier Number (Current) 3x10144 3x10145 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * SMF M4 This cell provides measurement information of the DLR Ampacity fault. P341 only.
01 D5 DLR CurrentRatio Courier Number (Percentage) 3x10146 3x10147 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * SMF This cell provides measurement information of the DLR CurrentRatio fault. P341 only.
01 D6 Dyn Conduct Temp Courier Number (Temperature) 3x10148 3x10149 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * SMF This cell provides measurement information of the Dyn Conduct Temp fault. P341 only.
01 E4 IA Peak Mag Courier Number (Current) 3x10182 3x10183 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 IA Peak Magnitude
01 E5 IB Peak Mag Courier Number (Current) 3x10184 3x10185 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 IB Peak Magnitude
01 E6 IC Peak Mag Courier Number (Current) 3x10186 3x10187 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 IC Peak Magnitude
01 E7 I2t Phase A-1 Courier Number (I2t) 3x10188 3x10189 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 I2t Phase A
01 E8 I2t Phase B-1 Courier Number (I2t) 3x10190 3x10191 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 I2t Phase B
01 E9 I2t Phase C-1 Courier Number (I2t) 3x10192 3x10193 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 I2t Phase C
01 EA IA-2 Peak Mag Courier Number (Current) 3x10150 3x10151 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * M7 IA Peak Magnitude
01 EB IB-2 Peak Mag Courier Number (Current) 3x10152 3x10153 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * M7 IB Peak Magnitude
01 EC IC-2 Peak Mag Courier Number (Current) 3x10154 3x10155 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * M7 IC Peak Magnitude
01 ED I2t Phase A-2 Courier Number (I2t) 3x10156 3x10157 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * M7 I2t Phase A
01 EE I2t Phase B-2 Courier Number (I2t) 3x10158 3x10159 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * M7 I2t Phase B
01 EF I2t Phase C-2 Courier Number (I2t) 3x10160 3x10161 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * M7 I2t Phase C
Select Maint Unsigned Integer (16 bits) 4x00102 G1 9 1 Manual override to select a Setting 0 to 9, step 1 0 9 1 0 * * * * * * * Setting range from 0 to 9. This selects the required maintenance report from the possible 10 that may be stored. A
01 F0
fault record. value of 0 corresponds to the latest report and so on.
Maint Text Ascii Text (32 chars) 1 Data. Data 32 character string * * * * * * Data. Up to 32 Character description of the occurrence. See the Measurements and Recording chapter for details.
01 F1
01 F2 Maint Type Unsigned integer (32 bits) 3x00036 3x00037 G27 2 Data. Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Data. Maintenance record fault type. This will be a number defining the fault type.
Maint Data Unsigned integer (32 bits) 3x00038 3x00039 G27 2 Data. Data 32-bit binary string 0 4 1 * * * * * * Error code associated with the failure found by the self monitoring. The Maint Type and Data cells are numbers
01 F3 representative of the occurrence. They form a specific error code which should be quoted in any related
correspondence to Report Data.
01 FA Evt Iface Source Unsigned Integer (16 bits) 3x12015 G1 G1 Data 1 * * * * * *
01 FB Evt Access Level Unsigned Integer (16 bits) 3x12016 G1 G1 Data 1 * * * * * *
01 FC Evt Extra Info Unsigned Integer (16 bits) 3x12017 G1 G1 Data 1 * * * * * *
01 FE Evt Unique Id Unsigned Integer (16 bits) 3x12013 G27 G27 G27 Data 1 * * * * * *
01 FF Reset Indication Indexed String G11 No Command 0 = No, 1 = Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * * Resets latched LEDs and latched relay contacts provided the relevant protection element has reset.
MEASUREMENTS 1 MEASUREMENTS 1 is a * * * * * *
02 00
section heading
IA Magnitude Courier Number (current) 3x00200 3x00201 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 This is defined as IA for P341/P342 or IA-1 for P343/P344/P345
02 01
IA-1 Magnitude
IA Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00202 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * This is defined as IA for P341/P342 or IA-1 for P343/P344/P345
02 02
IA-1 Phase Angle
IB Magnitude Courier Number (current) 3x00203 3x00204 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 This is defined as IA for P341/P342 or IA-1 for P343/P344/P345
02 03
IB-1 Magnitude
IB Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00205 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * This is defined as IA for P341/P342 or IA-1 for P343/P344/P345
02 04
IB-1 Phase Angle
IC Magnitude Courier Number (current) 3x00206 3x00207 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 This is defined as IA for P341/P342 or IA-1 for P343/P344/P345
02 05
IC-1 Magnitude
IC Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00208 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * This is defined as IA for P341/P342 or IA-1 for P343/P344/P345
02 06
IC-1 Phase Angle
02 07 IN Measured Mag Courier Number (current) 3x00209 3x00210 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * M5 Data.
02 08 IN Measured Ang Courier Number (angle) 3x00211 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * Data.
IN Derived Mag Courier Number (current) 3x00212 3x00213 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data. IN = IA+IB+IC. P341/P342/ IN-1 = IA-1+IB-1+IC-1. P343/P344/P345
02 09
IN-1 Derived Mag
02 0A IN Derived Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00214 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * Data.
02 0B Isen Magnitude Courier Number (current) 3x00215 3x00216 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M6 Data.
02 0C Isen Angle Courier Number (degrees) 3x00217 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 0D I1 Magnitude Courier Number (current) 3x00218 3x00219 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data. Positive sequence current.
02 0E I2 Magnitude Courier Number (current) 3x00220 3x00221 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data. Negative sequence current.
02 0F I0 Magnitude Courier Number (current) 3x00222 3x00223 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data. Zero sequence current.
02 10 IA RMS Courier Number (current) 3x00224 3x00225 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data.
02 11 IB RMS Courier Number (current) 3x00226 3x00227 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data.
02 12 IC RMS Courier Number (current) 3x00228 3x00229 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data.
02 13 IN-2 Derived Mag Courier Number (current) 3x00273 3x00274 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4 Data. IN-2 = IA-2+IB-2+IC-2. P343/P344/P345
02 14 VAB Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x00230 3x00231 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data.
02 15 VAB Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00232 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 16 VBC Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x00233 3x00234 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data.
02 17 VBC Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00235 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 18 VCA Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x00236 3x00237 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data.
02 19 VCA Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00238 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 1A VAN Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x00239 3x00240 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data.
02 1B VAN Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00241 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 1C VBN Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x00242 3x00243 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data.
02 1D VBN Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00244 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 1E VCN Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x00245 3x00246 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data.
02 1F VCN Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00247 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
VN Measured Mag Courier Number (voltage) 3x00248 3x00249 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M3 Data. VN. P341/P342/ VNI. P343/P344/P345
02 20
VN1 Measured Mag
VN Measured Ang Courier Number (angle) 3x00250 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data. VN. P341/P342/ VNI. P343/P344/P345
02 21
VN1 Measured Ang
02 22 VN Derived Mag Courier Number (voltage) 3x00251 3x00252 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data. VN = VA+VB+VC.
02 23 VN Derived Ang Courier Number (angle) 3x00272 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 24 V1 Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x00253 3x00254 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data. Positive sequence voltage.
02 25 V2 Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x00255 3x00256 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data. Negative sequence voltage.
02 26 V0 Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x00257 3x00258 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data. Zero sequence voltage.
02 27 VAN RMS Courier Number (voltage) 3x00259 3x00260 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data.
02 28 VBN RMS Courier Number (voltage) 3x00261 3x00262 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data.
02 29 VCN RMS Courier Number (voltage) 3x00263 3x00264 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data.
02 2D Frequency Courier Number (frequency) 3x00265 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 40 I1 Magnitude Courier Number (current) 3x00218 3x00219 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data. Positive sequence current.
02 41 I1 Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00266 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 42 I2 Magnitude Courier Number (current) 3x00220 3x00221 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data. Negative sequence current
02 43 I2 Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00267 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 44 I0 Magnitude Courier Number (current) 3x00222 3x00223 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data. Zero sequence current.
02 45 I0 Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00268 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 46 V1 Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x00253 3x00254 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data. Positive sequence voltage.
02 47 V1 Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00269 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 48 V2 Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x00255 3x00256 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data. Negative sequence voltage.
02 49 V2 Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00270 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 4A V0 Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x00257 3x00258 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1 Data. Zero sequence voltage.
02 4B V0 Phase Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00271 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
02 50 VN2 Measured Mag Courier Number (voltage) 3x00275 3x00276 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * M2 Data. P344/P345 only.
02 51 VN2 Measured Ang Courier Number (angle) 3x00277 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * Data. P344/P345 only.
02 70 C/S Voltage Mag Courier Number (voltage) 3x00281 3x00282 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * 0933 = 1 Mcs
02 71 C/S Voltage Ang Courier Number (angle) 3x00283 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * 0933 = 1
02 72 CS Gen-Bus Mag Courier Number (angle) 3x00284 3x00285 G24 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * 0933 = 1 M1 Visible if System Checks enabled
02 73 CS Gen-Bus Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00286 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * 0933 = 1 Visible if System Checks enabled
02 74 Slip Frequency Courier Number (frequency) 3x00287 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * 0933 = 1 Visible if System Checks enabled
02 75 CS Frequency Courier Number (frequency) 3x00288 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * 0933 = 1
MEASUREMENTS 2 MEASUREMENTS 2 is a * * * * * *
03 00
section heading
03 01 A Phase Watts Courier Number (Power) 3x00300 3x00302 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 02 B Phase Watts Courier Number (Power) 3x00303 3x00305 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 03 C Phase Watts Courier Number (Power) 3x00306 3x00308 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 04 A Phase VArs Courier Number (VAr) 3x00309 3x00311 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 05 B Phase VArs Courier Number (VAr) 3x00312 3x00314 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 06 C Phase VArs Courier Number (VAr) 3x00315 3x00317 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 07 A Phase VA Courier Number (VA) 3x00318 3x00320 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 08 B Phase VA Courier Number (VA) 3x00321 3x00323 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 09 C Phase VA Courier Number (VA) 3x00324 3x00326 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 0A 3 Phase Watts Courier Number (Power) 3x00327 3x00329 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 0B 3 Phase VArs Courier Number (VAr) 3x00330 3x00332 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 0C 3 Phase VA Courier Number (VA) 3x00333 3x00335 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 0D NPS Power S2 Courier Number (VA) 3x00336 3x00338 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * M1*M4 Data. Negative sequence power, S2 =V2xI2
03 0E 3Ph Power Factor Courier Number (decimal) 3x00339 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
03 0F APh Power Factor Courier Number (decimal) 3x00340 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
03 10 BPh Power Factor Courier Number (decimal) 3x00341 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
03 11 CPh Power Factor Courier Number (decimal) 3x00342 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data.
03 12 3Ph WHours Fwd Courier Number (Wh) 3x00343 3x00345 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 13 3Ph WHours Rev Courier Number (Wh) 3x00346 3x00348 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 14 3Ph VArHours Fwd Courier Number (VArh) 3x00349 3x00351 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 15 3Ph VArHours Rev Courier Number (VArh) 3x00352 3x00354 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 16 3Ph W Fix Demand Courier Number (Power) 3x00355 3x00357 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 17 3Ph VArs Fix Dem Courier Number (Vars) 3x00358 3x00360 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 18 IA Fixed Demand Courier Number (Current) 3x00361 3x00362 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data.
03 19 IB Fixed Demand Courier Number (Current) 3x00363 3x00364 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data.
03 1A IC Fixed Demand Courier Number (Current) 3x00365 3x00366 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data.
03 1B 3 Ph W Roll Dem Courier Number (Power) 3x00367 3x00369 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 1C 3Ph VArs RollDem Courier Number (VAr) 3x00370 3x00372 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 1D IA Roll Demand Courier Number (Current) 3x00373 3x00374 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data.
03 1E IB Roll Demand Courier Number (Current) 3x00375 3x00376 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data.
03 1F IC Roll Demand Courier Number (Current) 3x00377 3x00378 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data.
03 20 3Ph W Peak Dem Courier Number (Power) 3x00379 3x00381 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4 Data.
03 21 3Ph VAr Peak Dem Courier Number (VAr) 3x00382 3x00384 G29 3 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M1*M4
03 22 IA Peak Demand Courier Number (Current) 3x00385 3x00386 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data.
03 23 IB Peak Demand Courier Number (Current) 3x00387 3x00388 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data.
03 24 IC Peak Demand Courier Number (Current) 3x00389 3x00390 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * M4 Data.
Reset Demand Indexed String 4x00103 G11 G11 1 No Command 0 = No, 1 = Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * * Reset demand measurements command. Can be used to reset the fixed, rolling and peak demand value
03 25
measurements to 0.
03 26 NPS Power S2 CT2 Courier Number (VA) 3x00593 3x00595 G29 3 Data Not settable * * * M1*M4 Negative sequence power. If NPS Power select CT2. S2 =V2xI2.
MEASUREMENTS 3 MEASUREMENTS 3 is a * * *
04 00
section heading
04 01 IA-2 Magnitude Courier Number (Current) 3x00435 3x00436 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4 Data. P343/P344/P345.
04 02 IA-2 Phase Angle Courier Number (Angle) 3x00437 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * Data. P343/P344/P345.
04 03 IB-2 Magnitude Courier Number (Current) 3x00438 3x00439 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4 Data. P343/P344/P345.
04 04 IB-2 Phase Angle Courier Number (Angle) 3x00440 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * Data. P343/P344/P345.
04 05 IC-2 Magnitude Courier Number (Current) 3x00441 3x00442 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4 Data. P343/P344/P345.
04 06 IC-2 Phase Angle Courier Number (Angle) 3x00443 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * Data. P343/P344/P345.
04 07 IA Differential Courier Number (Current) 3x00444 3x00445 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF M4 Data. P343/P344/P345. Generator Diff phase A differential current.
04 08 IB Differential Courier Number (Current) 3x00446 3x00447 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF M4 Data. P343/P344/P345. Generator Diff phase B differential current.
04 09 IC Differential Courier Number (Current) 3x00448 3x00449 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF M4 Data. P343/P344/P345. Generator Diff phase C differential current.
04 0A IA Bias Courier Number (Current) 3x00450 3x00451 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF M4 Data. P343/P344/P345. Generator Diff phase A bias current.
04 0B IB Bias Courier Number (Current) 3x00452 3x00453 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF M4 Data. P343/P344/P345. Generator Diff phase A bias current.
04 0C IC Bias Courier Number (Current) 3x00454 3x00455 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF M4 Data. P343/P344/P345. Generator Diff phase A bias current.
04 0D IREF Diff Courier Number (Current) 3x00456 3x00457 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * SMF M4 Data. Restricted earth fault differential current.
04 0E IREF Bias Courier Number (Current) 3x00458 3x00459 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * SMF M4 Data. Restricted earth fault bias current.
04 0F VN 3rd Harmonic Courier Number (Voltage) 3x00460 3x00461 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M3 Data. 3rd harmonic neutral voltage used by 100% stator earth fault. P343/P344/P345.
04 10 NPS Thermal Courier Number (Percentage) 3x00462 G1 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * SMF Data. Negative phase sequence thermal state.
04 11 Reset NPSThermal Indexed String 4x00104 G11 G11 1 No Command 0 = No, 1 = Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * SMF * Reset negative phase sequence thermal state command. Resets NPS Thermal state to 0
04 12 RTD 1 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x00463 G10 1 Data. IED_DATA Not settable * * * * 4401 AND 1 * Courier text = RTD label setting
04 13 RTD 2 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x00464 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * 4401 AND 2 * Courier text = RTD label setting
04 14 RTD 3 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x00465 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * 4401 AND 4 * Courier text = RTD label setting
04 15 RTD 4 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x00466 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * 4401 AND 8 * Courier text = RTD label setting
04 16 RTD 5 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x00467 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * 4401 AND 16 * Courier text = RTD label setting
04 17 RTD 6 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x00468 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * 4401 AND 32 * Courier text = RTD label setting
04 18 RTD 7 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x00469 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * 4401 AND 64 * Courier text = RTD label setting
04 19 RTD 8 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x00470 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * 4401 AND 128 * Courier text = RTD label setting
04 1A RTD 9 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x00471 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * 4401 AND 256 * Courier text = RTD label setting
04 1B RTD 10 Courier Number (Temperature) 3x00472 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * 4401 AND 512 * Courier text = RTD label setting
RTD Open Cct Binary Flag (10 bits); Indexed String 3x00473 G108 G108 1 00000000 Data Not settable * * * * 091F = 1 * This menu cell displays the status of the eight RTDs as a binary string, 0 = No Open Circuit, 1 = Open Circuit. The
04 1C
Open Cct alarms are latched.
RTD Short Cct Binary Flag (10 bits); Indexed String 3x00474 G109 G109 1 00000000 Data Not settable * * * * 091F = 1 * This menu cell displays the status of the eight RTDs as a binary string, 0 = No Short Circuit, 1 = Short Circuit. The
04 1D
Short Cct alarms are latched.
RTD Data Error Binary Flag (10 bits); Indexed String 3x00475 G110 G110 1 00000000 Data Not settable * * * * 091F = 1 * This menu cell displays the status of the eight RTDs as a binary string, 0 = No Data Error, 1 = Data Error. The Data
04 1E
Error alarms are latched.
04 1F Reset RTD Flags Indexed string 4x00105 G11 G11 1 No Command 0 = No, 1 = Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * 091F = 1 * * Reset RTD alarms command. Resets latched RTD Open Cct, Short Cct, Data Error alarms.
04 20 APh Sen Watts Courier Number (Power) 3x00476 3x00477 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * 0915 = 2 Data. Visible only when Spower is selected in the Configuration column
04 21 APh Sen Vars Courier Number (Var) 3x00478 3x00479 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * 0915 = 2 Data. Visible only when Spower is selected in the Configuration column
04 22 APh Power Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00480 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * 0915 = 2 Data. Visible only when Spower is selected in the Configuration column
04 23 Thermal Overload Courier Number (Percentage) 3x00481 G1 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * SMF Data. Thermal State.
04 24 Reset ThermalO/L Indexed String 4x00106 G11 G11 1 No Command 0 = No, 1 = Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * SMF * Reset thermal overload command. Resets thermal state to 0.
04 25 CLIO Input 1 Courier Number (Decimal) 3x00482 3x00483 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * xD02 = 1 * Data. Current loop (transducer) input 1. Courier Text = CLIO label setting
04 26 CLIO Input 2 Courier Number (Decimal) 3x00484 3x00485 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * xD22 = 1 * Data. Current loop (transducer) input 2. Courier Text = CLIO label setting
04 27 CLIO Input 3 Courier Number (Decimal) 3x00486 3x00487 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * xD42 = 1 * Data. Current loop (transducer) input 3. Courier Text = CLIO label setting
04 28 CLIO Input 4 Courier Number (Decimal) 3x00488 3x00489 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * xD62 = 1 * Data. Current loop (transducer) input 4. Courier Text = CLIO label setting
04 30 F Band1 Time (s) Unsigned Integer (32 bits) 3x00502 3x00503 G27 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * x322 = 1 * Data. Turbine Abnormal Frequency (TAF) accumulated time in frequency band 1.
04 32 Reset Freq Band1 Indexed String 4x00107 G11 G11 1 No Command 0 = No, 1 = Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * x322 = 1 * * Reset frequency band 1 command. Resets accumulated time of frequency band 1 to 0 s.
04 34 F Band2 Time (s) Unsigned Integer (32 bits) 3x00504 3x00505 G27 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * x322 = 1 * Data. Turbine Abnormal Frequency (TAF) accumulated time in frequency band 2.
04 36 Reset Freq Band2 Indexed String 4x00108 G11 G11 1 No Command 0 = No, 1 = Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * x322 = 1 * * Reset frequency band 2 command. Resets accumulated time of frequency band 2 to 0 s.
04 38 F Band3 Time (s) Unsigned Integer (32 bits) 3x00506 3x00507 G27 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * x322 = 1 * Data. Turbine Abnormal Frequency (TAF) accumulated time in frequency band 3.
04 3A Reset Freq Band3 Indexed String 4x00109 G11 G11 1 No Command 0 = No, 1 = Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * x322 = 1 * * Reset frequency band 3 command. Resets accumulated time of frequency band 3 to 0 s.
50313.3110.0454
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Menu Database 13-Nov-10
Page
Col Row Menu Text Courier Data Type LCD ref Modbus Register Start Modbus Register Data Group Data Group Max Modbus ModbusRegisters Default Setting Cell Type Available Setting Min Max Step Password P341 B0 P342 B0 P343 B0 P344 B0 P345 B0 P341 E0 Visible if Visible if Visible if Ripple BF03 Mult Description
End Courier MODBUS numeric setting Level M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M7 Cell Test Value Pri/Sec
04 3C F Band4 Time (s) Unsigned Integer (32 bits) 3x00508 3x00509 G27 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * x322 = 1 * Data. Turbine Abnormal Frequency (TAF) accumulated time in frequency band 4.
04 3E Reset Freq Band4 Indexed String 4x00110 G11 G11 1 No Command 0 = No, 1 = Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * x322 = 1 * * Reset frequency band 4 command. Resets accumulated time of frequency band 4 to 0 s.
04 40 F Band5 Time (s) Unsigned Integer (32 bits) 3x00510 3x00511 G27 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * x322 = 1 * Data. Turbine Abnormal Frequency (TAF) accumulated time in frequency band 5.
04 42 Reset Freq Band5 Indexed String 4x00111 G11 G11 1 No Command 0 = No, 1 = Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * x322 = 1 * * Reset frequency band 5 command. Resets accumulated time of frequency band 5 to 0 s.
04 44 F Band6 Time (s) Unsigned Integer (32 bits) 3x00512 3x00513 G27 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * x322 = 1 * Data. Turbine Abnormal Frequency (TAF) accumulated time in frequency band 6.
04 46 Reset Freq Band6 Indexed String 4x00112 G11 G11 1 No Command 0 = No, 1 = Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * x322 = 1 * * Reset frequency band 6 command. Resets accumulated time of frequency band 6 to 0 s.
04 48 df/dt Courier Number (Hz/sec) 3x00525 3x00526 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * * * Data. This is dependent on the df/dt setting in configuration column
04 50 Volts/Hz Courier Number (Volts/Hz) 3x00514 3x00515 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * M1 Data. Vab/Frequency
64S V Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) 3x00516 3x00517 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * Data. 100% stator earth fault 20 Hz voltage. Low frequency injection St EF Voltage magnitude measured at the
04 52
relay terminal. P345 only.
64S I Magnitude Courier Number (current) 3x00518 3x00519 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * Data. 100% stator earth fault 20 Hz current. Low frequency injection St EF Current magnitude measured at the relay
04 54
terminal. P345 only.
64S I Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x00520 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * Data. 100% stator earth fault 20 Hz current angle with respect to the voltage. St EF current angle measurement,
04 55 affected by Comp Angle setting when St EF is enabled. I64S phase angle relative to V64S vector. P345 only.
64S R secondary Courier Number (resistance) 3x00521 3x00522 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * xC10 = 1 * Data. 100% stator earth fault secondary resistance. St EF secondary resistance measurement at the relay terminal,
04 57
affected by Series R and Parallel G settings. P345 only.
64S R primary Courier Number (resistance) 3x00523 3x00524 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * xC10 = 1 * Data. 100% stator earth fault primary resistance. St EF primary resistance, converted from secondary resistance
04 58
using the R Factor setting. P345 only.
04 71 64R CL Input Courier Number (current) 3x00539 3x00540 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * 0914 = 1 * Data. Rotor earth fault current loop input current (0-20 mA).
04 72 64R R Fault Courier Number (resistance) 3x00541 3x00542 G125 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * 0914 = 1 * Data. Rotor earth fault primary resistance from current loop input connected to P391.
04 91 IA Diff PU Courier Number (current) 3x11300 3x11301 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF Data. Transformer Diff phase A per unit differential current.
04 92 IB Diff PU Courier Number (current) 3x11302 3x11303 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF Data. Transformer Diff phase B per unit differential current.
04 93 IC Diff PU Courier Number (current) 3x11304 3x11305 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF Data. Transformer Diff phase C per unit differential current.
04 94 IA Bias PU Courier Number (current) 3x11306 3x11307 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF Data. Transformer Diff phase A per unit bias current.
04 95 IB Bias PU Courier Number (current) 3x11308 3x11309 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF Data. Transformer Diff phase A per unit bias current.
04 96 IC Bias PU Courier Number (current) 3x11310 3x11311 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF Data. Transformer Diff phase A per unit bias current.
04 97 IA Diff 2H Courier Number (current) 3x11312 3x11313 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF Data. Transformer Diff phase A 2nd harmonic current.
04 98 IB Diff 2H Courier Number (current) 3x11314 3x11315 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF Data. Transformer Diff phase B 2nd harmonic current.
04 99 IC Diff 2H Courier Number (current) 3x11316 3x11317 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF Data. Transformer Diff phase C 2nd harmonic current.
04 9A IA Diff 5H Courier Number (current) 3x11318 3x11319 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF Data. Transformer Diff phase A 5th harmonic current.
04 9B IB Diff 5H Courier Number (current) 3x11320 3x11321 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF Data. Transformer Diff phase B 5th harmonic current.
04 9C IC Diff 5H Courier Number (current) 3x11322 3x11323 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * SMF Data. Transformer Diff phase C 5th harmonic current.
04 9D CT2 I1 Mag Courier Number (current) 3x11324 3x11325 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4 Data.
04 9E CT2 I1 Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x11351 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * Data.
04 9F CT2 I2 Mag Courier Number (current) 3x11326 3x11327 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4 Data.
04 A0 CT2 I2 Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x11352 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * Data.
04 A1 CT2 I0 Mag Courier Number (current) 3x11328 3x11329 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * M4 Data.
04 A2 CT2 I0 Angle Courier Number (angle) 3x11353 G30 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * Data.
04 A3 CT1 I2/I1 Courier Number (Percentage) 3x11330 3x11331 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * Data.
04 A4 CT2 I2/I1 Courier Number (Percentage) 3x11332 3x11333 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * Data.
MEASUREMENTS 4 MEASUREMENTS 4 is a SMF
05 00
section heading
05 01 Hot Spot T Courier Number (°C) 3x11334 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * SMF Data. Hot spot temperature.
05 02 Top Oil T Courier Number (°C) 3x11335 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * SMF Data. Top oil temperature.
05 03 Reset Xthermal Indexed String 4x00113 G11 G11 1 No Command No or Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * SMF Reset thermal overload command. Resets thermal state to 0.
05 04 Ambient T Courier Number (°C) 3x11336 G10 1 Data. Data Not settable * * * * SMF Data. Ambient temperature.
05 05 TOL Pretrip left Courier Number (decimal) 3x11337 3x11338 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * SMF Data. Top oil (TOL) time left to trip.
05 06 LOL status Courier Number (decimal) 3x11339 3x11340 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * SMF Data. Accumulated loss of life (LOL) measurement in hours.
05 07 Reset LOL Indexed String 4x00114 G11 G11 1 No Command No or Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * SMF Reset loss of life LOL command. Resets LOL to 0.
05 08 Rate of LOL Courier Number (decimal) 3x11341 3x11342 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * SMF Data. Rate of loss of life (LOL) in %.
05 09 LOL Ageing Fact Courier Number (decimal) 3x11343 3x11344 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * SMF Data. Ageing acceleration factor (FAA).
05 0A Lres at Design T Courier Number (decimal) 3x11345 3x11346 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * SMF Data. Residual life at reference hottest spot temperature.
05 0B FAA,m Courier Number (decimal) 3x11347 3x11348 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * SMF Data. Mean ageing acceleration factor (FAA,m)
05 0C Lres at FAA,m Courier Number (decimal) 3x11349 3x11350 G24 2 Data. Data Not settable * * * * SMF Data. Residual life in hours at FAA,m (Lres(FAA,m)).
05 20 Max Iac Courier Number (Current) 3x00543 3x00544 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * M4 Data. Maximum phase current. (P341 7x)
05 22 DLR Ambient Temp Courier Number (Temperature) 3x00545 3x00546 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * Data. Ambient Temperature from current loop input. (P341 7x)
05 24 Wind Velocity Courier Number (Velocity) 3x00547 3x00548 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * Data. Wind Velocity from current loop input. (P341 7x)
05 26 Wind Direction Courier Number (Decimal) 3x00549 3x00550 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * Data. Wind Direction from current loop input. (P341 7x)
05 28 Solar Radiation Courier Number (Current) 3x00551 3x00552 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * Data. Solar Radiation from current loop input. (P341 7x)
05 32 Effct wind angle Courier Number (Angle) 3x00553 3x00554 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * Data. Effective Wind Angle. Intermediate parameter calculated when calculating the convective cooling Pc. (P341 7x)
05 34 Pc Courier Number (Power) 3x00555 3x00556 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * Data. Convective cooling, takes the maximum value of ‘Pc, natural’, ‘Pc1, forced’, and ‘Pc2, forced’. (P341 7x)
05 36 Pc, natural Courier Number (Power) 3x00557 3x00558 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * Data. Natural convective cooling, an intermediate value changed according to the selected standard (CIGRE or IEEE). (P341 7x)
Pc1, forced Courier Number (Power) 3x00559 3x00560 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * Data. Forced convective cooling at low wind speed, an intermediate value changed according to the selected standard (CIGRE
05 38 or IEEE). (P341 7x)
05 3A Pc2, forced Courier Number (Power) 3x00561 3x00562 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * Data. Forced convective cooling at high wind speed, an intermediate value changed according to the selected standard (CIGRE
or IEEE). (P341 7x)
05 3C DLR Ampacity Courier Number (Current) 3x00563 3x00564 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * M4 Data. Calculated ampacity (Amps). (P341 7x)
05 3E DLR CurrentRatio Courier Number (Percentage) 3x00565 3x00566 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * Data. Ratio of the maximum phase current and the calculated ampacity as a percentage. (P341 7x)
05 40 Dyn Conduct Temp Courier Number (Temperature) 3x00567 3x00568 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * Data. Real Time/Dynamic conductor temperature. (P341 7x)
05 42 Steady Conduct T Courier Number (Temperature) 3x00569 3x00570 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * Data. Steady State conductor temperature. (P341 7x)
05 44 Time Constant Courier Number (Time) 3x00571 3x00572 G125 2 Data. Data * SMF * Data. Conductor thermal time constant. (P341 7x)
CB CONDITION CB CONDITION is a section
06 00
heading
06 01 CB Operations Unsigned Integer 3x00600 G1 1 Data. Data * * * * * * Data. Number of CB trip operations.
06 02 Total IA Broken Courier Number (current) 3x00601 3x00602 G24 2 Data. Data * * * * * * M4^1001 Data. Accumulated broken current for A phase protection trip.
06 03 Total IB Broken Courier Number (current) 3x00603 3x00604 G24 2 Data. Data * * * * * * M4^1001 Data. Accumulated broken current for B phase protection trip.
06 04 Total IC Broken Courier Number (current) 3x00605 3x00606 G24 2 Data. Data * * * * * * M4^1001 Data. Accumulated broken current for C phase protection trip.
06 05 CB Operate Time Courier Number (time) 3x00607 G25 1 Data. Data * * * * * * Data. CB operating time = time from protection trip to undercurrent elements indicating the CB is open.
CB Close Time Courier Number (time) 3x00608 G25 1 Data. Data * * * * * * * Data. Circuit breaker close time = time from protection close to undercurrent elements indicating the CB is closed.
06 06
06 07 Reset CB Data Indexed String 4x00150 G11 G11 1 No Command No or Yes 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * * Reset CB Data command. Resets CB Operations and Total IA/IB/IC broken current counters to 0.
CB CONTROL CB CONTROL is a section * * * * * *
07 00
heading
CB Control by Indexed String 4x00200 G99 G99 1 Disabled Setting Disabled, Local, Remote, Local + Remote, Opto, Opto + Local, 0 7 1 2 * * * * * * This Setting selects the type of circuit breaker control that be used in the logic
07 01
Opto + Remote, Opto + Remote + Local
07 02 Close Pulse Time Courier Number (Time) 4x00201 G2 49 1 0.5s Setting 0.1s to 10s step 0.01s 0.1s 10s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 0701 <> 0 Defines the duration of the close pulse.
07 03 Trip Pulse Time Courier Number (Time) 4x00202 G2 49 1 0.5s Setting 0.1s to 5s step 0.01s 0.1s 5s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 0701 <> 0 Defines the duration of the trip pulse.
07 05 Man Close Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x00203 G2 59999 1 10s Setting 0.01s to 600s step 0.01s 0.01s 600s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 0701 <> 0 Manual Close Delay. This defines the delay time before the close pulse is executed.
CB Healthy Time Courier Number (Time) 4x00204 4x00205 G35 1000000 2 5s Setting 0.01s to 9999s step 0.01s 0.01s 9999s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 0701 <> 0 A settable time delay included for manual closure with this circuit breaker check. If the circuit breaker does not
07 06 indicate a healthy condition in this time period following a close command then the relay will lockout and alarm.
Sys Check Time Courier Number (Time) 4x00210 4x00211 G35 1000000 2 5s Setting 0.01s to 9999s step 0.01s 0.01s 9999s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 0701 <> 0 A user settable time delay is included for manual closure with check synchronizing. If the check sync. criteria are not
07 07
satisfied in this time period following a close command the relay will lockout and alarm.
07 08 Lockout Reset Indexed String 4x00206 G11 G11 59999 1 No Command 0 = No, 1 = Yes 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * * Reset Lockout command. Can be used to reset the CB condition monitoring lockout alarms.
Reset Lockout by Indexed String 4x00207 G81 G81 59999 1 CB Close Setting 0 = User Interface, 1 = CB Close 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Setting to determines if a lockout condition will be reset by a manual circuit breaker close command or via the user
07 09
interface.
Man Close RstDly Courier Number (Time) 4x00208 G2 59999 1 5s Setting 0.01s to 600s step 0.01s 0.01s 600s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 0709 = 1 Manual Close Reset Delay. The manual close reset time. A lockout is automatically reset following a manual close
07 0A
after this time delay.
07 11 CB Status Input Indexed String 4x00209 G118 G118 1 None Setting 0 = None, 1 = 52A, 2 = 52B, 3 = Both 52A and 52B 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Setting to define the type of circuit breaker contacts that will be used for the circuit breaker control logic.
DATE AND TIME DATE AND TIME is a * * * * * *
08 00
section heading
08 01 Date/Time IEC870 Time & Date N/A 4x00300 4x00303 G12 4 Data. Setting 0 * * * * * * * Displays the relay’s current date and time.
N/A N/A Date 12/01/1998 <Date> * * * * * * Front Panel Menu only
N/A N/A Time 12:00:00 <Time> * * * * * * Front Panel Menu only
08 04 IRIG-B Sync Indexed String 4x00304 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Enabled, Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * IRIG-B Fitted Enables or disables the IRIG-B time synchronization.
08 05 IRIG-B Status Indexed String 3x00090 G17 G17 1 Data. Data Card not fitted/Card failed/ Signal healthy/No signal * * * * * * 0804 = 1 Displays the status of IRIG-B.
08 06 Battery Status Indexed String 3x00091 G59 G59 1 Data. Data Dead or Healthy * * * * * * Displays whether the battery is healthy or not.
Battery Alarm Indexed String 4x00305 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled, Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables or disables battery alarm. The battery alarm needs to be disabled when a battery is removed or not used.
08 07
SNTP Status Indexed String G247 Data. Data Disabled, Trying Server1, Trying Server 2, Server 1 OK, Server 2 * * * * * * Displays information about the SNTP time synchronization status
08 13
OK, No response, No Valid Clock
LocalTime Enable Indexed String G254 Fixed Setting Disabled, Fixed, Flexible 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * Setting to turn on/off local time adjustments.
Disabled - No local time zone will be maintained. Time synchronization from any interface will be used to directly set
the master clock and all displayed (or read) times on all interfaces will be based on the master clock with no
adjustment.
Fixed - A local time zone adjustment can be defined using the LocalTime offset setting and all interfaces will use local
08 20
time except SNTP time synchronization and IEC 61850 timestamps.
Flexible - A local time zone adjustment can be defined using the LocalTime offset setting and each interface can be
assigned to the UTC zone or local time zone with the exception of the local interfaces which will always be in the local
time zone and IEC 61850/SNTP which will always be in the UTC zone.
LocalTime Offset Courier Number (Time Minutes) 0 mins Setting -720mins to 720mins step 15mins -720mins 720mins 15mins 2 * * * * * * 820 > 0 Setting to specify an offset of -12 to +12 hrs in 15 minute intervals for local time zone. This adjustment is applied to
08 21
the time based on the master clock which is UTC/GMT
08 22 DST Enable Indexed String G37 Enabled Setting Enabled, Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 820 > 0 * Setting to turn on/off daylight saving time adjustment to local time.
08 23 DST Offset Courier Number (Time Minutes) 60 mins Setting 30mins to 60 mins step 30mins 30mins 60 mins 30mins 2 * * * * * * 822 > 0 * Setting to specify daylight saving offset which will be used for the time adjustment to local time.
08 24 DST Start Indexed String G252 Last Setting First, Second, Third, Fourth, Last 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 822 > 0 * Setting to specify the week of the month in which daylight saving time adjustment starts
DST Start Day Indexed String G250 Sunday Setting Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday 0 6 1 2 * * * * * * 822 > 0 * Setting to specify the day of the week in which daylight saving time adjustment starts
08 25
DST Start Month Indexed String G251 March Setting January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, 0 11 1 2 * * * * * * 822 > 0 * Setting to specify the month in which daylight saving time adjustment starts
08 26
September, November, December
DST Start Mins Courier Number (Time Minutes) 60 mins Setting 0 mins to 1425mins step 15mins 0 mins 1425mins 15mins 2 * * * * * * 822 > 0 * Setting to specify the time of day in which daylight saving time adjustment starts. This is set relative to 00:00 hrs on
08 27
the selected day when time adjustment is to start.
08 28 DST End Indexed String G252 Last Setting First, Second, Third, Fourth, Last 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 822 > 0 * Setting to specify the week of the month in which daylight saving time adjustment ends.
DST End Day Indexed String G250 Sunday Setting Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday 0 6 1 2 * * * * * * 822 > 0 * Setting to specify the day of the week in which daylight saving time adjustment ends
08 29
08 2A DST End Month Indexed String G251 October Setting Any of the 12 months 0 11 1 2 * * * * * * 822 > 0 * Setting to specify the month in which daylight saving time adjustment ends
DST End Mins Courier Number (Time Minutes) 60 mins Setting 0 mins to 1425mins step 15mins 0 mins 1425mins 15mins 2 * * * * * * 822 > 0 * Setting to specify the time of day in which daylight saving time adjustment ends. This is set relative to 00:00 hrs on
08 2B
the selected day when time adjustment is to end.
RP1 Time Zone Indexed String G253 Local Setting UTC, Local 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 820 > 1 * Setting for the rear port 1 interface to specify if time synchronization received will be local or universal time coordinated.
08 30
RP2 Time Zone Indexed String G253 Local Setting UTC, Local 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 820 > 1 * Setting for the rear port 2 interface to specify if time synchronization received will be local or universal time coordinated.
08 31
08 32 DNPOE Time Zone Indexed String G253 Local Setting UTC, Local 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 820 > 1 *
Tunnel Time Zone Indexed String G253 Local Setting UTC, Local 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 820 > 1 * Setting to specify if time synchronization received will be local or universal time coordinate when ‘tunneling’ courier
08 33
protocol over Ethernet.
CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION is a * * * * * *
09 00
section heading
Restore Defaults Indexed String 4x00402 G53 G53 1 No Operation Command No operation, All settings, Setting Group 1, Setting Group 2, 0 5 1 2 * * * * * * * Setting to restore a setting group to factory default settings.
09 01
Setting Group 3, Setting Group 4
Setting Group Indexed String 4x00403 G61 G61 1 Select via Menu Setting Select from Menu, Select from PSL 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Allows setting group changes to be initiated via two DDB signals in the Programmable Scheme Logic (PSL) or via the
09 02
Menu settings.
09 03 Active Settings Indexed String 4x00404 G90 G90 1 Group 1 Setting Group 1, Group 2, Group 3, Group 4 0 3 1 1 * * * * * * 0902 = 0 Selects the active setting group.
09 04 Save Changes Indexed String 4x00405 G62 G62 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Save, Abort 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * Saves all relay settings.
09 05 Copy From Indexed String 4x00406 G90 G90 1 Group 1 Setting Group 1, Group 2, Group 3, Group 4 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * * Allows displayed settings to be copied from a selected setting group.
09 06 Copy To Indexed String 4x00407 G98 G98 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Group 1, Group 2, Group 3, Group 4 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * * Allows displayed settings to be copied to a selected setting group. (ready to paste).
Setting Group 1 Indexed String 4x00408 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * To enable or disable Group 1 settings. If the setting group is disabled from the configuration, then all associated
09 07
settings and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting. (paste).
Setting Group 2 Indexed String 4x00409 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * To enable or disable Group 2 settings. If the setting group is disabled from the configuration, then all associated
09 08
settings and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting. (paste).
Setting Group 3 Indexed String 4x00410 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * To enable or disable Group 3 settings. If the setting group is disabled from the configuration, then all associated
09 09
settings and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting. (paste).
Setting Group 4 Indexed String 4x00411 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * To enable or disable Group 4 settings. If the setting group is disabled from the configuration, then all associated
09 0A
settings and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting. (paste).
09 0B System Config Indexed String 4x00437 G80 1 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Sets the System Config menu visible further on in the relay settings menu.
Power Indexed String 4x00413 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the 3-phase Power Protection function, reverse power / low forward power /
09 0C overpower.
ANSI 32R/32LFP/32O.
Field Failure Indexed String 4x00414 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Field Failure Protection function.
09 0D
ANSI 40.
NPS Thermal Indexed String 4x00415 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Negative Phase Sequence Thermal Protection function.
09 0E
ANSI 46T.
System Backup Indexed String 4x00416 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the System Backup Protection function, voltage controlled / voltage
09 0F restrained / underimpedance protection.
ANSI 51V/21.
Overcurrent Indexed String 4x00417 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Phase Overcurrent and NPS Overcurrent Protection function.
09 10
ANSI 50/51/67P, 46OC.
Thermal Overload Indexed String 4x00433 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Thermal Overload (Generator and Transformer Thermal Overload)
09 11 Protection function.
ANSI 49.
Differential Indexed String 4x00412 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Differential (Generator and Transformer Differential) Protection
09 12 function.
ANSI 87G/87T.
Earth Fault Indexed String 4x00418 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Earth Fault Protection function.
09 13
ANSI 50N/51N.
Rotor EF Indexed String 4x00438 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Rotor Earth Fault Protection function.
09 14
ANSI 64R.
SEF/REF/SPower Indexed String 4x00419 G114 G114 1 Disabled Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = SEF/REF, 2 = Sensitive Power 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Sensitive Earth Fault or Restricted Earth Fault or Sensitive Power (1
09 15 SEF/REF Phase) Protection (reverse power / low forward power / overpower) function.
ANSI 50/51/67N, 64, 32R/32LFP/32O.
Residual O/V NVD Indexed String 4x00420 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Residual Overvoltage (Neutral Voltage Displacement) Protection
09 16 function.
ANSI 59N.
100% Stator EF Indexed String 4x00421 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the 100% Stator Earth Fault Protection function (3rd harmonic in P343, 4, 5
09 17 Enabled and low frequency injection in P345).
ANSI 27TN/59TN (3rd harmonic), 64S (low frequency injection).
V/Hz Indexed String 4x00422 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Overfluxing Protection function.
09 18
ANSI 24.
df/dt Indexed String 4x00423 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Rate of Change of Frequency Protection function.
09 19
ANSI 81R.
09 1A V Vector Shift Indexed String 4x00424 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Voltage Vector Shift Protection function. P341 only.
Dead Machine Indexed String 4x00425 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Dead Protection function.
09 1B
ANSI 50/27.
09 1C Reconnect Delay Indexed String 4x00426 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Reconnect Delay Protection function. P341 only.
Volt Protection Indexed String 4x00427 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Voltage Protection (Under/Overvoltage and NPS Overvoltage) function.
09 1D ANSI 27/59/47.
Freq Protection Indexed String 4x00428 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Frequency Protection (Under/Overfrequency) function.
09 1E
ANSI 81O/U.
RTD Inputs Indexed String 4x00429 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * RTD Option fitted Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the RTD (Resistance Temperature Device) Inputs.
09 1F
CB Fail Indexed String 4x00430 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Circuit Breaker Fail Protection function.
09 20
ANSI 50BF.
Supervision Indexed String 4x00431 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Supervision (VTS&CTS) functions.
09 21
ANSI VTS/CTS.
09 22 NOT USED Setting Not used
04 23 Dynamic Rating Indexed String 4x00439 G37 G1 1 Enabled Setting Enabled, Disabled 0 1 1 2 *
Pole Slipping Indexed String 4x00436 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the Pole Slipping Protection function.
09 24
ANSI 78.
09 25 Input Labels Indexed String G80 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * Sets the Input Labels menu visible in the relay settings menu.
09 26 Output Labels Indexed String G80 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * Sets the Output Labels menu visible in the relay settings menu.
09 27 RTD Labels Indexed String G80 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 1 * * * * 091F = 1 Sets the RTD Labels menu visible in the relay settings menu.
09 28 CT & VT Ratios Indexed String G80 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * Sets the Current & Voltage Transformer Ratios menu visible in the relay settings menu.
09 29 Record Control Indexed String G80 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * Sets the Record Control menu visible in the relay settings menu.
09 2A Disturb Recorder Indexed String G80 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * Sets the Disturbance Recorder menu visible in the relay settings menu.
09 2B Measure't Setup Indexed String G80 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * Sets the Measurement Setup menu visible in the relay settings menu.
Comms Settings Indexed String G80 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * Sets the Communications Settings menu visible in the relay settings menu. These are the settings associated with
09 2C
the 1st and 2nd rear communications ports.
09 2D Commission Tests Indexed String G80 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * Sets the Commissioning Tests menu visible in the relay settings menu.
09 2E Setting Values Indexed String G54 Primary Setting 0 = Primary, 1 = Secondary 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * This affects all protection settings that are dependent upon CT and VT ratio’s.
09 2F Control Inputs Indexed String G80 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Sets the Control Inputs menu visible in the relay setting menu.
09 30 CLIO Inputs Indexed String 4x00434 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0932 = 1 Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the CLIO (Current Loop Input Output) Inputs function.
09 31 CLIO Outputs Indexed String 4x00435 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0932 = 1 Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the CLIO (Current Loop Input Output) Outputs function.
CLIO status (Hidden)
09 32
(Note: No Courier text)
System Checks Indexed String 4x00443 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the System Checks (Check Sync. and Voltage Monitor) function.
09 33
ANSI 25.
09 35 Ctrl I/P Config Indexed String G80 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * Sets the Control Input Configuration menu visible in the relay setting menu.
09 36 Ctrl I/P Labels Indexed String G80 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * Sets the Control Input Labels menu visible in the relay setting menu.
09 39 Direct Access Indexed String G231 Enabled Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled, 2 = Hotkey Only, 3 = CB Ctrl Only 0 3 1 1 * * * * * * Defines what controls are available via the direct access keys - Enabled (Hotkey and CB Control functions) / Hotkey
09 50 Function Key Indexed String 4x00432 G80 Visible Setting Invisible or Visible 0 1 1 1 * Only (Control
Sets the Inputs
Function Keyand Setting
menu group
visible in theselection) / CBmenu.
relay setting Cntrl Only (CB open/close).
09 FB RP1 Read Only Indexed String 4x00440 G37 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the rear communications port 1 (RP1) Read Only function.
09 FC RP2 Read Only Indexed String 4x00441 G37 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the rear communications port 2 (RP2) Read Only function.
09 FD NIC Read Only Indexed String 4x00442 G37 Disabled Setting Enabled or Disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * * Enables (activates) or disables (turns off) the rear Ethernet communications port (NIC) Read Only function.
LCD Contrast Unsigned Integer (16 bits) 11 Setting 0 to 31 step 1 0 31 1 1 * * * * * * Sets the LCD contrast. To confirm acceptance of the contrast setting the relay prompts the user to press the right
and left arrow keys together instead of the enter key as an added precaution to someone accidentally selecting a
09 FF contrast which leaves the display black or blank.
Note: The LCD contrast can be set via the front port communications port with the S1 setting software if the contrast
is set incorrectly such that the display is black or blank.
CT AND VT RATIOS CT AND VT RATIOS is a * * * * * * 0927 = 1 Values for multipliers used else where
0A 00
section heading
Main VT Primary Courier Number (Voltage) 4x00500 4x00501 G35 999900 2 110.0V Setting 100.0V to 1000000V step 1V 100.0V 1000000V 1V 2 * * * * * * Main voltage transformer input, primary voltage setting.
0A 12 Label V1=Main VT Rating/110.
For transformer based inputs, default is 440V for 380/480v rated I/Ps.
0A 13 Main VT Sec'y Courier Number (Voltage) 4x00502 G2 60 1 110.0V Setting 80V to 140V step 1V 80*V1 140*V1 1*V1 2 * * * * * * Main transformer input, secondary voltage setting.
C/S VT Primary Courier Number (Voltage) 4x00516 4x00517 G2 G35 29999 2 110.0V Setting 100.0V to 1000000V step 1V 100.0V 1000000V 1V 2 *(60-TE) * CheckM1=[0A12]/[0A13].
Label sync. voltage transformer input primary voltage setting.
0A 16 P345 only.
For transformer based inputs, default is 440V for 380/480v rated I/Ps
Label Vcs=C/S VT Rating/110
C/S VT Sec'y Courier Number (Voltage) 4x00518 G2 G2 60 1 110.0V Setting 80.0V to 140.0 V step 1V 80.0V 140.0 V 1V 2 *(60-TE) * Check sync. voltage transformer input secondary voltage setting.
0A 17 P345 only.
Label Mcs=[0A16]/[0A17]
VN1 VT Primary Courier Number (Voltage) 4x00503 4x00504 G35 999900 2 110.0V Setting 100.0V to 1000000V step 1V 100.0V 1000000V 1V 2 * * * * * * Neutral Displacement VT Primary. VN1 input, primary voltage setting. VN1 is the neutral voltage input.
0A 22 Label V3=Neutral Disp VT Rating/110
For transformer based inputs, default is 440V for 380/480v rated I/Ps
VN1 VT Secondary Courier Number (Voltage) 4x00505 G2 60 1 110.0V Setting 80*V3 to 140*V3 step 1*V3 80*V3 140*V3 1*V3 2 * * * * * * Neutral Displacement VT Secondary. VN1 input, secondary voltage setting.
0A 23 Label M3=[0A22]/[0A23]
For transformer based inputs, default is 440V for 380/480v rated I/Ps
VN2 VT Primary Courier Number (Voltage) 4x00506 4x00507 G35 999900 2 110.0V Setting 100.0V to 1000000V step 1V 100.0V 1000000V 1V 2 * * Second NVD VT. VN2 input, primary voltage setting. VN2 is the 2nd neutral voltage input in P344, 5 relays.
0A 27 Label V2=VN2 VT Rating/110
For transformer based inputs, default is 440V for 380/480v rated I/Ps
VN2 VT Secondary Courier Number (Voltage) 4x00508 G2 60 1 110.0V Setting 80*V2 to 140*V2 step 1*V2 80*V2 140*V2 1*V2 2 * * Second NVD VT. VN2 input, secondary voltage setting. P344/P345
0A 28 Label M2=[0A27]/[0A28]
For transformer based inputs, default is 440V for 380/480v rated I/Ps
Ph CT Polarity Indexed String 4x00519 G165 G165 1 Standard Setting Standard, Inverted 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Polarity of phase CT group (3 phase).
0A 31 Ph CT1 Polarity Phase CT (P342) or Phase CT1 (P343, 4, 5, 6) polarity selection. This setting can be used to easily reverse the CT
polarity for wiring errors.
Phase CT Primary Courier Number (Current) 4x00509 G2 59999 1 300A Setting 1A to 60000A step 1A 1A 60000A 1A 2 * * * * * * Phase CT (P342) or Phase CT1 (P343, P344, P345, P346) input, primary current rating setting.
0A 32
Phase CT1 Primary I1=Phase CT1 secondary rating
Phase CT Sec'y Courier Number (Current) 4x00510 G2 1 1A Setting 1A or 5A 1A 5A 2 * * * * * * Phase CT (P342) or Phase CT1 (P343, P344, P345, P346) input, secondary current rating setting.
0A 33
Phase CT1 Sec'y Label M4=[0A32]/[0A33]
Ph CT2 Polarity Indexed String 4x00520 G165 G165 1 Standard Setting Standard, Inverted 0 1 1 2 * * * Polarity of phase CT2 group (3 phase).
0A 36
Phase CT2 polarity selection. This setting can be used to easily reverse the CT polarity for wiring errors.
Phase CT2 Prim'y Courier Number (Current) 4x00521 G2 59999 1 300A Setting 1A to 60000A step 1A 1A 60000A 1A 2 * * * Phase CT2 (P343, P344, P345, P346) input, primary current rating setting.
0A 37
I4=Phase CT2 secondary rating.
Phase CT2 Sec'y Courier Number (Current) 4x00522 G2 1 1A Setting 1A or 5A 1A 5A 2 * * * Phase CT2 (P343, P344, P345, P346) input, secondary current rating setting.
0A 38
Label M7=[0A37]/[0A38]
E/F CT Polarity Indexed String 4x00523 G165 G165 1 Standard Setting Standard, Inverted 0 1 1 2 * * * * Polarity of E/F (IN1) CT.
0A 51 Earth fault current transformer polarity selection. This setting can be used to easily reverse the CT polarity for wiring
errors.
E/F CT Primary Courier Number (Current) 4x00511 G2 59999 1 1A Setting 1A to 60000A step 1A 1A 60000A 1A 2 * * * * Label I2=E/F CT secondary rating.
0A 52
Earth fault current transformer input, primary current rating setting.
E/F CT Secondary Courier Number (Current) 4x00512 G2 1 1A Setting 1A or 5A 1A 5A 2 * * * * Earth fault current transformer input, secondary current rating setting.
0A 53
Label M5=[0A52]/[0A53]
Isen CT Polarity Indexed String 4x00524 G165 G165 1 Standard Setting Standard, Inverted 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Polarity of SEF (Isen) CT.
0A 61 Sensitive Current transformer polarity selection. This setting can be used to easily reverse the CT polarity for wiring
errors.
Isen CT Primary Courier Number (Current) 4x00513 G2 59999 1 1A Setting 1A to 60000A step 1A 1A 60000A 1A 2 * * * * * * Sensitive current transformer input, primary current rating setting.
0A 62
Label I3=SEF CT secondary rating.
Isen CT Sec'y Courier Number (Current) 4x00514 G2 1 1 1A Setting 1A or 5A 1A 5A 2 * * * * * * Sensitive current transformer input, secondary current rating setting.
0A 63
Label M6=[0A62]/[0A63]
RECORD CONTROL RECORD CONTROL is a * * * * * * 0929 = 1
0B 00
section heading
0B 04 Alarm Event Indexed String 4x10400 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Disabling this setting means that no event will be generated for all alarms.
0B 05 Relay O/P Event Indexed String 4x10401 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Disabling this setting means that no event will be generated for any change in relay output contact state.
0B 06 Opto Input Event Indexed String 4x10402 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Disabling this setting means that no event will be generated for any change in logic input state.
General Event Indexed String 4x10403 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Disabling this setting means that no General Events will be generated. See event record sheet in the Relay Menu
0B 07
Database document for list of general events.
0B 08 Fault Rec Event Indexed String 4x10404 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Disabling this setting means that no event will be generated for any fault that produces a fault record.
0B 09 Maint Rec Event Indexed String 4x10405 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Disabling this setting means that no event will be generated for any maintenance records.
0B 0A Protection Event Indexed String 4x10406 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled or disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Disabling this setting means that no event will be generated for any operation of the protection elements.
DDB 31 - 0 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10407 4x10408 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 31 - 0. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 =
0B 40
recording Disabled F event recording Disabled.
DDB 63 - 32 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10409 4x10410 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 63 - 32. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 =
0B 41
recording Disabled F event recording Disabled.
DDB 95 - 64 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10411 4x10412 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 95 - 64. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 =
0B 42
recording Disabled F event recording Disabled.
DDB 127 - 96 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10413 4x10414 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 127 - 96. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 43
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 159 - 128 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10415 4x10416 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 159 - 128. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 44
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 191 - 160 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10417 4x10418 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 191 - 160. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 45
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 223 - 192 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10419 4x10420 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 223 - 192. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 46
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 255 - 224 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10421 4x10422 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 255 - 224. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 47
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 287 - 256 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10423 4x10424 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 287 - 256. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 48
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 319 - 288 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10425 4x10426 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 319 - 288. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 49
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 351 - 320 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10427 4x10428 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 351 - 320. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 4A
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 383 - 352 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10429 4x10430 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 383 - 352. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 4B
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 415 - 384 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10431 4x10432 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 415 - 384. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 4C
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 447 - 416 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10433 4x10434 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 447 - 416. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 4D
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 479 - 448 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10435 4x10436 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 479 - 448. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 4E
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 511 - 480 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10437 4x10438 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 511 - 480. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 4F
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 543 - 512 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10439 4x10440 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 543 - 512. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 50
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 575 - 544 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10441 4x10442 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 575 - 544. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 51
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 607 - 576 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10443 4x10444 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 607 - 576. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 52
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 639 - 608 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10445 4x10446 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 639 - 608. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 53
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 671 - 640 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10447 4x10448 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 671 - 640. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 54
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 703 - 672 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10449 4x10450 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 703 - 672. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 55
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
50313.3110.0455
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Menu Database 13-Nov-10
Page
Col Row Menu Text Courier Data Type LCD ref Modbus Register Start Modbus Register Data Group Data Group Max Modbus ModbusRegisters Default Setting Cell Type Available Setting Min Max Step Password P341 B0 P342 B0 P343 B0 P344 B0 P345 B0 P341 E0 Visible if Visible if Visible if Ripple BF03 Mult Description
End Courier MODBUS numeric setting Level M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M7 Cell Test Value Pri/Sec
DDB 735 - 704 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10451 4x10452 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 735 - 704. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 56
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 767 - 736 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10453 4x10454 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 767 - 736. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 57
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 799 - 768 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10455 4x10456 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 799 - 768. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 58
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 831 - 800 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10457 4x10458 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 831 - 800. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 59
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 863 - 832 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10459 4x10460 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 863 - 832. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 5A
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 895 - 864 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10461 4x10462 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 895 - 864. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 5B
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 927 - 896 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10463 4x10464 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 927 - 896. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 5C
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 959 - 928 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10465 4x10466 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 959 - 928. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 5D
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 991 - 960 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10467 4x10468 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 991 - 960. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled, 0
0B 5E
recording Disabled F = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1023 - 992 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10469 4x10470 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1023 - 992. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 5F
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1055-1024 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10471 4x10472 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1055-1024. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 60
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1087-1056 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10473 4x10474 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1087-1056. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 61
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1119-1088 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10475 4x10476 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1119-1088. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 62
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1151-1120 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10477 4x10478 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1151-1120. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 63
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1183-1152 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10479 4x10480 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1183-1152. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 64
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1215-1184 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10481 4x10482 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1215-1184. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 65
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1247-1216 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10483 4x10484 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1247-1216. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 66
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1279-1248 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10485 4x10486 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1279-1248. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 67
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1311-1280 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10487 4x10488 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1311-1280. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 68
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1343-1312 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10489 4x10490 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1343-1312. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 69
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1375-1344 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10491 4x10492 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1375-1344. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 6A
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1407-1376 Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x10493 4x10494 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1407-1376. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 6B
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1439-1408 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10495 4x10496 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1439-1408. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 6C
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1471-1440 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10497 4x10498 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1471-1440. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 6D
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1503-1472 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10499 4x10500 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1503-1472. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 6E
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1535-1504 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10501 4x10502 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1535-1504. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 6F
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1567-1536 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10503 4x10504 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1567-1536. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 70
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1599-1568 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10505 4x10506 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1599-1568. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 71
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1631-1600 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10507 4x10508 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1631-1600. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 72
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1663-1632 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10509 4x10510 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1663-1632. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 73
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1695-1664 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10511 4x10512 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1695-1664. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 74
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1727-1696 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10513 4x10514 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1727-1696. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 75
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1759-1728 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10515 4x10516 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1759-1728. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 76
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1791-1760 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10517 4x10518 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1791-1760. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 77
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1823-1792 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10519 4x10520 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1823-1792. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 78
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1855-1824 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10521 4x10522 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1855-1824. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 79
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1887-1856 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10523 4x10524 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1887-1856. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 7A
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1919-1888 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10525 4x10526 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1919-1888. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 7B
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1951-1920 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10527 4x10528 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1951-1920. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 7C
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 1983-1952 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10529 4x10530 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 1983-1952. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 7D
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 2015-1984 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10531 4x10532 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 2015-1984. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 7E
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DDB 2047-2016 Binary Flag (32 bits) N/A 4x10533 4x10534 G27 2 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 32-bit binary setting: 1 = event recording Enabled, 0 = event 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 32 bit setting to enable or disable the event recording for DDB 2047-2016. For each bit 1 = event recording Enabled,
0B 7F
recording Disabled F 0 = event recording Disabled.
DISTURB RECORDER DISTURB RECORDER is a * * * * * * 092A = 1 DISTURBANCE RECORDER
0C 00
section heading
0C 52 Duration Courier Number (Time) 4x00600 G2 1050 1 1.5s Setting 0.1s to 10.5s step 0.01s 0.1s 10.5s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * Overall recording time setting.
Trigger Position Courier Number (%) 4x00601 G2 1050 1 33.3% Setting 0% to 100% step 0.1% 0% 100% 0.1% 2 * * * * * * Trigger point setting as a percentage of the duration. For example, the default settings show that the overall
0C 54 recording time is set to 1.5 s with the trigger point being at 33.3% of this, giving 0.5 s pre-fault and 1 s post fault
recording times.
Trigger Mode Indexed String 4x00602 G34 G34 1 Single Setting Single, Extended 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * If set to single and if a further trigger occurs while a recording is taking place, the recorder will ignore the trigger.
0C 56 However, if this has been set to Extended, the post trigger timer will be reset to zero, thereby extending the recording
time.
0C 58 Analog Channel 1 Indexed String 4x00603 G31 G31 1 VAN Setting VAN, VBN, VCN, VN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC- 0 ** 1 2 * * * * * * Selects any available analog input to be assigned to this channel.
0C 59 Analog Channel 2 Indexed String 4x00604 G31 G31 1 VBN Setting 2,VN2,VBN,
VAN, V64S, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * * * * * * ** Max =any
Selects 7 for P341, 8analog
available for P342;
input11tofor
be P343, 12 for
assigned P344,
to this 14 for P345
channel.
0C 5A Analog Channel 3 Indexed String 4x00605 G31 G31 1 VCN Setting 2,VN2, V64S,
VAN, VBN, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * * * * * * Selects any available analog input to be assigned to this channel.
0C 5B Analog Channel 4 Indexed String 4x00606 G31 G31 1 VN1 Setting 2,VN2,VBN,
VAN, V64S, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * * * * * * Selects any available analog input to be assigned to this channel.
0C 5C Analog Channel 5 Indexed String 4x00607 G31 G31 1 IA (IA-1) Setting 2,VN2,VBN,
VAN, V64S, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * * * * * * Selects any available analog input to be assigned to this channel.
0C 5D Analog Channel 6 Indexed String 4x00608 G31 G31 1 IB (IB-1) Setting 2,VN2,VBN,
VAN, V64S, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * * * * * * Selects any available analog input to be assigned to this channel.
0C 5E Analog Channel 7 Indexed String 4x00609 G31 G31 1 IC (IC-1) Setting 2,VN2,VBN,
VAN, V64S, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * * * * * * Selects any available analog input to be assigned to this channel.
0C 5F Analog Channel 8 Indexed String 4x00610 G31 G31 1 I Sensitive Setting 2,VN2,VBN,
VAN, V64S, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * * * * * * Selects any available analog input to be assigned to this channel.
0C 60 Analog Channel 9 Indexed String 4x00675 G31 G31 1 IN Setting 2,VN2,VBN,
VAN, V64S, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * * * * Selects any available analog input to be assigned to this channel.
0C 61 AnalogChannel 10 Indexed String 4x00676 G31 G31 1 IA-2 Setting 2,VN2,VBN,
VAN, V64S, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * * * P343/P344/P345
Selects only.analog input to be assigned to this channel.
any available
0C 62 AnalogChannel 11 Indexed String 4x00677 G31 G31 1 IB-2 Setting 2,VN2,VBN,
VAN, V64S, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * * * P343/P344/P345
Selects only.analog input to be assigned to this channel.
any available
0C 63 AnalogChannel 12 Indexed String 4x00678 G31 G31 1 IC-2 Setting 2,VN2,VBN,
VAN, V64S, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * * * P343/P344/P345
Selects only.analog input to be assigned to this channel.
any available
0C 64 AnalogChannel 13 Indexed String 4x00679 G31 G31 1 VN2 Setting 2,VN2,VBN,
VAN, V64S, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * * P343/P344/P345
Selects only.analog input to be assigned to this channel.
any available
0C 65 AnalogChannel 14 Indexed String 4x00680 G31 G31 1 V64S Setting 2,VN2,VBN,
VAN, V64S, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * P345 only.
Selects any available analog input to be assigned to this channel.
0C 66 AnalogChannel 15 Indexed String 4x00681 G31 G31 1 I64S Setting 2,VN2,VBN,
VAN, V64S, I64SVN1, IA, IB, IC, IN, I Sensitive, IA-2, IB-2, IC-
VCN, 0 ** 1 2 * P345 only.
Selects any available analog input to be assigned to this channel.
Digital Input 1 Indexed String 4x00611 G32 G32 1 Output R1 Setting 2,VN2, V64S,
Any of 32 O/P I64S
Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 80
Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 1 Trigger Indexed String 4x00612 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C0C <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 81
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 2 Indexed String 4x00613 G32 G32 1 Output R2 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 82
Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 2 Trigger Indexed String 4x00614 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C0E <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 83
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 3 Indexed String 4x00615 G32 G32 1 Output R3 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 84
Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 3 Trigger Indexed String 4x00616 G66 G66 1 Trigger L/H Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C10 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 85
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 4 Indexed String 4x00617 G32 G32 1 Output R4 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 86
Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 4 Trigger Indexed String 4x00618 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C12 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 87
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 5 Indexed String 4x00619 G32 G32 1 Output R5 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 88
Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 5 Trigger Indexed String 4x00620 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C14 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 89
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 6 Indexed String 4x00621 G32 G32 1 Output R6 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 8A
Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 6 Trigger Indexed String 4x00622 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C16 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 8B
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 7 Indexed String 4x00623 G32 G32 1 Output R7 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 8C
Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 7 Trigger Indexed String 4x00624 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C18 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 8D
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 8 Indexed String 4x00625 G32 G32 1 Input L1 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 8E
Output R8 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 8 Trigger Indexed String 4x00626 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C1A <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 8F
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 9 Indexed String 4x00627 G32 G32 1 Input L2 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 90
Output R9 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 9 Trigger Indexed String 4x00628 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C1C <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 91
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 10 Indexed String 4x00629 G32 G32 1 Input L3 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 92
Output R10 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 10 Trigger Indexed String 4x00630 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C1E <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 93
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 11 Indexed String 4x00631 G32 G32 1 Input L4 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 94
Output R11 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 11 Trigger Indexed String 4x00632 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C20 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 95
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 12 Indexed String 4x00633 G32 G32 1 Input L5 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 96
Output R12 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 12 Trigger Indexed String 4x00634 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C22 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 97
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 13 Indexed String 4x00635 G32 G32 1 Input L6 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 98
Output R13 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 13 Trigger Indexed String 4x00636 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C24 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 99
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 14 Indexed String 4x00637 G32 G32 1 Input L7 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 9A
Output R14 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 14 Trigger Indexed String 4x00638 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C26 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 9B
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 15 Indexed String 4x00639 G32 G32 1 Input L8 Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 9C
Input L1 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 15 Trigger Indexed String 4x00640 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C28 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 9D
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 16 Indexed String 4x00641 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C 9E
Input L2 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 16 Trigger Indexed String 4x00642 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C2A <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C 9F
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 17 Indexed String 4x00643 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C A0
Input L3 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 17 Trigger Indexed String 4x00644 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C2C <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C A1
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 18 Indexed String 4x00645 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C A2
Input L4 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 18 Trigger Indexed String 4x00646 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C2E <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C A3
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 19 Indexed String 4x00647 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C A4
Input L5 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 19 Trigger Indexed String 4x00648 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C30 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C A5
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 20 Indexed String 4x00649 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C A6
Input L6 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 20 Trigger Indexed String 4x00650 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C32 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C A7
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 21 Indexed String 4x00651 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C A8
Input L7 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 21 Trigger Indexed String 4x00652 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C34 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C A9
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 22 Indexed String 4x00653 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C AA
Input L8 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 22 Trigger Indexed String 4x00654 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C36 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C AB
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 23 Indexed String 4x00655 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C AC
Input L9 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 23 Trigger Indexed String 4x00656 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C38 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C AD
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 24 Indexed String 4x00657 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C AE
Input L10 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 24 Trigger Indexed String 4x00658 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C3A <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C AF
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 25 Indexed String 4x00659 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C B0
Input L11 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 25 Trigger Indexed String 4x00660 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C3C <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C B1
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 26 Indexed String 4x00661 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C B2
Input L12 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 26 Trigger Indexed String 4x00662 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C3E <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C B3
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 27 Indexed String 4x00663 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C B4
Input L13 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 27 Trigger Indexed String 4x00664 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C40 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C B5
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 28 Indexed String 4x00665 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C B6
Input L14 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 28 Trigger Indexed String 4x00666 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C42 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C B7
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 29 Indexed String 4x00667 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C B8
Input L15 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 29 Trigger Indexed String 4x00668 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C44 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C B9
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 30 Indexed String 4x00669 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C BA
Input L16 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 30 Trigger Indexed String 4x00670 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C46 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C BB
to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 31 Indexed String 4x00671 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C BC
Function Key 10 Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 31 Trigger Indexed String 4x00672 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C48 <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C BD
Trigger L/H to low (H/L) transition.
Digital Input 32 Indexed String 4x00673 G32 G32 1 Unused Setting Any of 32 O/P Contacts or Any of 32 Opto Inputs or 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * * * * * The digital channels may be mapped to any of the opto isolated inputs or output contacts, in addition to a number of
0C BE
Internal Digital Signals internal relay digital signals, such as protection starts, LEDs etc.
Input 32 Trigger Indexed String 4x00674 G66 G66 1 No Trigger Setting No trigger, Trigger L/H, trigger H/L 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0C4A <> Unassigned Any of the digital channels may be selected to trigger the disturbance recorder on either a low to high (L/H) or a high
0C BF
to low (H/L) transition.
MEASURE'T SETUP MEASURE'T SETUP is a * * * * * * 092B = 1 MEASUREMENT SETTINGS
0D 00
section heading
Default Display Indexed String 4x00700 G52 G52 1 User Banner Setting User Banner, 3Ph + N Current, 3Ph Neutral Voltage, Power, Date 0 7 1 2 * * * * * * This setting can be used to select the default display from a range of options, note that it is also possible to view the
0D 01 and Time, Description, Plant Reference, Frequency, Access Level other default displays whilst at the default level using the left and right arrow keys. However once the 15 minute
timeout elapses the default display will revert to that selected by this setting.
Local Values Indexed String 4x00701 G54 G54 1 Primary Setting Primary or Secondary 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * This setting controls whether measured values via the front panel user interface and the front courier port are
0D 02
displayed as primary or secondary quantities.
Remote Values Indexed String 4x00702 G54 G54 1 Primary Setting Primary or Secondary 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * This setting controls whether measured values via the rear communication port are displayed as primary or
0D 03
secondary quantities.
Measurement Ref Indexed String 4x00703 G56 G56 1 VA Setting 0 = VA, 1 = VB, 2 = VC, 3 = IA, 4 = IB, 5 = IC 0 5 1 1 * * * * * * Measurement Phase Reference. Using this setting the phase reference for all angular measurements by the relay
0D 04
can be selected.
Measurement Mode Unsigned Integer 4x00705 G1 3 1 0 Setting 0 to 3 step 1 0 3 1 1 * * * * * * This setting is used to control the signing of the real and reactive power quantities; the signing convention used is
0D 05
defined in the Measurements and Recording chapter.
0D 06 Fix Dem Period Courier Number (time-minutes) 4x00706 G2 1 30 mins Setting 1 min to 99 mins step 1 min 1 min 99 mins 1 min 2 * * * * * * Fixed Demand Interval. This setting defines the length of the fixed demand window.
Roll Sub Period Courier Number (time-minutes) 4x00707 G2 1 30 mins Setting 1 min to 99 mins step 1 min 1 min 99 mins 1 min 2 * * * * * * The rolling demand uses a sliding/rolling window. The rolling demand window consists of a number of smaller sub
0D 07 periods (Num Sub Periods). The resolution of the rolling window is the sub period length (Roll Sub Period) with the
displayed values being updated at the end of each sub period.
0D 08 Num Sub Periods Unsigned Integer 4x00708 G1 1 15 Setting 1 to 15 step 1 1 15 1 2 * * * * * * This setting is used to set the number of rolling demand sub periods.
Remote 2 Values Indexed String G54 Primary Setting Primary or Secondary 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Remote 2 Measurement Values. This setting controls whether measured values via the 2nd rear communication port
0D 0B
are displayed as primary or secondary quantities.
COMMUNICATIONS COMMUNICATIONS is a * * * * * * 092C = 1
0E 00
section heading
RP1 Protocol Indexed String G71 Data <Protocol> Courier, MODBUS, IEC 60870-5-103, DNP 3.0, IEC60850 * * * * * * Indicates the communications protocol that will be used on the rear communications port.
0E 01
RP1 Address Unsigned integer (16 bits) 255 Setting 0 to 255 (Courier) 0 255 1 1 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 Courier Protocol device address.
0E 02
Indicates the communications protocol that will be used on the rear communications port.
RP1 Address Unsigned integer (16 bits) 1 Setting 0 to 247 (Modbus) 1 247 1 1 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 Modbus Protocol device address.
0E 02 This cell sets the unique address for the relay such that only one relay is accessed by master station software.
RP1 Address Unsigned integer (16 bits) 1 Setting 0 to 255 (IEC60870) 0 254 1 1 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 IEC60870-5-103 Protocol device address.
0E 02 This cell sets the unique address for the relay such that only one relay is accessed by master station software.
RP1 Address Unsigned integer (16 bits) 1 Setting 0 to 65534 (DNP3.0) 0 65534 1 1 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 DNP 3.0 Protocol device address.
0E 02 This cell sets the unique address for the relay such that only one relay is accessed by master station software.
RP1 InactivTimer Courier Number (Time-minutes) 15 mins Setting 1 min to 30 min step 1 min (Courier) 1 min 30 mins 1 min 2 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 Courier Protocol inactivity timer.
0E 03 This cell controls how long the relay will wait without receiving any messages on the rear port before it reverts to its
default state, including resetting any password access that was enabled.
RP1 InactivTimer Courier Number (Time-minutes) 15 mins Setting 1 min to 30 min step 1 min (Modbus) 1 min 30 mins 1 min 2 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 Modbus Protocol inactivity timer.
0E 03 This cell controls how long the relay will wait without receiving any messages on the rear port before it reverts to its
default state, including resetting any password access that was enabled.
RP1 InactivTimer Courier Number (Time-minutes) 15 mins Setting 1 min to 30 min step 1 min (IEC60870) 1 min 30 mins 1 min 2 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 IEC60870-5-103 Protocol inactivity timer.
0E 03 This cell controls how long the relay will wait without receiving any messages on the rear port before it reverts to its
default state, including resetting any password access that was enabled.
RP1 Baud Rate Indexed String G38m 19200 bits/s Setting 9600 bps, 19200 bps, 38400 bps (Modbus) 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 Modbus Protcol serial bit/baud rate.
0E 04 This cell controls the communication speed between relay and master station. It is important that both relay and
master station are set at the same speed setting.
RP1 Baud Rate Indexed String G38v 19200 bits/s Setting 9600 bps, 19200 bps, 38400 bps (IEC60870) 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 IEC60870-5-103 Protcol serial bit/baud rate.
0E 04 This cell controls the communication speed between relay and master station. It is important that both relay and
master station are set at the same speed setting.
RP1 Baud Rate Indexed String G38d 19200 bits/s Setting 1200 bits/s, 2400 bits/s, 4800 bits/s, 9600 bits/s, 19200 bits/s or 0 5 1 2 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 DNP 3.0 Protcol serial bit/baud rate.
0E 04 38400 bits/s (DNP3.0) This cell controls the communication speed between relay and master station. It is important that both relay and
master station are set at the same speed setting.
RP1 Parity Indexed String G39 None Setting Odd, Even, None (Modbus) 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 Modbus Protocol parity.
0E 05 This cell controls the parity format used in the data frames. It is important that both relay and master station are set
with the same parity setting.
RP1 Parity Indexed String G39 None Setting Odd, Even, None (DNP3.0) 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 DNP 3.0 Protocol parity.
0E 05 This cell controls the parity format used in the data frames. It is important that both relay and master station are set
with the same parity setting.
RP1 Meas Period Courier Number (Time) 15s Setting 1s to 60s step 1s (IEC60870) 1s 60s 1s 2 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 IEC60870-5-103 Protocol measurement period.
0E 06 This cell controls the time interval that the relay will use between sending measurement data to the master station.
RP1 PhysicalLink Indexed String G21 Copper Setting Copper, Fiber Optic, Kbus 0 1 1 1 * * * * * * SMF Rear Port 1 Physical link selector. Available when Fibre Optic Comms card is specified by model number.
This cell defines whether an electrical EIA(RS)485, fiber optic or KBus connection is being used for communication
0E 07 between the master station and relay. If Fiber Optic is selected, the optional fiber optic communications board will be
required.
RP1 Time Sync Indexed String G37 Disabled Setting Enabled, Disabled (DNP3.0) 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0804 = 0 Rear Port 1 DNP 3.0 Protocol time sync configuration. NB Not available when IRIG-B option fitted and enabled.
If set to ‘Enabled’ the DNP3.0 master station can be used to synchronize the time on the relay. If set to ‘Disabled’
0E 08 either the internal free running clock, or IRIG-B input are used.
Modbus IEC Time Indexed String 4x00306 G238 G238 1 Standard Setting Standard, Reverse (IEC60870) 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Controls the format of the time-date G12 data type. Modbus Only.
When ‘Standard IEC’ is selected the time format complies with IEC 60870-5-4 requirements such that byte 1 of the
0E 09 information is transmitted first, followed by bytes 2 through to 7. If ‘Reverse’ is selected the transmission of
information is reversed.
RP1 CS103Blcking Indexed String G210 Disabled Setting Disabled, Monitor blocking, Command Blocking (IEC60870) 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * Rear Port 1 IEC60870-5-103 Protocol blocking configuration.
There are three settings associated with this cell:
Disabled: No blocking selected.
Monitor Blocking: When the monitor blocking DDB Signal is active high, either by energizing an opto input or
control input, reading of the status information and disturbance records is not permitted. When in this mode the relay
returns a “termination of general interrogation” message to the master station.
0E 0A Command Blocking: When the command blocking DDB signal is active high, either by energizing an opto input or
control input, all remote commands will be ignored (i.e. CB Trip/Close, change setting group etc.). When in this
mode the relay returns a “negative acknowledgement ofcommand” message to the master station.
0E 0B RP1 Card Status Indexed String G208 Data K-Bus OK, EIA485 OK, Fiber Optic OK (Courier) * * * * * * Rear Port 1 Courier Protocol Status
RP1 Port Config Indexed String G207 K-Bus Setting Kbus, EIA485 (Courier) 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0E0B <> 2 Rear Port 1 Courier Protocol copper port configuration; K-Bus or EIA485
0E 0C This cell defines whether an electrical KBus or EIA(RS)485 is being used for communication between the master
station and relay.
RP1 Comms Mode Indexed String G206 IEC60870 FT1.2 Setting IEC60870 FT1.2 Frame, 10-bit No parity 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0E0B <> 0 Rear Port 1 Courier Protocol EIA485 mode.
0E 0D
The choice is either IEC 60870 FT1.2 for normal operation with 11-bit modems, or 10-bit no parity.
0E 0E RP1 Baud Rate Indexed String G38c 19200 bits/s Setting 9600 bps, 19200 bps, 38400 bps (Courier) 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0E0B <> 0 Rear Port 1 Courier Protocol EIA485 bit/baud rate
0E 11 DNP Need Time Courier Number (Time) 10 mins Setting 1min to 30mins step 1 min (DNP3.0) 1 min 30 mins 1 min 2 * * * * * * Yes The duration of time waited, before requesting another time sync from the master.
0E 12 DNP App Fragment Unsigned Integer 2048 bytes Setting 100 bytes to 2048 bytes step 1 byte (DNP3.0) 100 bytes 2048 bytes 1 byte 2 * * * * * * Yes The maximum message length (application fragment size) transmitted by the relay.
0E 13 DNP App Timeout Courier Number (Time) 2s Setting 1s to 120s step 1s (DNP3.0) 1s 120s 1s 2 * * * * * * Yes Duration of time waited, after sending a message fragment and awaiting a confirmation from the master.
DNP SBO Timeout Courier Number (Time) 10s Setting 1s to 10s step 1s (DNP3.0) 1s 10s 1s 2 * * * * * * Yes Duration of time waited, after receiving a select command and awaiting an operate confirmation from the master.
0E 14
DNP Link Timeout Courier Number (Time) 0s Setting 0s to 120s step 1s 0s 120s 1s 2 * * * * * * Yes Duration of time that the relay will wait for a Data Link Confirm from the master. A value of 0 means data link support
0E 15
disabled and 1 to 120 seconds is the timeout setting.
0E 1F ETH Protocol Indexed String G235 IEC61850 Data IEC61850 (Ethernet) * * * * * * Indicates the protocol used on the Network Interface Card.
Build=IEC61850
MAC Addr 1 ASCII Text (17 chars) Ethernet MAC Addr Data MAC address (Ethernet) * * * * * * Shows the MAC address of the rear Ethernet port.
0E 22
Build=IEC61850
MAC Addr 2 ASCII Text (17 chars) Ethernet MAC Addr Data MAC address (Ethernet) 1 * * * * * * Shows the MAC address of the rear Ethernet port.
0E 23
Build=IEC61850
0E 64 NIC Tunl Timeout Courier Number (time-minutes) 5.00 mins Setting 1 min to 30 mins step 1 min (Ethernet) 1 min 30 mins 1 min 2 * * * * * * Duration of time waited before an inactive tunnel to S1 Studio is reset.
NIC Link Report Indexed String G226 Alarm Setting Alarm, Event, None (Ethernet) 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * Configures how a failed/unfitted network link (co
0E 6A
Page
Col Row Menu Text Courier Data Type LCD ref Modbus Register Start Modbus Register Data Group Data Group Max Modbus ModbusRegisters Default Setting Cell Type Available Setting Min Max Step Password P341 B0 P342 B0 P343 B0 P344 B0 P345 B0 P341 E0 Visible if Visible if Visible if Ripple BF03 Mult Description
End Courier MODBUS numeric setting Level M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M7 Cell Test Value Pri/Sec
RP2 Protocol ASCII Text(16 chars) Courier Data <Protocol> * * * * * * SMF Rear Port 2 Protocol - "Courier".
0E 81
Indicates the communications protocol that will be used on the 2nd rear communications port.
RP2 Card Status Indexed String G204 Data Unsupported, Card not fitted, EIA232 OK, EIA485 OK, Kbus OK * * * * * * SMF Rear Port 2 Courier Protocol Status
0E 84
0E 88 RP2 Port Config Indexed String G205 EIA232 (RS232) Setting EIA232, EIA485, Kbus 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * SMF Rear Port 2 Courier Protocol port configuration; K-Bus or EIA485
RP2 Comms Mode Indexed String G206 IEC60870 FT1.2 Setting IEC60870 FT1.2 Frame, 10-bit No parity 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * SMF Rear Port 2 Courier Protocol EIA485 mode.
0E 8A
The choice is either IEC 60870 FT1.2 for normal operation with 11-bit modems, or 10-bit no parity.
RP2 Address Unsigned Integer (16 bits) 255 Setting 0 to 255 0 255 1 1 * * * * * * SMF Rear Port 2 Courier Protocol device address.
0E 90 This cell sets the unique address for the relay such that only one relay is accessed by master station software.
RP2 InactivTimer Courier Number (time-minutes) 15 mins Setting 1 min to 30 mins step 1 min 1 min 30 mins 1 min 2 * * * * * * SMF Rear Port 2 Courier Protocol inactivity timer.
0E 92 This cell controls how long the relay will wait without receiving any messages on the rear port before it reverts to its
default state, including resetting any password access that was enabled.
RP2 Baud Rate Indexed String G38c 19200 bits/s Setting 9600 bps, 19200 bps, 38400 bps 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * SMF Rear Port 2 Courier Protocol EIA485 bit/baud rate.
0E 94 This cell controls how long the relay will wait without receiving any messages on the rear port before it reverts to its
default state, including resetting any password access that was enabled.
COMMISSION TESTS COMMISSION TESTS is a * * * * * * 092D = 1
0F 00
section heading
Opto I/P Status Binary Flag (32 bits); Indexed String 3x00725 3x00726 G8 G8 2 0000000000000000 Data 16-bit binary string * * * * * * This menu cell displays the status of the relay’s opto-isolated inputs as a binary string, a 1 indicating an energized
0F 01 opto-isolated input and a ‘0’ a de-energized one.
The original register 30007 is available for Opto Inputs #1 to #16.
Relay O/P Status Binary Flag (32 bits); Indexed String 3x00008 3x00009 G9 G9 2 0000000000000000 Data 16-bit binary string * * * * * * This menu cell displays the status of the relay’s output contacts as a binary string, a 1 indicating an operated state
and ‘0’ a non-operated state.
0F 02 When the Test Mode cell is set to Enabled the Relay O/P Status cell does not show the current status of the output
relays and hence can not be used to confirm operation of the output relays. Therefore it will be necessary to monitor
the state of each contact in turn.
Test Port Status Binary Flag(8 bits); Indexed String 3x00722 G1 1 00000000 Data 8-bit binary string * * * * * * This menu cell displays the status of the eight digital data bus (DDB) signals that have been allocated in the Monitor
0F 03
Bit cells.
0F 04 LED Status Binary Flag(8 bits) Data 8-bit binary string * * * * *
Monitor Bit 1 Unsigned Integer 4x00850 G1 1 64 Setting 0, 1 (LED off or on) 0 1022 1 1 * * * * * * The eight Monitor Bit cells allow the user to select the status of which digital data bus signals can be observed in the
0F 05
Test Port Status cell or via the monitor/download port.
Monitor Bit 2 Unsigned Integer 4x00851 G1 1 65 Setting 0, 1 (LED off or on) 0 1022 1 1 * * * * * * The eight Monitor Bit cells allow the user to select the status of which digital data bus signals can be observed in the
0F 06
Test Port Status cell or via the monitor/download port.
Monitor Bit 3 Unsigned Integer 4x00852 G1 1 66 Setting 0, 1 (LED off or on) 0 1022 1 1 * * * * * * The eight Monitor Bit cells allow the user to select the status of which digital data bus signals can be observed in the
0F 07
Test Port Status cell or via the monitor/download port.
Monitor Bit 4 Unsigned Integer 4x00853 G1 1 67 Setting 0, 1 (LED off or on) 0 1022 1 1 * * * * * * The eight Monitor Bit cells allow the user to select the status of which digital data bus signals can be observed in the
0F 08
Test Port Status cell or via the monitor/download port.
Monitor Bit 5 Unsigned Integer 4x00854 G1 1 68 Setting 0, 1 (LED off or on) 0 1022 1 1 * * * * * * The eight Monitor Bit cells allow the user to select the status of which digital data bus signals can be observed in the
0F 09
Test Port Status cell or via the monitor/download port.
Monitor Bit 6 Unsigned Integer 4x00855 G1 1 69 Setting 0, 1 (LED off or on) 0 1022 1 1 * * * * * * The eight Monitor Bit cells allow the user to select the status of which digital data bus signals can be observed in the
0F 0A
Test Port Status cell or via the monitor/download port.
Monitor Bit 7 Unsigned Integer 4x00856 G1 1 70 Setting 0, 1 (LED off or on) 0 1022 1 1 * * * * * * The eight Monitor Bit cells allow the user to select the status of which digital data bus signals can be observed in the
0F 0B
Test Port Status cell or via the monitor/download port.
Monitor Bit 8 Unsigned Integer 4x00857 G1 1 71 Setting 0, 1 (LED off or on) 0 1022 1 1 * * * * * * The eight Monitor Bit cells allow the user to select the status of which digital data bus signals can be observed in the
0F 0C
Test Port Status cell or via the monitor/download port.
Test Mode Indexed String 4x00858 G119 G119 1 Disabled Setting Disabled, Test Mode, Contacts Blocked 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * The Test Mode menu cell is used to allow secondary injection testing to be performed on the relay without operation
of the trip contacts. It also enables a facility to directly test the output contacts by applying menu controlled test
signals. To select test mode the Test Mode menu cell should be set to Test Mode, which takes the relay out of
service and blocks the maintenance, counters. It also causes an alarm condition to be recorded and the yellow Out
of Service LED to illuminate and an alarm message Prot’n. Disabled is given. This also freezes any information
stored in the CB Condition column and in IEC 60870-5-103 builds changes the Cause of Transmission, COT, to Test
0F 0D Mode. To enable testing of output contacts the Test Mode cell should be set to Contacts Blocked. This blocks the
protection from operating the contacts and enables the test pattern and contact test functions which can be used to
manually operate the output contacts. Once testing is complete the cell must be set back to Disabled to restore the
relay back to service.
Test Pattern Binary Flag (32bits) 4x00859 4x00860 G9 G9 2 0000000000000000000000 Setting 32 bit binary string 0 20 1 2 * * * * * * 0F0D = 2 * This cell is used to select the output relay contacts that will be tested when the Contact Test cell is set to Apply Test.
0F 0E 0000000000 IEC60870 Test Mode Change.
Contact Test Indexed String 4x00861 G93 G93 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Apply Test, Remove Test 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 0F0D = 2 * When the ‘Apply Test’ command in this cell is issued the contacts set for operation (set to 1) in the ‘Test Pattern’ cell
change state. After the test has been applied the command text on the LCD will change to ‘No Operation’ and the
contacts will remain in the Test State until reset issuing the ‘Remove Test’ command. The command text on the LCD
will again revert to ‘No Operation’ after the ‘Remove Test’ command has been issued.
Note: When the Test Mode cell is set to Enabled the Relay O/P Status cell does not show the current status of the
0F 0F output relays and hence can not be used to confirm operation of the output relays. Therefore it will be necessary to
monitor the state of each contact in turn.
IEC60870 Test Mode Change.
Test LEDs Indexed String 4x00862 G94 G94 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Apply Test 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Apply Test’ command in this cell is issued the 8 (P342/P343/P344) or 18 (P345) user-programmable LEDs
0F 10 will illuminate for approximately 2 seconds before they extinguish and the command text on the LCD reverts to No
Operation.
Red LED Status Binary Flag (32 bits); Indexed String Data 18-bit binary string * * * This cell is an 18 bit binary string that indicates which of the user-programmable LEDs on the relay are illuminated
with the Red LED input active when accessing the relay from a remote location, a 1 indicating a particular LED is lit
0F 15 and a ‘0’ not lit. If both the Green and Red LED status bits for an LED are on then this indicates the LED is yellow.
This is only applicable to the P345 which has programmable tri-color LEDs – red/yellow/green.
Green LED Status Binary Flag (32 bits); Indexed String Data 18-bit binary string * * * This cell is an 18 bit binary string that indicates which of the user-programmable LEDs on the relay are illuminated
with the Green LED input active when accessing the relay from a remote location, a ‘1’ indicating a particular LED is
0F 16 lit and a ‘0’ not lit. If both the Green and Red LED status bits for an LED are on then this indicates the LED is yellow.
This is only applicable to the P345 which has programmable tri-color LEDs – red/yellow/green.
0F 1A 64S R sec (test) Courier Number (resistance) 3x11200 3x11201 G125 2 Data 32-bit binary string xC10 = 1 * St EFI secondary resistance measurement during commissioning. Used for setting 'Series R' in 64S
0F 1B 64S R pri (test) Courier Number (resistance) 3x11202 3x11203 G125 2 Data 32-bit binary string xC10 = 1 * St EFI primary resistance measurement during commissioning. Used for setting 'Series R' in 64S
0F 1C 64S X sec (test) Courier Number (reactance) 3x11204 3x11205 G125 2 Data 32-bit binary string xC10 = 1 * St EFI secondary reactance measurement during commissioning. Used for setting 'Series X' in 64S
0F 1D 64S X pri (test) Courier Number (reactance) 3x11206 3x11207 G125 2 Data 32-bit binary string xC10 = 1 * St EFI primary reactance measurement during commissioning. Used for setting 'Series X' in 64S
DDB 31 - 0 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11023 3x11024 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 31 - 0. There are similar cells showing 32 bit binary strings for all DDBs from 0 –
0F 20
1000000000 2047.
DDB 63 - 32 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11025 3x11026 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 63 - 32
0F 21
0000000000
DDB 95 - 64 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11027 3x11028 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 95 - 64
0F 22
0000000000
DDB 127 - 96 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11029 3x11030 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 127 - 96
0F 23
0000000000
DDB 159 - 128 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11031 3x11032 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 159 - 128
0F 24
0000000000
DDB 191 - 160 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11033 3x11034 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 191 - 160
0F 25
0000000000
DDB 223 - 192 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11035 3x11036 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 223 - 192
0F 26
0000000000
DDB 255 - 224 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11037 3x11038 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 255 - 224
0F 27
0000000000
DDB 287 - 256 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11039 3x11040 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 287 - 256
0F 28
0000000000
DDB 319 - 288 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11041 3x11042 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 319 - 288
0F 29
0000000000
DDB 351 - 320 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11043 3x11044 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 351 - 320
0F 2A
0000000000
DDB 383 - 352 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11045 3x11046 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 383 - 352
0F 2B
0000000000
DDB 415 - 384 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11047 3x11048 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 415 - 384
0F 2C
0000000000
DDB 447 - 416 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11049 3x11050 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 447 - 416
0F 2D
0000000000
DDB 479 - 448 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11051 3x11052 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 479 - 448
0F 2E
0000000000
DDB 511 - 480 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11053 3x11054 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 511 - 480
0F 2F
0000000000
DDB 543 - 512 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11055 3x11056 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 543 - 512
0F 30
0000000000
DDB 575 - 544 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11057 3x11058 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 575 - 544
0F 31
0000000000
DDB 607 - 576 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11059 3x11060 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 607 - 576
0F 32
0000000000
DDB 639 - 608 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11061 3x11062 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 639 - 608
0F 33
0000000000
DDB 671 - 640 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11063 3x11064 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 671 - 640
0F 34
0000000000
DDB 703 - 672 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11065 3x11066 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 703 - 672
0F 35
0000000000
DDB 735 - 704 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11067 3x11068 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 735 - 704
0F 36
0000000000
DDB 767 - 736 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11069 3x11070 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 767 - 736
0F 37
0000000000
DDB 799 - 768 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11071 3x11072 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 799 - 768
0F 38
0000000000
DDB 831 - 800 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11073 3x11074 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 831 - 800
0F 39
0000000000
DDB 863 - 832 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11075 3x11076 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 863 - 832
0F 3A
0000000000
DDB 895 - 864 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11077 3x11078 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 895 - 864
0F 3B
0000000000
DDB 927 - 896 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11079 3x11080 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 927 - 896
0F 3C
0000000000
DDB 959 - 928 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11081 3x11082 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 959 - 928
0F 3D
0000000000
DDB 991 - 960 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11083 3x11084 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 991 - 960
0F 3E
0000000000
DDB 1023 - 992 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11085 3x11086 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1023 - 992
0F 3F
0000000000
DDB 1055-1024 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11087 3x11088 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1055-1024
0F 40
0000000000
DDB 1087-1056 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11089 3x11090 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1087-1056
0F 41
0000000000
DDB 1119-1088 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11091 3x11092 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1119-1088
0F 42
0000000000
DDB 1151-1120 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11093 3x11094 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1151-1120
0F 43
0000000000
DDB 1183-1152 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11095 3x11096 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1183-1152
0F 44
0000000000
DDB 1215-1184 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11097 3x11098 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1215-1184
0F 45
0000000000
DDB 1247-1216 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11099 3x11100 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1247-1216
0F 46
0000000000
DDB 1279-1248 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11101 3x11102 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1279-1248
0F 47
0000000000
DDB 1311-1280 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11103 3x11104 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1311-1280
0F 48
0000000000
DDB 1343-1312 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11105 3x11106 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1343-1312
0F 49
0000000000
DDB 1375-1344 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11107 3x11108 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1375-1344
0F 4A
0000000000
DDB 1407-1376 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11109 3x11110 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1407-1376
0F 4B
0000000000
DDB 1439-1408 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11111 3x11112 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1439-1408
0F 4C
0000000000
DDB 1471-1440 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11113 3x11114 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1471-1440
0F 4D
0000000000
DDB 1503-1472 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11115 3x11116 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1503-1472
0F 4E
0000000000
DDB 1535-1504 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11117 3x11118 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1535-1504
0F 4F
0000000000
DDB 1567-1536 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11119 3x11120 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1567-1536
0F 50
0000000000
DDB 1599-1568 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11121 3x11122 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1599-1568
0F 51
0000000000
DDB 1631-1600 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11123 3x11124 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1631-1600
0F 52
0000000000
DDB 1663-1632 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11125 3x11126 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1663-1632
0F 53
0000000000
DDB 1695-1664 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11127 3x11128 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1695-1664
0F 54
0000000000
DDB 1727-1696 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11129 3x11130 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1727-1696
0F 55
0000000000
DDB 1759-1728 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11131 3x11132 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1759-1728
0F 56
0000000000
DDB 1791-1760 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11133 3x11134 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1791-1760
0F 57
0000000000
DDB 1823-1792 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11135 3x11136 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1823-1792
0F 58
0000000000
DDB 1855-1824 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11137 3x11138 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1855-1824
0F 59
0000000000
DDB 1887-1856 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11139 3x11140 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1887-1856
0F 5A
0000000000
DDB 1919-1888 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11141 3x11142 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1919-1888
0F 5B
0000000000
DDB 1951-1920 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11143 3x11144 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1951-1920
0F 5C
0000000000
DDB 1983-1952 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11145 3x11146 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 1983-1952
0F 5D
0000000000
DDB 2015-1984 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11147 3x11148 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 2015-1984
0F 5E
0000000000
DDB 2047-2016 Binary Flag(32) N/A 3x11149 3x11150 G27 2 0000000000000000000000 Data 32-bit binary string * * * * * * Displays the status of DDB signals 2047-2016
0F 5F
0000000000
CB MONITOR SETUP CB MONITOR SETUP is a * * * * * *
10 00
section heading
Broken I^ Courier Number (Decimal) 4x00151 G2 10 1 2 Setting 1 to 2 step 0.1 1 2 0.1 2 * * * * * * Broken Current Index. This sets the factor to be used for the cumulative ^ counter calculation that monitors the
10 01 cumulative severity of the duty placed on the interrupter. This factor is set according to the type of Circuit Breaker
used.
10 02 I^ Maintenance Indexed String 4x00152 G88 G88 1 Alarm Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables or disables the cumulative I^ maintenance alarm element.
I^ Maintenance Courier Number (Current) 4x00153 4x00154 G35 2500000000 2 1000 In^ Setting 1*In^ to 25000*In^ step 1*In^ 1 In^ 25000 In^ 1 In^ 2 * * * * * * 1002 = 1 M4^1001 Threshold setting for the cumulative ^ maintenance counter. This alarm indicates when preventative maintenance
10 03
is due.
10 04 I^ Lockout Indexed String 4x00155 G88 G88 1 Alarm Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables or disables the cumulative I^lockout element.
I^ Lockout Courier Number (Current) 4x00156 4x00157 G35 2500000000 2 2000 In^ Setting 1*In^ to 25000*In^ step 1*In^ 1 In^ 25000 In^ 1 In^ 2 * * * * * * 1004 = 1 M4^1001 IX Maintenance Lockout. Threshold setting for the cumulative I^ lockout counter. The relay can be used to lockout
10 05
the CB reclosing if maintenance is not carried out on reaching this lockout threshold.
No. CB Ops Maint Indexed String 4x00158 G88 G88 1 Alarm Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Circuit Breaker Trips to cause maintenance alarm. Number of circuit breaker operations setting for the maintenance
10 06
alarm.
No. CB Ops Maint Unsigned Integer 4x00159 G1 250 1 10 Setting 1 to 10000 step 1 1 10000 1 2 * * * * * * 1006 = 1 Number of Circuit Breaker Trips for maintenance alarm. Threshold setting for number of circuit breaker operations for
10 07
the maintenance alarm. This alarm indicates when preventative maintenance is due.
No. CB Ops Lock Indexed String 4x00160 G88 G88 1 Alarm Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Circuit Breaker Trips to cause lockout alarm. Enables or disables the number of circuit breaker operations lockout alarm.
10 08
No. CB Ops Lock Unsigned Integer 4x00161 G1 250 1 20 Setting 1 to 10000 step 1 1 10000 1 2 * * * * * * 1008 = 1 Number of Circuit Breaker Trips for lockout alarm. Threshold setting for number of circuit breaker operations for
10 09 maintenance lockout. This lockout alarm can be used to block or lockout the CB reclosing if maintenance is not
carried out on reaching this lockout threshold.
CB Time Maint Indexed String 4x00162 G88 G88 1 Alarm Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Circuit Breaker Operating Time to cause maintenance alarm. Enables or disables the circuit breaker operating time
10 0A
maintenance alarm.
CB Time Maint Courier Number (Time) 4x00163 4x00164 G35 500000 2 0.1 s Setting 0.005 s to 0.5 s step 0.001 s 0.005 s 0.5 s 0.001 s 2 * * * * * * 100A = 1 Circuit Breaker Operating time for maintenance alarm. Circuit breaker operating time threshold setting. This alarm is
10 0B
set in relation to the specified interrupting time of the circuit breaker.
CB Time Lockout Indexed String 4x00165 G88 G88 1 Alarm Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Circuit Breaker Operating Time to cause lockout alarm. Enables or disables the circuit breaker operating time lockout
10 0C
alarm.
CB Time Lockout Courier Number (Time) 4x00166 4x00167 G35 500000 2 0.2 s Setting 0.005 s to 0.5 s step 0.001 s 0.005 s 0.5 s 0.001 s 2 * * * * * * 100C = 1 Circuit breaker operating time threshold setting. This lockout alarm is set in relation to the specified interrupting time
10 0D
of the circuit breaker.
10 0E Fault Freq Lock Indexed String 4x00168 G88 G88 1 Alarm Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Excessive fault frequency. Enables or disables the fault frequency counter alarm.
Fault Freq Count Unsigned Integer 4x00169 G1 9999 1 10 Setting 1 to 9999 step 1 1 9999 1 2 * * * * * * 100E = 1 Excessive Fault Frequency Counter. Circuit breaker frequent operations counter setting. This element monitors the
10 0F
number of operations over a set time period.
Fault Freq Time Courier Number (Time) 4x00170 4x00171 G35 999900 2 3600 s Setting 0 s to 9999 s step 1 s 0s 9999 s 1s 2 * * * * * * 100E = 1 Excessive Fault Frequency Time. Time period setting over which the circuit breaker frequent operations are to be
10 10
monitored.
OPTO CONFIG OPTO CONFIG is a section * * * * * * See Comment Visible for Model Number design suffix 'B' and beyond
11 00
heading
Global Nominal V Indexed String 4x00900 G200 G200 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250, custom 0 5 1 2 * * * * * * Select Custom to select individual Opto . Threshold Voltages.
Sets the nominal battery voltage for all opto inputs by selecting one of the five standard ratings in the Global Nominal
11 01 V settings. If Custom is selected then each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value.
11 02 Opto Input 1 Indexed String 4x00901 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 03 Opto Input 2 Indexed String 4x00902 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 04 Opto Input 3 Indexed String 4x00903 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 05 Opto Input 4 Indexed String 4x00904 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 06 Opto Input 5 Indexed String 4x00905 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 07 Opto Input 6 Indexed String 4x00906 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 08 Opto Input 7 Indexed String 4x00907 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 09 Opto Input 8 Indexed String 4x00908 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 0A Opto Input 9 Indexed String 4x00909 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 0B Opto Input 10 Indexed String 4x00910 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 0C Opto Input 11 Indexed String 4x00911 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 0D Opto Input 12 Indexed String 4x00912 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 0E Opto Input 13 Indexed String 4x00913 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 0F Opto Input 14 Indexed String 4x00914 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 10 Opto Input 15 Indexed String 4x00915 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 11 Opto Input 16 Indexed String 4x00916 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 12 Opto Input 17 Indexed String 4x00917 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 13 Opto Input 18 Indexed String 4x00918 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 14 Opto Input 19 Indexed String 4x00919 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 15 Opto Input 20 Indexed String 4x00920 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 16 Opto Input 21 Indexed String 4x00921 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 17 Opto Input 22 Indexed String 4x00922 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 18 Opto Input 23 Indexed String 4x00923 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 19 Opto Input 24 Indexed String 4x00924 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 1A Opto Input 25 Indexed String 4x00925 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 1B Opto Input 26 Indexed String 4x00926 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 1C Opto Input 27 Indexed String 4x00927 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 1D Opto Input 28 Indexed String 4x00928 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 1E Opto Input 29 Indexed String 4x00929 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 1F Opto Input 30 Indexed String 4x00930 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 20 Opto Input 31 Indexed String 4x00931 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
11 21 Opto Input 32 Indexed String 4x00932 G201 G201 1 48-54V Setting 24-27, 30-34, 48-54, 110-125, 220-250 0 4 1 2 * * * 1101 = 5 Each opto input can individually be set to a nominal voltage value if custom is selected for the global setting.
Opto Filter Ctrl Binary Flag (32 bits) 4x00933 4x00934 G8 G8 1 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 16 bit binary string (0 disable filtering, 1 enable filtering) 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * Opto filter configuration. A binary string is used to represent the opto inputs available. A ‘1’ or ‘0’ is used to enable or
11 50 F disable for each input a pre-set filter of ½ cycle that renders the input immune to induced ac noise on the wiring.
Characteristic Indexed String 4x00935 G237 G237 1 Standard 60%-80% Setting 0 = Standard 60%-80%, 1 = 50%-70% 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Selects the pick-up and drop-off characteristics of the optos. Selecting the standard setting means they nominally
11 80 provide a Logic 1 or On value for Voltages 80% of the set lower nominal voltage and a Logic 0 or Off value for the
voltages 60% of the set higher nominal voltage.
CONTROL INPUTS CONTROL INPUTS is a * * * * * * 092F = 1
12 00
section heading
Ctrl I/P Status Binary Flag (32 bits); Indexed String 4x00950 4x00951 G202 G202 2 0000000000000000000000 Setting 32 bit binary string. 0 = Reset (Not Operated/OFF) 1 = Set (Operated/ON) 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * This menu cell displays the status of the relay’s control inputs as a binary string, a ‘1’ indicating a Set control input
12 01
0000000000 and a ‘0’ a Reset one.
Control Input 1 Indexed String 4x00952 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 1 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this cell
12 02
is issued the Control Input 1 is set OFF.
Control Input 2 Indexed String 4x00953 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 2 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this cell
12 03
is issued the Control Input 2 is set OFF.
Control Input 3 Indexed String 4x00954 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 3 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this cell
12 04
is issued the Control Input 3 is set OFF.
Control Input 4 Indexed String 4x00955 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 4 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this cell
12 05
is issued the Control Input 4 is set OFF.
Control Input 5 Indexed String 4x00956 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 5 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this cell
12 06
is issued the Control Input 5 is set OFF.
Control Input 6 Indexed String 4x00957 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 6 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this cell
12 07
is issued the Control Input 6 is set OFF.
Control Input 7 Indexed String 4x00958 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 7 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this cell
12 08
is issued the Control Input 7 is set OFF.
Control Input 8 Indexed String 4x00959 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 8 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this cell
12 09
is issued the Control Input 8 is set OFF.
Control Input 9 Indexed String 4x00960 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 9 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this cell
12 0A
is issued the Control Input 9 is set OFF.
Control Input 10 Indexed String 4x00961 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 10 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 0B
cell is issued the Control Input 10 is set OFF.
Control Input 11 Indexed String 4x00962 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 11 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 0C
cell is issued the Control Input 11 is set OFF.
Control Input 12 Indexed String 4x00963 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 12 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 0D
cell is issued the Control Input 12 is set OFF.
Control Input 13 Indexed String 4x00964 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 13 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 0E
cell is issued the Control Input 13 is set OFF.
Control Input 14 Indexed String 4x00965 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 14 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 0F
cell is issued the Control Input 14 is set OFF.
Control Input 15 Indexed String 4x00966 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 15 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 10
cell is issued the Control Input 15 is set OFF.
Control Input 16 Indexed String 4x00967 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 16 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 11
cell is issued the Control Input 16 is set OFF.
Control Input 17 Indexed String 4x00968 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 17 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 12
cell is issued the Control Input 17 is set OFF.
Control Input 18 Indexed String 4x00969 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 18 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 13
cell is issued the Control Input 18 is set OFF.
Control Input 19 Indexed String 4x00970 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 19 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 14
cell is issued the Control Input 19 is set OFF.
Control Input 20 Indexed String 4x00971 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 20 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 15
cell is issued the Control Input 20 is set OFF.
Control Input 21 Indexed String 4x00972 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 21 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 16
cell is issued the Control Input 21 is set OFF.
Control Input 22 Indexed String 4x00973 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 22 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 17
cell is issued the Control Input 22 is set OFF.
Control Input 23 Indexed String 4x00974 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 23 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 18
cell is issued the Control Input 23 is set OFF.
Control Input 24 Indexed String 4x00975 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 24 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 19
cell is issued the Control Input 24 is set OFF.
Control Input 25 Indexed String 4x00976 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 25 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 1A
cell is issued the Control Input 25 is set OFF.
Control Input 26 Indexed String 4x00977 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 26 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 1B
cell is issued the Control Input 26 is set OFF.
Control Input 27 Indexed String 4x00978 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 27 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 1C
cell is issued the Control Input 27 is set OFF.
Control Input 28 Indexed String 4x00979 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 28 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 1D
cell is issued the Control Input 28 is set OFF.
Control Input 29 Indexed String 4x00980 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 29 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 1E
cell is issued the Control Input 29 is set OFF.
Control Input 30 Indexed String 4x00981 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 30 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 1F
cell is issued the Control Input 30 is set OFF.
50313.3110.0457
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Menu Database 13-Nov-10
Page
Col Row Menu Text Courier Data Type LCD ref Modbus Register Start Modbus Register Data Group Data Group Max Modbus ModbusRegisters Default Setting Cell Type Available Setting Min Max Step Password P341 B0 P342 B0 P343 B0 P344 B0 P345 B0 P341 E0 Visible if Visible if Visible if Ripple BF03 Mult Description
End Courier MODBUS numeric setting Level M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M7 Cell Test Value Pri/Sec
Control Input 31 Indexed String 4x00982 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 31 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 20
cell is issued the Control Input 31 is set OFF.
Control Input 32 Indexed String 4x00983 G203 G203 1 No Operation Command No Operation, Set, Reset 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * * When the ‘Set’ command in this cell is issued the Control Input 32 is set ON and when the ‘Reset’ command in this
12 21
cell is issued the Control Input 32 is set OFF.
CTRL I/P CONFIG CTRL I/P CONFIG is a * * * * * * 0935 = 1
13 00
section heading
13 01 Hotkey Enabled Binary Flag (32 bits); Indexed String G233 1111111111111111111111 Setting 32 bit binary string. (Enabled = 1, Disabled = 0) 0xFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * * * * * 0939 = 1 OR Setting to allow the control inputs to be individually assigned to the “Hotkey” menu by setting ‘1’ in the appropriate bit
Control Input 1 Indexed String 4x10002 G234 G234 1 1111111111
Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed F
0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0939 = 2 in the “Hotkey
Configures theEnabled” cell. as
control inputs Theeither
hotkey menu or
‘latched’ allows the control
‘pulsed’. inputs
A latched to beinput
control set, reset or pulsed
will remain without
in the the until
set state needato
enter command
reset the “CONTROL INPUTS”
is given, column.
either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 10 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 1 Indexed String 4x10003 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 11
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 2 Indexed String 4x10004 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 14 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 2 Indexed String 4x10005 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 15
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 3 Indexed String 4x10006 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 18 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 3 Indexed String 4x10007 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 19
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 4 Indexed String 4x10008 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 1C remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 4 Indexed String 4x10009 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 1D
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 5 Indexed String 4x10010 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 20 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 5 Indexed String 4x10011 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 21
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 6 Indexed String 4x10012 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 24 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 6 Indexed String 4x10013 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 25
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 7 Indexed String 4x10014 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 28 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 7 Indexed String 4x10015 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 29
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 8 Indexed String 4x10016 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 2C remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 8 Indexed String 4x10017 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 2D
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 9 Indexed String 4x10018 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 30 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 9 Indexed String 4x10019 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 31
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 10 Indexed String 4x10020 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 34 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 10 Indexed String 4x10021 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 35
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 11 Indexed String 4x10022 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 38 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 11 Indexed String 4x10023 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 39
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 12 Indexed String 4x10024 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 3C remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 12 Indexed String 4x10025 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 3D
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 13 Indexed String 4x10026 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 40 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 13 Indexed String 4x10027 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 41
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 14 Indexed String 4x10028 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 44 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 14 Indexed String 4x10029 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 45
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 15 Indexed String 4x10030 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 48 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 15 Indexed String 4x10031 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 49
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 16 Indexed String 4x10032 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 4C remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 16 Indexed String 4x10033 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 4D
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 17 Indexed String 4x10034 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 50 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 17 Indexed String 4x10035 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 51
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 18 Indexed String 4x10036 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 54 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 18 Indexed String 4x10037 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 55
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 19 Indexed String 4x10038 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 58 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 19 Indexed String 4x10039 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 59
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 20 Indexed String 4x10040 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 5C remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 20 Indexed String 4x10041 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 5D
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 21 Indexed String 4x10042 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 60 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 21 Indexed String 4x10043 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 61
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 22 Indexed String 4x10044 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 64 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 22 Indexed String 4x10045 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 65
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 23 Indexed String 4x10046 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 68 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 23 Indexed String 4x10047 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 69
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 24 Indexed String 4x10048 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 6C remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 24 Indexed String 4x10049 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 6D
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 25 Indexed String 4x10050 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 70 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 25 Indexed String 4x10051 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 71
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 26 Indexed String 4x10052 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 74 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 26 Indexed String 4x10053 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 75
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 27 Indexed String 4x10054 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 78 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 27 Indexed String 4x10055 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 79
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 28 Indexed String 4x10056 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 7C remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 28 Indexed String 4x10057 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 7D
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 29 Indexed String 4x10058 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 80 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 29 Indexed String 4x10059 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 81
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 30 Indexed String 4x10060 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 84 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 30 Indexed String 4x10061 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 85
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 31 Indexed String 4x10062 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 88 remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 31 Indexed String 4x10063 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 89
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
Control Input 32 Indexed String 4x10064 G234 G234 1 Latched Setting Latched, Pulsed 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Configures the control inputs as either ‘latched’ or ‘pulsed’. A latched control input will remain in the set state until a
reset command is given, either by the menu or the serial communications. A pulsed control input, however, will
13 8C remain energized for 10 ms after the set command is given and will then reset automatically (i.e. no reset command
required).
Ctrl Command 32 Indexed String 4x10065 G232 G232 1 SET/RESET Setting 0 = ON/OFF, 1 = SET/RESET, 2 = IN/OUT, 3 = 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Allows the SET / RESET text, displayed in the hotkey menu, to be changed to something more suitable for the
13 8D
ENABLED/DISABLED application of an individual control input, such as “ON / OFF”, “IN / OUT” etc.
FUNCTION KEYS FUNCTION KEYS is a * * * 0950 = 1
17 00
section heading
17 01 Fn Key Status Binary Flag (10 bits); Indexed String 0000000000 Data 8-bit binary string * * * Displays the status of each function key.
Fn Key 1 Indexed String 4x10575 G242 G242 1 Unlocked Setting Disable, Lock, Unlock 0 2 1 2 * * * Setting to activate the function key. The ‘Lock’ setting allows a function key output that is set to toggle mode to be
17 02
locked in its current active state.
Fn Key 1 Mode Indexed String 4x10576 G243 G243 1 Toggled Setting Toggle, Normal 0 1 1 2 * * * 1702 = 1 Sets the function key in toggle or normal mode. In ‘Toggle’ mode, the first keypress will latch the function key DDB
output signal ON and the next keypress will reset the function key DDB output to OFF. This feature can be used to
17 03 enable/disable relay functions. In the ‘Normal’ mode the function key DDB signal output will remain ON/ ‘high’ as
long as the key is pressed.
17 04 Fn Key 1 Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10577 4x10584 G3 8 Function Key 1 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * 1702 <> 0 Allows the text of the function key to be changed to something more suitable for the application.
Fn Key 2 Indexed String 4x10585 G242 G242 1 Unlocked Setting Disable, Lock, Unlock 0 2 1 2 * * * Setting to activate the function key. The ‘Lock’ setting allows a function key output that is set to toggle mode to be
17 05
locked in its current active state.
Fn Key 2 Mode Indexed String 4x10586 G243 G243 1 Normal Setting Toggle, Normal 0 1 1 2 * * * 1705 = 1 Sets the function key in toggle or normal mode. In ‘Toggle’ mode, the first keypress will latch the function key DDB
output signal ON and the next keypress will reset the function key DDB output to OFF. This feature can be used to
17 06 enable/disable relay functions. In the ‘Normal’ mode the function key DDB signal output will remain ON/ ‘high’ as
long as the key is pressed.
17 07 Fn Key 2 Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10587 4x10594 G3 8 Function Key 2 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * 1705 <> 0 Allows the text of the function key to be changed to something more suitable for the application.
Fn Key 3 Indexed String 4x10595 G242 G242 1 Unlocked Setting Disable, Lock, Unlock 0 2 1 2 * * * Setting to activate the function key. The ‘Lock’ setting allows a function key output that is set to toggle mode to be
17 08
locked in its current active state.
Fn Key 3 Mode Indexed String 4x10596 G243 G243 1 Normal Setting Toggle, Normal 0 1 1 2 * * * 1708 = 1 Sets the function key in toggle or normal mode. In ‘Toggle’ mode, the first keypress will latch the function key DDB
output signal ON and the next keypress will reset the function key DDB output to OFF. This feature can be used to
17 09 enable/disable relay functions. In the ‘Normal’ mode the function key DDB signal output will remain ON/ ‘high’ as
long as the key is pressed.
17 0A Fn Key 3 Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10597 4x10604 G3 8 Function Key 3 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * 1708 <> 0 Allows the text of the function key to be changed to something more suitable for the application.
Fn Key 4 Indexed String 4x10605 G242 G242 1 Unlocked Setting Disable, Lock, Unlock 0 2 1 2 * * * Setting to activate the function key. The ‘Lock’ setting allows a function key output that is set to toggle mode to be
17 0B
locked in its current active state.
Fn Key 4 Mode Indexed String 4x10606 G243 G243 1 Toggled Setting Toggle, Normal 0 1 1 2 * * * 170B = 1 Sets the function key in toggle or normal mode. In ‘Toggle’ mode, the first keypress will latch the function key DDB
output signal ON and the next keypress will reset the function key DDB output to OFF. This feature can be used to
17 0C enable/disable relay functions. In the ‘Normal’ mode the function key DDB signal output will remain ON/ ‘high’ as
long as the key is pressed.
17 0D Fn Key 4 Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10607 4x10614 G3 8 Function Key 4 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * 170B <> 0 Allows the text of the function key to be changed to something more suitable for the application.
Fn Key 5 Indexed String 4x10615 G242 G242 1 Unlocked Setting Disable, Lock, Unlock 0 2 1 2 * * * Setting to activate the function key. The ‘Lock’ setting allows a function key output that is set to toggle mode to be
17 0E
locked in its current active state.
Fn Key 5 Mode Indexed String 4x10616 G243 G243 1 Toggled Setting Toggle, Normal 0 1 1 2 * * * 170E = 1 Sets the function key in toggle or normal mode. In ‘Toggle’ mode, the first keypress will latch the function key DDB
output signal ON and the next keypress will reset the function key DDB output to OFF. This feature can be used to
17 0F enable/disable relay functions. In the ‘Normal’ mode the function key DDB signal output will remain ON/ ‘high’ as
long as the key is pressed.
17 10 Fn Key 5 Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10617 4x10624 G3 8 Function Key 5 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * 170E <> 0 Allows the text of the function key to be changed to something more suitable for the application.
Fn Key 6 Indexed String 4x10625 G242 G242 1 Unlocked Setting Disable, Lock, Unlock 0 2 1 2 * * * Setting to activate the function key. The ‘Lock’ setting allows a function key output that is set to toggle mode to be
17 11
locked in its current active state.
Fn Key 6 Mode Indexed String 4x10626 G243 G243 1 Toggled Setting Toggle, Normal 0 1 1 2 * * * 1711 = 1 Sets the function key in toggle or normal mode. In ‘Toggle’ mode, the first keypress will latch the function key DDB
output signal ON and the next keypress will reset the function key DDB output to OFF. This feature can be used to
17 12 enable/disable relay functions. In the ‘Normal’ mode the function key DDB signal output will remain ON/ ‘high’ as
long as the key is pressed.
17 13 Fn Key 6 Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10627 4x10634 G3 8 Function Key 6 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * 1711 <> 0 Allows the text of the function key to be changed to something more suitable for the application.
Fn Key 7 Indexed String 4x10635 G242 G242 1 Unlocked Setting Disable, Lock, Unlock 0 2 1 2 * * * Setting to activate the function key. The ‘Lock’ setting allows a function key output that is set to toggle mode to be
17 14
locked in its current active state.
Fn Key 7 Mode Indexed String 4x10636 G243 G243 1 Normal Setting Toggle, Normal 0 1 1 2 * * * 1714 = 1 Sets the function key in toggle or normal mode. In ‘Toggle’ mode, the first keypress will latch the function key DDB
output signal ON and the next keypress will reset the function key DDB output to OFF. This feature can be used to
17 15 enable/disable relay functions. In the ‘Normal’ mode the function key DDB signal output will remain ON/ ‘high’ as
long as the key is pressed.
17 16 Fn Key 7 Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10637 4x10644 G3 8 Function Key 7 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * 1714 <> 0 Allows the text of the function key to be changed to something more suitable for the application.
Fn Key 8 Indexed String 4x10645 G242 G242 1 Unlocked Setting Disable, Lock, Unlock 0 2 1 2 * * * Setting to activate the function key. The ‘Lock’ setting allows a function key output that is set to toggle mode to be
17 17
locked in its current active state.
Fn Key 8 Mode Indexed String 4x10646 G243 G243 1 Normal Setting Toggle, Normal 0 1 1 2 * * * 1717 = 1 Sets the function key in toggle or normal mode. In ‘Toggle’ mode, the first keypress will latch the function key DDB
output signal ON and the next keypress will reset the function key DDB output to OFF. This feature can be used to
17 18 enable/disable relay functions. In the ‘Normal’ mode the function key DDB signal output will remain ON/ ‘high’ as
long as the key is pressed.
17 19 Fn Key 8 Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10647 4x10654 G3 8 Function Key 8 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * 1717 <> 0 Allows the text of the function key to be changed to something more suitable for the application.
Fn Key 9 Indexed String 4x10655 G242 G242 1 Unlocked Setting Disable, Lock, Unlock 0 2 1 2 * * * Setting to activate the function key. The ‘Lock’ setting allows a function key output that is set to toggle mode to be
17 1A
locked in its current active state.
Fn Key 9 Mode Indexed String 4x10656 G243 G243 1 Normal Setting Toggle, Normal 0 1 1 2 * * * 171A = 1 Sets the function key in toggle or normal mode. In ‘Toggle’ mode, the first keypress will latch the function key DDB
output signal ON and the next keypress will reset the function key DDB output to OFF. This feature can be used to
17 1B enable/disable relay functions. In the ‘Normal’ mode the function key DDB signal output will remain ON/ ‘high’ as
long as the key is pressed.
17 1C Fn Key 9 Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10657 4x10664 G3 8 Function Key 9 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * 171A <> 0 Allows the text of the function key to be changed to something more suitable for the application.
Fn Key 10 Indexed String 4x10665 G242 G242 1 Unlocked Setting Disable, Lock, Unlock 0 2 1 2 * * * Setting to activate the function key. The ‘Lock’ setting allows a function key output that is set to toggle mode to be
17 1D
locked in its current active state.
Fn Key 10 Mode Indexed String 4x10666 G243 G243 1 Normal Setting Toggle, Normal 0 1 1 2 * * * 171D = 1 Sets the function key in toggle or normal mode. In ‘Toggle’ mode, the first keypress will latch the function key DDB
output signal ON and the next keypress will reset the function key DDB output to OFF. This feature can be used to
17 1E enable/disable relay functions. In the ‘Normal’ mode the function key DDB signal output will remain ON/ ‘high’ as
long as the key is pressed.
17 1F Fn Key 10 Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10667 4x10674 G3 8 Function Key 10 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * 171D <> 0 Allows the text of the function key to be changed to something more suitable for the application.
IED CONFIGURATOR IED CONFIGURATOR is a * * * * * * 0949 = 1
19 00
section heading
Switch Conf.Bank Indexed String G248 No Action Command No action, Switch Banks 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Setting which allows the user to switch between the current configuration, held in the Active Memory Bank (and partly
19 05
displayed below), to the configuration sent to and held in the Inactive Memory Bank.
19 0A Restore Conf. Indexed String G256 No Action Command No Action, Restore Conf. 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Setting which allows the user to reset any changes and restores the Conf. stored in the relay.
19 10 Active Conf.Name ASCII Text Not Available Data <Active configuration name> * * * * * * The name of the configuration in the Active Memory Bank, usually taken from the SCL file.
Active Conf.Rev ASCII Text Not Available Data <Active configuration revision> * * * * * * Configuration Revision number of the configuration in the Active Memory Bank, usually taken from the SCL file.
19 11
19 20 Inact.Conf.Name ASCII Text Not Available Data <Inactive configuration name * * * * * * The name of the configuration in the Inactive Memory Bank, usually taken from the SCL file.
Inact.Conf.Rev ASCII Text Not Available Data <Inactive configuration revision> * * * * * * Configuration Revision number of the configuration in the Inactive Memory Bank, usually taken from the SCL file.
19 21
Sub.Simul.Goose ASCII Text G11 No Setting Yes, No 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * When set to Yes, the test flag in the subscribed GOOSE message is ignored, and the data treated as normal
19 73
SECURITY CONFIG SECURITY CONFIG is a 0 * * * * * *
25 00
section heading
User Banner ASCII Text(32 chars) 4x20256 4x20271 G3 G3 16 ACCESS ONLY FOR Setting * * * * * *
25 01
AUTHORISED USERS
Attempts Limit Unsigned Integer(16 Bits) 4x20272 G1 G1 1 5 Setting Not settable 0 99 1 * * * * * * Make Read Only (data obtained from ‘brick’), and invisible for; CS103, DNP3 and IEC61850 due to irrelevance.
25 02
Attempts Timer Unsigned Integer(16 Bits) 4x20273 G1 G1 1 2 Setting Not settable 1 3 1 * * * * * * Make Read Only (data obtained from ‘brick’), and invisible for; CS103, DNP3 and IEC61850 due to irrelevance.
25 03
Blocking Timer Unsigned Integer(16 Bits) 4x20274 G1 G1 1 4 Setting Not settable 1 86400 1 * * * * * * Make Read Only (data obtained from ‘brick’), and invisible for; CS103, DNP3 and IEC61850 due to irrelevance.
25 04
25 05 Front Port Indexed String 4x20275 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled Disabled * * * * * *
25 06 Rear Port 1 Indexed String 4x20276 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled Disabled * * * * * *
25 07 Rear Port 2 Indexed String 4x20277 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled Disabled * * * * * *
25 08 Ethernet Indexed String 4x20278 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled Disabled * * * * * *
25 09 Courier Tunnel Indexed String 4x20279 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled Disabled * * * * * * 2508 = 1
25 0A IEC61850 Indexed String 4x20280 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled Disabled * * * * * * 2508 = 1
25 0B DNP3 OE Indexed String 4x20281 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Enabled Disabled * * * * * * 2508 = 1
Attempts Remain Unsigned Integer (16 Bits) 3x12011 G1 G1 1 5 Data Not settable 0 * * * * * * Mark Read Only (data obtained from 'brick'), and invisible for: CS103, DNP3 and IEC61850 due to irrelevance.
25 11
Blk Time Remain Unsigned Integer (16 Bits) 3x12012 G1 G1 1 0 Data Not settable 0 * * * * * * Mark Read Only (data obtained from 'brick'), and invisible for: CS103, DNP3 and IEC61850 due to irrelevance.
25 12
25 20 Password Fallback Level Unsigned Integer (16 Bits) 3x12020 G22 G1 1 1 Data * * * * *
25 FF Security Code ASCII Text (16 chars) Data Not settable * * * * * *
CTRL I/P LABELS CTRL I/P LABELS is a * * * * * * 0936 = 1
29 00
section heading
Control Input 1 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10100 4x10107 G3 8 Control Input 1 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 01 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 2 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10108 4x10115 G3 8 Control Input 2 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 02 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 3 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10116 4x10123 G3 8 Control Input 3 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 03 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 4 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10124 4x10131 G3 8 Control Input 4 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 04 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 5 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10132 4x10139 G3 8 Control Input 5 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 05 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 6 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10140 4x10147 G3 8 Control Input 6 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 06 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 7 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10148 4x10155 G3 8 Control Input 7 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 07 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
50313.3110.0458
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Menu Database 13-Nov-10
Page
Col Row Menu Text Courier Data Type LCD ref Modbus Register Start Modbus Register Data Group Data Group Max Modbus ModbusRegisters Default Setting Cell Type Available Setting Min Max Step Password P341 B0 P342 B0 P343 B0 P344 B0 P345 B0 P341 E0 Visible if Visible if Visible if Ripple BF03 Mult Description
End Courier MODBUS numeric setting Level M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M7 Cell Test Value Pri/Sec
Control Input 8 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10156 4x10163 G3 8 Control Input 8 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 08 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 9 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10164 4x10171 G3 8 Control Input 9 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 09 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 10 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10172 4x10179 G3 8 Control Input 10 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 0A the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 11 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10180 4x10187 G3 8 Control Input 11 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 0B the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 12 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10188 4x10195 G3 8 Control Input 12 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 0C the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 13 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10196 4x10203 G3 8 Control Input 13 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 0D the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 14 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10204 4x10211 G3 8 Control Input 14 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 0E the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 15 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10212 4x10219 G3 8 Control Input 15 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 0F the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 16 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10220 4x10227 G3 8 Control Input 16 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 10 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 17 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10228 4x10235 G3 8 Control Input 17 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 11 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 18 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10236 4x10243 G3 8 Control Input 18 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 12 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 19 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10244 4x10251 G3 8 Control Input 19 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 13 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 20 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10252 4x10259 G3 8 Control Input 20 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 14 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 21 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10260 4x10267 G3 8 Control Input 21 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 15 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 22 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10268 4x10275 G3 8 Control Input 22 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 16 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 23 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10276 4x10283 G3 8 Control Input 23 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 17 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 24 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10284 4x10291 G3 8 Control Input 24 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 18 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 25 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10292 4x10299 G3 8 Control Input 25 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 19 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 26 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10300 4x10307 G3 8 Control Input 26 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 1A the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 27 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10308 4x10315 G3 8 Control Input 27 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 1B the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 28 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10316 4x10323 G3 8 Control Input 28 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 1C the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 29 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10324 4x10331 G3 8 Control Input 29 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 1D the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 30 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10332 4x10339 G3 8 Control Input 30 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 1E the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 31 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10340 4x10347 G3 8 Control Input 31 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 1F the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
Control Input 32 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x10348 4x10355 G3 8 Control Input 32 Setting 16 character text string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual control input. This text will be displayed when a control input is accessed by
29 20 the hotkey menu and it is displayed in the programmable scheme logic description of the control input.
HV Nominal Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11008 4x11009 G1 G35 999900 2 220 kV Setting 100 V to 1 MV step 1 V 100 V 1 MV 1V 2 * * * 3001 = 1 Nominal voltage of the HV winding. Typically set to the mid-tap voltage of the on-load tap changer, or no-load tap
30 13
changer tap voltage.
30 20 %Reactance Courier Number (Percentage) 4x11011 G2 G2 1 10% Setting 1% to 100% step 0.01% 1% 100% 0.01% * * * 3001 = 1 Transformer leakage reactance.
30 31 LV Vector Group Unsigned Integer 4x11012 G1 G1 1 0 Setting 0 to 11 step 1 0 11 1 2 * * * 3001 = 1 This is used to provide vector correction for the phase shift between HV and LV windings.
30 32 LV Connection Indexed String 4x11013 G175 G175 1 Y-Wye Setting Y-Wye, D-Delta, Z-Zigzag D-Delta Z-Zigzag 2 * * * 3001 = 1 The LV winding connections can be configured as Wye, Delta, or Zigzag.
LV Grounding Indexed String 4x11014 G176 G176 1 Grounded Setting Grounded, Ungrounded 2 * * * 3001 = 1 In DIFFERENTIAL menu, the Set Mode setting can be set as Simple or Advanced.
In simple mode when set as grounded, the P34x applies zero sequence filtering to the LV side current. When set as
ungrounded, no zero sequence filtering is applied to the LV side current. In advanced mode, the LV Grounding
30 33 setting is only for information, and the zero sequence filtering depends on the Zero seq filt LV setting. While Zero seq
filt HV is set as Enabled, the HV Grounding setting will be set as Grounded automatically.
LV Nominal Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11015 4x11016 G1 G35 2 11KV Setting 100 V to 1 MV step 1 V 100 V 1 MV 1V 2 * * * * 3001 = 1 Nominal voltage of the LV winding. Typically set to the mid-tap voltage of the on-load tap changer, or no-load tap
30 34
changer tap voltage.
30 40 Match Factor HV Courier Number (Decimal) G2 G2 1 Data This is only calculated by the relay. * * * 3001 = 1 HV ratio correction factor used by the differential function.
30 41 Match Factor LV Courier Number (Decimal) G2 G2 1 Data This is only calculated by the relay. * * * 3001 = 1 LV ratio correction factor used by the differential function.
Phase Sequence Indexed String 4x11000 G163 G163 1 Standard ABC Setting 0 = Standard ABC, 1 = Reverse ACB 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * The Phase Sequence setting applies to a power system that has a permanent phase sequence of either ABC or
30 42
ACB. It is also applicable for temporary phase reversal which affects all the 3-phase VTs and CTs.
VT Reversal Indexed String 4x11001 G164 G164 1 No Swap Setting 0 = No Swap, 1 = A-B Swapped, 2 = B-C Swapped, 3 = C-A 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * The VT Reversal settings apply to applications where some or all of the 3-phase voltage or current inputs are
30 43 Swapped temporarily reversed, as in pump storage applications. The settings affect the order of the analogue channels in the
relay and are set to emulate the order of the channels on the power system.
CT1 Reversal Indexed String 4x11002 G164 G164 1 No Swap Setting 0 = No Swap, 1 = A-B Swapped, 2 = B-C Swapped, 3 = C-A 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * The CT Reversal/CT1 Reversal settings apply to applications where some or all of the 3-phase voltage or current
CT1 Reversal Swapped inputs are temporarily reversed, as in pump storage applications. The settings affect the order of the analogue
30 44 channels in the relay and are set to emulate the order of the channels on the power system. CT Reversal is for P341,
otherwise CT1 is for P34x.
CT2 Reversal Indexed String 4x11003 G164 G164 1 No Swap Setting 0 = No Swap, 1 = A-B Swapped, 2 = B-C Swapped, 3 = C-A 0 3 1 2 * * The CT2 Reversal settings apply to applications where some or all of the 3-phase voltage or current inputs are
Swapped temporarily reversed, as in pump storage applications. The settings affect the order of the analogue channels in the
30 45 relay and are set to emulate the order of the channels on the power system.
P343/P344/P345 only.
C/S Input Indexed String 4x11018 G40 G40 1 A-N Setting A-N, B-N, C-N, A-B, B-C, C-A 0 5 1 2 * * * * * * Selects the check synchronizing input voltage measurement.
30 50
I*=Phase CT secondary rating
C/S V Ratio Corr Courier Number 4x11019 G2 G2 1 1 Setting 0.1 to 2 step 0.001 0.1 2 0.001 2 * * * * * * Check synchronizing voltage ratio correction. This is used by the System Check function to provide the magnitude
correction for the difference between main VT and C/S VT. The Main VT is the reference, and the C/S VT is
corrected to Main VT.
30 51 The formula is: VC/S VT Corrected = VC/S VT * C/S Ratio Corr.
C/S VT Vect Grp Courier Number 4x11020 G2 G2 1 0 Setting 0 to 11 step 1 0 11 1 2 * * * * * * This is used to provide vector correction for the phase shift between main VT and C/S VT. The Main VT is the
reference, and the C/S VT is corrected to Main VT. Two examples are shown below:
Case1 (Main VT Location = Gen):
For C/S VT Vect Grp = 0~5 The formula is: Θc/s VT Corrected = θC/S VT - (C/S VT Vect Grp)*30°;
And for C/S VT Vect Grp = 6~11 θc/s VT Corrected = θC/S VT + (12-C/S VT Vect Grp)*30°.
Case 2 (Main VT Location = Bus):
For C/S VT Vect Grp = 0~5 The formula is: Θc/s VT Corrected = θC/S VT + (C/S VT Vect Grp)*30°;
30 52 And for C/S VT Vect Grp = 6~11 θc/s VT Corrected=θC/S VT - (12-C/S VT Vect Grp)*30°.
C/S VT Location Indexed String 4x11021 G177 G177 1 Gen Setting 0 to 1 step 1 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Neutral Displacement VT Primary
30 53
Selects the main voltage transformer location, Generator or Busbar.
GROUP 1 POWER GROUP 1 POWER is a * * * * * * 090C = 1
31 00
section heading
Operating Mode Indexed String 4x01064 G115 G115 0 Generating Setting 0 = Generating, 1 = Motoring 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Operating mode of the power protection defining forward/reverse direction – Generating = forward power towards the
31 20 busbar, Motoring = forward power towards the machine. Assumes CT connections as per standard connection
diagrams.
Power1 Function Indexed String 4x01050 G102 G102 1 Over Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = Reverse, 2 = Low Forward, 3 = Over 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * First stage power function operating mode.
31 24
Reverse
-P>1 Setting Courier Number (Power) 4x01051 G2 143 1 20 Setting 4*V1*I1 to 300*V1*I1 step 1*V1*I1 4*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 2 * * * * * * 3124 = 1 M1*M4 Pick-up setting for the first stage reverse power protection element.
31 28
592 1 5 1*V1*I1 to 300*V1*I1 step 0.2*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 0.2*V1*I1 2
P<1 Setting Courier Number (Power) 4x01052 G2 143 1 20 Setting 4*V1*I1 to 300*V1*I1 step 1*V1*I1 4*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 2 * * * * * * 3124 = 2 M1*M4 Pick-up setting for the first stage low forward power protection element.
31 2C
592 1 10 1*V1*I1 to 300*V1*I1 step 0.2*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 0.2*V1*I1 2
P>1 Setting Courier Number (Power) 4x01053 G2 143 1 120 Setting 4*V1*I1 to 300*V1*I1 step 1*V1*I1 4*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 2 * * * * * * 3124 = 3 M1*M4 Pick-up setting for the first stage overpower protection element.
31 30
592 1 120 1*V1*I1 to 300*V1*I1 step 0.2*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 0.2*V1*I1 2
31 34 Power1 TimeDelay Courier Number (Time) 4x01054 G2 10000 1 5s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 3124 <> 0 Operating time-delay setting of the first stage power protection.
Power1 DO Timer Courier Number (Time) 4x01055 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 3124 <> 0 Drop-off time delay setting of the first stage power protection function. Setting of the drop-off timer to a value other
31 38 than zero, delays the resetting of the protection element timers for this period. By using the drop-off timer the relay
will integrate the fault power pulses, thereby reducing fault clearance times.
P1 Poledead Inh Indexed String 4x01056 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 3124 <> 0 If the setting is enabled, the relevant stage will become inhibited by the pole dead logic. This logic produces an
output when it detects either an open circuit breaker via auxiliary contacts feeding the relay opto inputs or it detects a
combination of both undercurrent and undervoltage on any one phase. It allows the power protection to reset when
31 3C the circuit breaker opens to cater for line or bus side VT applications.
Power2 Function Indexed String 4x01057 G102 G102 1 Disabled Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = Reverse, 2 = Low Forward, 3 = Over 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Second stage power function operating mode.
31 40
Low Forward
-P>2 Setting Courier Number (Power) 4x01058 G2 143 1 20 Setting 4*V1*I1 to 300*V1*I1 step 1*V1*I1 4*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 2 * * * * * * 3140 = 1 M1*M4 Pick-up setting for the second stage reverse power protection element.
31 44
592 1 5 1*V1*I1 to 300*V1*I1 step 0.2*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 0.2*V1*I1 2
P<2 Setting Courier Number (Power) 4x01059 G2 143 1 20 Setting 4*V1*I1 to 300*V1*I1 step 1*V1*I1 4*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 2 * * * * * * 3140 = 2 M1*M4 Pick-up setting for the second stage low forward power protection element.
31 48
592 1 10 1*V1*I1 to 300*V1*I1 step 0.2*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 0.2*V1*I1 2
P>2 Setting Courier Number (Power) 4x01060 G2 143 1 120 Setting 4*V1*I1 to 300*V1*I1 step 1*V1*I1 4*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 2 * * * * * * 3140 = 3 M1*M4 Pick-up setting for the second stage low forward power protection element.
31 4C
592 1 120 1*V1*I1 to 300*V1*I1 step 0.2*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 0.2*V1*I1 2
31 50 Power2 TimeDelay Courier Number (Time) 4x01061 G2 10000 1 2s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 3140 <> 0 Operating time-delay setting of the second stage power protection.
Power2 DO Timer Courier Number (Time) 4x01062 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 3140 <> 0 Drop-off time delay setting of the second stage power protection function. Setting of the drop-off timer to a value
31 54 other than zero, delays the resetting of the protection element timers for this period. By using the drop-off timer the
relay will integrate the fault power pulses, thereby reducing fault clearance times.
P2 Poledead Inh Indexed String 4x01063 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 3140 <> 0 If the setting is enabled, the relevant stage will become inhibited by the pole dead logic. This logic produces an
output when it detects either an open circuit breaker via auxiliary contacts feeding the relay opto inputs or it detects a
31 58 combination of both undercurrent and undervoltage on any one phase. It allows the power protection to reset when
the circuit breaker opens to cater for line or bus side VT applications.
NPS OVERPOWER NPS OVERPOWER is a * * * *
31 60
sub-section heading
31 61 S2> CT Source Indexed String 4x01068 G116 G116 1 IA1-IB1-IC1 Setting 0 = IA1-IB1-IC1, 1 = IA2-IB2-IC2 0 1 1 2 * * * This setting is used to select the 3-phase current inputs used by the NPS OVERPOWER protection elements in the
31 62 S2>1 Status Indexed String 4x01065 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * P343/P344/P345
Enables - IA-1/IB-1/IC-1
or disables or IA-2/IB-2/IC-2
the Negative Phase CT inputs. function.
Sequence Overpower
S2>1 Setting Courier Number (VA) 4x01066 G2 2990 1 0.5 Setting 0.1*V1*I1 to 30*V1*I1 step 0.01*V1*I1 0.1*V1*I1 30*V1*I1 0.01*V1*I1 2 * * * * 3162 = 1 M1*M4([31 61]=0) Pick-up setting for the NPS overpower protection element, S2 = V2xI2.
31 64
0.1*V1*I4 to 30*V1*I4 step 0.01*V1*I4 0.1*V1*I4 30*V1*I4 0.01*V1*I4 M1*M7([31 61]=1)
31 68 S2>1 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01067 G2 10000 1 0.1s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * 3162 = 1 Operating time-delay setting of the NPS overpower protection.
32 01 FFail Alm Status Indexed String 4x01100 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables or disables the Field Failure Alarm function.
32 02 FFail Alm Angle Courier Number (Angle) 4x01101 G2 60 1 15 degrees Setting 15 degs to 75 degs step 1 deg 15 degs 75 degs 1 deg 2 * * * * 3201 = 1 Pick-up setting for field failure alarm angle (leading power factor angle).
32 03 FFail Alm Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01102 G2 10000 1 5s Setting 0s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * 3201 = 1 Operating time-delay setting of the field failure alarm.
32 04 FFail1 Status Indexed String 4x01103 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables or disables the first stage field failure protection function.
32 05 FFail1 -Xa1 Courier Number (Impedance) 4x01104 G2 80 1 20 Setting 0 to 40*V1/I1 step 0.05*V1/I1 0 40*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 * * * * 3204 = 1 M1/M4 Negative reactance offset setting of first stage field failure impedance protection.
32 06 FFail1 Xb1 Courier Number (Impedance) 4x01105 G2 300 1 220 Setting 25*V1/I1 to 325*V1/I1 step 1*V1/I1 25*V1/I1 325*V1/I1 1*V1/I1 2 * * * * 3204 = 1 M1/M4 Diameter setting of circular impedance characteristic of first stage field failure protection.
32 07 FFail1 TimeDelay Courier Number (Time) 4x01106 G2 10000 1 5s Setting 0s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * 3204 = 1 Operating time-delay setting of the field failure first stage protection.
FFail1 DO Timer Courier Number (Time) 4x01107 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * 3204 = 1 Drop-off time delay setting of the first stage field failure protection function. Setting of the drop-off timer to a value
other than zero, delays the resetting of the protection element timers for this period. By using the drop-off timer the
32 08 relay will integrate the fault impedance pulses, for example during pole slipping, thereby reducing fault clearance
times.
32 09 FFail2 Status Indexed String 4x01108 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables or disables the second stage field failure protection function.
32 0A FFail2 -Xa2 Courier Number (Impedance) 4x01109 G2 80 1 20 Setting 0 to 40*V1/I1 step 0.05*V1/I1 0 40*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 * * * * 3209 = 1 M1/M4 Negative reactance offset setting of second stage field failure impedance protection.
32 0B FFail2 Xb2 Courier Number (Impedance) 4x01110 G2 300 1 110 Setting 25*V1/I1 to 325*V1/I1 step 1*V1/I1 25*V1/I1 325*V1/I1 1*V1/I1 2 * * * * 3209 = 1 M1/M4 Diameter setting of circular impedance characteristic of second stage field failure protection.
32 0C FFail2 TimeDelay Courier Number (Time) 4x01111 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * 3209 = 1 Operating time-delay setting of the field failure second stage protection.
FFail2 DO Timer Courier Number (Time) 4x01112 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * 3209 = 1 Drop-off time delay setting of the second stage field failure protection function. Setting of the drop-off timer to a value
other than zero, delays the resetting of the protection element timers for this period. By using the drop-off timer the
32 0D relay will integrate the fault impedance pulses, for example during pole slipping, thereby reducing fault clearance
times.
GROUP 1 NPS THERMAL GROUP 1 NPS THERMAL * * * * 090E = 1
33 00 is a section heading
33 01 I2therm>1 Alarm Indexed String 4x01150 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables or disables the negative phase sequence (NPS) Thermal Alarm function.
33 02 I2therm>1 Set Courier Number (Current) 4x01151 G2 47 1 0.05 Setting 0.03*I1 to 0.5*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.03*I1 0.5*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * 3301 = 1 M4 Pick-up setting for NPS thermal alarm.
33 03 I2therm>1 Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01152 G2 10000 1 20 s Setting 0s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * 3301 = 1 Operating time-delay of the NPS thermal alarm.
33 04 I2therm>2 Trip Indexed String 4x01153 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables or disables the NPS Thermal Trip function.
33 05 I2therm>2 Set Courier Number (Current) 4x01154 G2 45 1 0.1 Setting 0.05*I1 to 0.5*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.05*I1 0.5*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * 3304 = 1 M4 Pick-up setting for NPS thermal trip.
33 06 I2therm>2 k Courier Number (Time) 4x01155 G2 380 1 15 s Setting 2 s to 40 s step 0.1 s 2s 40 s 0.1 s 2 * * * * 3304 = 1 Thermal capacity constant setting of the NPS thermal characteristic.
33 07 I2therm>2 kRESET Courier Number (Time) 4x01156 G2 380 1 15 s Setting 2 s to 40 s step 0.1 s 2s 40 s 0.1 s 2 * * * * 3304 = 1 Reset (cooling) thermal capacity constant setting of the NPS thermal characteristic.
33 08 I2therm>2 tMAX Courier Number (Time) 4x01157 G2 1500 1 1000 s Setting 500 s to 2000 s step 1 s 500 s 2000 s 1s 2 * * * * 3304 = 1 Maximum operating time setting of the NPS thermal characteristic.
33 09 I2therm>2 tMIN Courier Number (Time) 4x01158 G2 10000 1 0.25 s Setting 0s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * 3304 = 1 Minimum operating time setting of the NPS thermal characteristic
GROUP 1 SYSTEM BACKUP GROUP 1 SYSTEM * * * * 090F = 1
34 00 BACKUP is a section
heading
Backup Function Indexed String 4x01200 G103 G103 1 Voltage controlled Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = Underimpedance, 2 = Volt Controlled, 3 = Volt 0 3 1 2 * * * * System backup protection operating function.
34 01
Restrained
Vector Rotation Indexed String 4x01201 G104 G104 1 None Setting 0 = None, 1 = Delta-Star 0 1 1 2 * * * * 3401 <> 0 Selection of Delta-Star voltage vector correction, enabled where there is a delta-star step-up transformer to improve
34 02
sensitivity for HV phase faults.
V Dep OC Char Indexed String 4x01202 G111 G111 1 IEC S Inverse Setting DT, IEC S Inverse, IEC V Inverse, IEC E Inverse, UK LT Inverse, 0 11 1 2 * * * * 3401 > 1 Selection of the tripping characteristic for the voltage dependent overcurrent protection.
34 20 Rectifier, RI, IEEE M Inverse, IEEE V Inverse, IEEE E Inverse, US
Inverse, US ST Inverse
34 23 V Dep OC I> Set Courier Number (Current) 4x01203 G2 320 1 1 Setting 0.8*I1 to 4*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.8*I1 4*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * 3401 > 1 M4 Pick-up setting for voltage controlled and restrained overcurrent trip.
34 25 V Dep OC T Dial Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01204 G2 9999 1 1 Setting 0.01 to 100 step 0.01 0.01 100 0.01 2 * * * * 3420 >= 7 * Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IEEE/US IDMT curves.
34 26 V Dep OC Reset Indexed String 4x01205 G60 G60 10000 1 DT Setting 0 = DT, 1 = Inverse 0 1 1 2 * * * * 3420 >= 7 * Type of reset/release characteristic of the IEEE/US curves.
V Dep OC Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01206 G2 10000 1 1s Setting 0 s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * 3420 = 0 * Operating time-delay setting for the definite time setting if selected for the voltage controlled or restrained overcurrent
34 27
protection.
34 28 V Dep OC TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01207 G2 47 1 1 Setting 0.025 to 1.2 step 0.025 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 * * * * SMF range 1-5 * Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IEC IDMT characteristic.
34 29 V Dep OC K (RI) Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01219 G2 198 1 1 Setting 0.1 to 10 step 0.05 0.1 10 0.05 2 * * * * 3420 = 6 Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time for the RI curve.
34 2A V Dep OC tRESET Courier Number (Time) 4x01208 G2 10000 1 0 Setting 0 to 100 step 0.01 0 100 0.01 2 * * * * SMF Reset/release time setting for definite time reset characteristic.
34 2D V Dep OC V<1 Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x01209 G2 115 1 80 Setting 5*V1 to 120*V1 step 1*V1 5*V1 120*V1 1*V1 2 * * * * 3401 > 1 M1 Undervoltage setting for voltage controlled and restrained overcurrent characteristic.
34 2E V Dep OC V<2 Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x01210 G2 115 1 60 Setting 5*V1 to 120*V1 step 1*V1 5*V1 120*V1 1*V1 2 * * * * 3401 = 3 M1 Undervoltage setting for voltage restrained overcurrent characteristic.
V Dep OC k Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01211 G2 18 1 0.25 Setting 0.1 to 1 step 0.05 0.1 1 0.05 2 * * * * 3401 > 1 Multiplying factor for voltage controlled and restrained overcurrent protection, pick-up setting is ‘V Dep OC > Set x V
34 2F
Dep OC k Set’ dependent on the voltage level.
34 30 Z<1 Setting Courier Number (Impedance) 4x01212 G2 236 1 70 Setting 2*V1/I1 to 120*V1/I1 step 0.5*V1/I1 2*V1/I1 120*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 * * * * 3401 = 1 M1/M4 Pick-up impedance setting for first stage underimpedance protection.
34 31 Z<1 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01213 G2 1000 1 5s Setting 0 s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * 3401 = 1 Operating time-delay setting of the first stage underimpedance protection.
34 32 Z<1 tRESET Courier Number (Time) 4x01214 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0 s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * 3401 = 1 Reset/release time setting for the first stage underimpedance protection.
34 33 Z< Stage 2 Indexed String 4x01215 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * 3401 = 1 Enables or disables the second stage underimpedance function.
34 34 Z<2 Setting Courier Number (Impedance) 4x01216 G2 236 1 70 Setting 2*V1/I1 to 120*V1/I1 step 0.5*V1/I1 2*V1/I1 120*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 * * * * 3433 = 1 * M1/M4 Pick-up impedance setting for second stage underimpedance protection.
34 35 Z<2 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01217 G2 1000 1 5s Setting 0 s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * 3433 = 1 * Operating time-delay setting of the second stage underimpedance protection
34 36 Z<2 tRESET Courier Number (Time) 4x01218 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0 s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * 3433 = 1 * Reset/release time setting for the second stage underimpedance protection.
GROUP 1 OVERCURRENT GROUP 1 OVERCURRENT * * * * * * 0910 = 1
35 00 is a section heading
35 24 I>1 Direction Indexed String 4x01251 G44 G44 1 Non-Directional Setting 0 = Non-Directional, 1 = Directional Fwd, 2 = Directional Rev 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 3523 <> 0 * Direction of the first stage overcurrent protection.
35 27 I>1 Current Set Courier Number (Current) 4x01252 G2 392 1 1 In Setting 0.08*I1 to 4.0*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.08*I1 4.0*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * * * 3523 <> 0 * M4 ([35 21]=0); M7([35 21]=1) Pick-up setting for first stage overcurrent protection.
35 29 I>1 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01253 G2 10000 1 1s Setting 0 s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * * * 3523 = 1 * Operating time-delay setting for the definite time setting if selected for first stage element.
35 2A I>1 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01254 G2 47 1 1 Setting 0.025 to 1.2 step 0.025 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 * * * * * * SMF range 2-6 * Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IEC IDMT characteristic.
35 2B I>1 Time Dial Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01255 G2 9999 1 1 Setting 0.01 to 100 step 0.01 0.01 100 0.01 2 * * * * * * 3523 >= 8 * Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IEEE/US IDMT curves.
35 2C I>1 K (RI) Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01276 G2 198 1 1 Setting 0.1 to 10 step 0.05 0.1 10 0.05 2 * * * * * * 3523 = 7 * Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time for the RI curve.
35 2E I>1 Reset Char Indexed String 4x01256 G60 G60 1 DT Setting 0 = DT, 1 = Inverse 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 3523 >= 8 * Type of reset/release characteristic of the IEEE/US curves.
35 2F I>1 tRESET Courier Number (Time) 4x01257 G2 10000 1 0 Setting 0 to 100 step 0.01 0 100 0.01 2 * * * * * * SMF * Reset/release time setting for definite time reset characteristic.
I>2 Function Indexed String 4x01258 G150 G150 1 Disabled Setting 0=Disabled, 1=DT, IEC S Inverse, IEC V Inverse, IEC E Inverse, 0 12 1 2 * * * * * * 0910 = 1 Tripping characteristic for the second stage overcurrent protection.
UK LT Inverse, Rectifier, RI, IEEE M Inverse, IEEE V Inverse,
35 32 IEEE E Inverse, US Inverse, US ST Inverse
35 33 I>2 Direction Indexed String 4x01259 G44 G44 1 Non-Directional Setting 0 = Non-Directional, 1 = Directional Fwd, 2 = Directional Rev 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 3532 <> 0 * Direction of the second stage overcurrent protection.
I>2 Current Set Courier Number (Current) 4x01260 G2 392 1 1 Setting 0.08*I1 to 4.0*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.08*I1 4.0*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * * * 3532 <> 0 * M4 ([35 21]=0); M7([35 21]=1) Pick-up setting for second stage overcurrent protection.
35 36
992
35 38 I>2 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01261 G2 10000 1 1s Setting 0 s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * * * 3532 = 1 * Operating time-delay setting for the definite time setting if selected for second stage element.
35 39 I>2 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01262 G2 47 1 1 Setting 0.025 to 1.2 step 0.025 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 * * * * * * SMF range 2-6 * Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IEC IDMT characteristic.
35 3A I>2 Time Dial Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01263 G2 9999 1 1 Setting 0.01 to 100 step 0.01 0.01 100 0.01 2 * * * * * * 3532 >= 8 * Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IEEE/US IDMT curves.
35 3B I>2 K (RI) Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01277 G2 198 1 1 Setting 0.1 to 10 step 0.05 0.1 10 0.05 2 * * * * * * 3532 = 7 * Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time for the RI curve.
35 3D I>2 Reset Char Indexed String 4x01264 G60 G60 1 DT Setting 0 = DT, 1 = Inverse 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 3532 >= 8 * Type of reset/release characteristic of the IEEE/US curves.
35 3E I>2 tRESET Courier Number (Time) 4x01265 G2 10000 1 0 Setting 0 to 100 step 0.01 0 100 0.01 2 * * * * * * SMF * Reset/release time setting for definite time reset characteristic.
35 40 I>3 Status Indexed String 4x01266 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0910 = 1 Enable or disables the third stage overcurrent protection.
35 41 I>3 Direction Indexed String 4x01267 G44 G44 1 Non-Directional Setting 0 = Non-Directional, 1 = Directional Fwd, 2 = Directional Rev 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 3540 = 1 * Direction of the third stage overcurrent protection.
I>3 Current Set Courier Number (Current) 4x01268 G2 3192 1 10 Setting 0.08*I1 to 32*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.08*I1 32*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * * * 3540 = 1 * M4 ([35 21]=0); M7([35 21]=1) Pick-up setting for third stage overcurrent protection.
35 44
0.08*I1 to 10*I1 step 0.01*I1 10*I1
35 45 I>3 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01269 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0 s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * * * 3540 = 1 * Operating time-delay setting for third stage overcurrent protection.
35 47 I>4 Status Indexed String 4x01270 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0910 = 1 Enable or disables the fourth stage overcurrent protection.
35 48 I>4 Direction Indexed String 4x01271 G44 G44 1 Non-Directional Setting 0 = Non-Directional, 1 = Directional Fwd, 2 = Directional Rev 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 3547 = 1 * Direction of the fourth stage overcurrent protection.
I>4 Current Set Courier Number (Current) 4x01272 G2 3192 1 10 Setting 0.08*I1 to 32*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.08*I1 32*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * * * 3547 = 1 * M4 ([35 21]=0); M7([35 21]=1) Pick-up setting for fourth stage overcurrent protection.
35 4B
0.08*I1 to 10*I1 step 0.01*I1 10*I1
35 4C I>4 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01273 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0 s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * * * * 3547 = 1 * Operating time-delay setting for fourth stage overcurrent protection.
35 4E I> Char Angle Courier Number (Angle) 4x01274 G2 190 1 30 degs Setting -95 degs to 95 degs step 1 deg -95 degs 95 degs 1 deg 2 * * * * * * 0910 = 1 Relay characteristic angle setting used for the directional decision.
I> Function Link Binary Flag 4x01275 G14 G14 190 1 15 Setting 4-bit binary setting for I>1 to I>4 VTS blocking respectively. 15 4 1 2 * * * * * * 0910 = 1 Logic Settings that determine whether blocking signals from VT supervision affect certain overcurrent stages.
Bit 0 = VTS Blocks I>1, Bit 1 = VTS Blocks I>2, Bit 2 = VTS Blocks VTS Block – only affects directional overcurrent protection. With the relevant bit set to 1, operation of the Voltage
35 4F I>3, Bit 3 = VTS Blocks I>4, Bits 4 - 7 are not used. Transformer Supervision (VTS), will block the stage. When set to 0, the stage will revert to Non-directional upon
operation of the VTS.
36 5F T-heating Courier Number (Time, minutes) 4x01311 G2 199 1 1 min Setting 1 min to 200 min step 1 min 1 min 200 min 1 min 2 * * * * * * 3650 = 1 Heating thermal time constant setting for the thermal overload characteristic.
36 64 T-cooling Courier Number (Time, minutes) 4x01312 G2 199 1 1 min Setting 1 min to 200 min step 1 min 1 min 200 min 1 min 2 * * * * * * 3650 = 1 Cooling thermal time constant setting for the thermal overload characteristic.
M Factor Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01313 G2 10 1 0 Setting 0 to 10 step 1 0 10 1 2 * * * * * * 3650 = 1 The M factor setting is a constant that relates negative phase sequence current heating to positive sequence current
36 69
heating, Ieq = (I12 + M I22) 0.5
XFORMER THERMAL XFORMER THERMAL is a * * * * 3001 = 1
36 70
sub-heading
36 71 Thermal Indexed String 4x01314 G37 G37 1 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * 3001 = 1 Enables or disables the transformer Thermal Overload trip function.
Mn't winding Indexed String 4x01363 G192 G192 1 1 HV Current Setting HV Current, LV Current, Biased Current 0 2 1 2 * * * 3671 = 1 Monitored winding – HV current or LV current or Bias current. Bias current = (HV current + LV current)/2. The
36 72
through load current of the transformer is monitored when the monitor winding is set to Biased Current.
36 73 Ambient T Indexed String 4x01315 G189 G189 1 AVERAGE Setting RTD 1 to 10, CLIO1 to 4, AVERAGE 0 14 1 2 * * * * 3671 = 1 The ambient temperature may be a setting (Average) or it may be measured using RTD or CLIO inputs.
36 74 Amb CLI Type Indexed String 4x01316 G153 G153 1 4-20mA Setting 0-1 mA, 0-10 mA, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0 3 1 2 * * * * 3673 >= 11 Ambient temperature current loop input type. This setting is available when Ambient T is set to CLIOx.
Amb CLI Min Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01317 4x01318 G35 2 0 Setting -9999 to 9999 step 0.1 -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * * * 3673 >= 11 Ambient temperature current loop input minimum setting. Defines the lower range of the ambient temperature measured by the
36 75 transducer. This setting is available when Ambient T is set to CLIOx.
36 76 Amb CLI Max Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01319 4x01320 G35 2 100 Setting -9999 to 9999 step 0.1 -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * * * 3673 >= 11 Ambient temperature current loop input maximum setting. Defines the upper range of the ambient temperature measured by the
transducer. This setting is available when Ambient T is set to CLIOx.
36 77 Average Amb T Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01321 G2 G2 1 25 C Setting -25 C to 75 C step 0.1 C -25 C 75 C 0.1 C 2 * * * * 3673 = 10 Average ambient temperature. This setting is available when Ambient T is set to Average.
36 78 Top Oil T Indexed String 4x01322 G190 G190 1 CALCULATED Setting RTD 1 to 10, CLIO1 to 4, CALCULATED 0 14 1 2 * * * * 3671 = 1 The top oil temperature may be calculated by the relay, or it may be measured using RTD or CLIO inputs.
36 79 Top Oil CLI Typ Indexed String 4x01323 G153 G153 1 4-20mA Setting 0-1 mA, 0-10 mA, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0 3 1 2 * * * * 3678 >= 11 Top oil current loop input type. This setting is available when Top Oil T is set to CLIOx.
36 7A Top Oil CLI Min Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01324 4x01325 G35 2 0 Setting -9999 to 9999 step 0.1 -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * * * 3678 >= 11 Top oil temperature current loop input minimum setting. Defines the lower range of the top oil temperature measured by the
transducer. This setting is available when Top Oil T is set to CLIOx.
50313.3110.0459
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Menu Database 13-Nov-10
Page
Col Row Menu Text Courier Data Type LCD ref Modbus Register Start Modbus Register Data Group Data Group Max Modbus ModbusRegisters Default Setting Cell Type Available Setting Min Max Step Password P341 B0 P342 B0 P343 B0 P344 B0 P345 B0 P341 E0 Visible if Visible if Visible if Ripple BF03 Mult Description
End Courier MODBUS numeric setting Level M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M7 Cell Test Value Pri/Sec
Top Oil CLI Max Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01326 4x01327 G35 2 100 Setting -9999 to 9999 step 0.1 -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * * * 3678 >= 11 Top oil temperature current loop input maximum setting. Defines the upper range of the top oil temperature measured by the
36 7B transducer. This setting is available when Top Oil T is set to CLIOx.
36 7C IB Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01328 G2 G2 1 1 pu Setting 0.1 pu to 4 pu step 0.01 pu 0.1 pu 4 pu 0.01 pu 2 * * * * 3671 = 1 IB is the load in pu. It is recommended to set it to the rated load, of 1.0 pu.
The relay uses this setting to calculate the ratio of ultimate load to rated load.
36 7D Rated NoLoadLoss Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01329 G2 G2 1 3 Setting 0.1 to 100 step 0.1 0.1 100 0.1 2 * * * * 3671 = 1 Ratio of load loss at rated load to no-load loss (iron loss). The transformer manufacturer should provide this parameter.
36 7E Hot Spot overtop Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01330 G2 G2 1 25 C Setting 0.1 C to 200 C step 0.1 C 0.1 C 200 C 0.1 C 2 * * * * 3671 = 1 Hottest spot temperature over top oil temperature setting. The transformer manufacturer should provide this parameter.
36 7F Top Oil overamb Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01331 G2 G2 1 55 C Setting 0.1 C to 200 C step 0.1 C 0.1 C 200 C 0.1 C 2 * * * * 3671 = 1 Top oil temperature over ambient temperature setting. The transformer manufacturer should provide this parameter.
Cooling Mode Indexed String 4x01364 G191 G191 1 Natural Setting Natural, Forced Air, Forced Oil, Forced Air & Oil, Select via PSL 0 4 1 2 * * * * 3671 = 1 This setting specifies which kind of cooling mode is used to cool the transformer. If Select Via PSL then DDB inputs (650 Frcd
Air Cool and 651 Frcd Oil Cool) can be used to select the cooling mode Winding exp m and oil exp n settings, as below. If DDB
36 80 650 = 1 then cooling mode is Forced Air Cooling, if DDB 651 = 1 then cooling mode is Forced Oil Cooling, if DDB 650 and 651 =
1 then cooling mode is Forced Air & Oil Cooling, if DDB 650 and 651 = 0 then cooling mode is Natural Cooling.
Cooling Status Indexed String G191 G191 1 Natural Data 0 4 1 2 * * * * 3680 = 4 Cooling Status indication; it is visible only when Cooling Mode is set as ‘Select via PSL’. If DDB 650 = 1 then cooling status is
36 81 Forced Air Cooling, if DDB 651 = 1 then cooling status is Forced Oil Cooling, if DDB 650 and 651 = 1 then cooling status is
Forced Air & Oil Cooling, if DDB 650 and 651 = 0 then cooling status is Natural Cooling.
NATURAL COOL 4x01366 NATURAL COOL is a sub- * * * * 3680 = 0 or 4
36 82
heading
Winding exp m Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01367 G2 G2 1 0.8 Setting 0.01 to 2 step 0.01 0.01 2 0.01 2 * * * * 3680 = 0 or 4 Winding exponent constant used to calculate the ultimate hot spot rise temperature over top oil temperature. Recommended
36 83 values are provided in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995 (see the Application Notes chapter for recommended values), or can be provided
by the transformer manufacturer.
Oil exp n Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01368 G2 G2 1 0.8 Setting 0.01 to 2 step 0.01 0.01 2 0.01 2 * * * * 3680 = 0 or 4 Oil exponent constant used to calculate the ultimate top oil rise temperature over ambient temperature. Recommended values
36 84 are provided in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995 (see the Application Notes chapter for recommended values), or can be provided by the
transformer manufacturer.
FORCED AIR COOL 4x01369 FORCED AIR COOL is a * * * * 3680 = 1 or 4
36 85
sub-heading
Winding exp m Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01370 G2 G2 1 0.8 Setting 0.01 to 2 step 0.01 0.01 2 0.01 2 * * * * 3680 = 1 or 4 Winding exponent constant used to calculate the ultimate hot spot rise temperature over top oil temperature. Recommended
36 86 values are provided in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995 (see the Application Notes chapter for recommended values), or can be provided
by the transformer manufacturer.
Oil exp n Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01371 G2 G2 1 0.8 Setting 0.01 to 2 step 0.01 0.01 2 0.01 2 * * * * 3680 = 1 or 4 Oil exponent constant used to calculate the ultimate top oil rise temperature over ambient temperature. Recommended values
36 87 are provided in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995 (see the Application Notes chapter for recommended values), or can be provided by the
transformer manufacturer.
FORCED OIL COOL 4x01372 FORCED OIL COOL is a * * * * 3680 = 2 or 4
36 88
sub-heading
Winding exp m Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01373 G2 G2 1 0.8 Setting 0.01 to 2 step 0.01 0.01 2 0.01 2 * * * * 3680 = 2 or 4 Winding exponent constant used to calculate the ultimate hot spot rise temperature over top oil temperature. Recommended
36 89 values are provided in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995 (see the Application Notes chapter for recommended values), or can be provided
by the transformer manufacturer.
Oil exp n Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01374 G2 G2 1 0.8 Setting 0.01 to 2 step 0.01 0.01 2 0.01 2 * * * * 3680 = 2 or 4 Oil exponent constant used to calculate the ultimate top oil rise temperature over ambient temperature. Recommended values
36 8A are provided in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995 (see the Application Notes chapter for recommended values), or can be provided by the
transformer manufacturer.
FORCED AIR & OIL 4x01375 FORCED AIR & OIL is a * * * * 3680 = 3 or 4
36 8B
sub-heading
Winding exp m Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01332 G2 G2 1 0.8 Setting 0.01 to 2 step 0.01 0.01 2 0.01 2 * * * * 3680 = 3 or 4 Winding exponent constant used to calculate the ultimate hot spot rise temperature over top oil temperature. Recommended
36 8C values are provided in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995 (see the Application Notes chapter for recommended values), or can be provided
by the transformer manufacturer.
Oil exp n Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01333 G2 G2 1 0.8 Setting 0.01 to 2 step 0.01 0.01 2 0.01 2 * * * * 3680 = 3 or 4 Oil exponent constant used to calculate the ultimate top oil rise temperature over ambient temperature. Recommended values
36 8D are provided in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995 (see the Application Notes chapter for recommended values), or can be provided by the
transformer manufacturer.
36 8E Hot spot rise co Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01334 G2 G2 1 1 min Setting 0.01 mins to 20 mins step 0.01 min 0.01 mins 20 mins 0.01 min 2 * * * * 3671 = 1 Winding time constant setting. The transformer manufacturer should provide this parameter.
36 8F Top oil rise co Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01335 G2 G2 1 120 mins Setting 1 min to 1000 mins step 1 min 1 min 1000 mins 1 min 2 * * * * 3671 = 1 Oil time constant setting. The transformer manufacturer should provide this parameter.
36 90 TOL Status Indexed String 4x01336 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * 3671 = 1 This setting enables or disables the three hot spot and the three top oil thermal stages.
Hot Spot>1 Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01337 G2 G2 1 110 C Setting 1 C to 300 C step 0.1 C 1C 300 C 0.1 C 2 * * * * 3690 = 1 Hot spot first stage setting. Recommended temperature limits are given in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995. See the Application Notes
36 91 chapter for recommended values.
36 92 tHot Spot>1 Set Courier Number (Time) 4x01338 G2 G2 1 10 min Setting 0 min to 60000 mins step 1 min 0 min 60000 mins 1 min 2 * * * * 3690 = 1 Hot spot first stage time delay setting.
36 93 Hot Spot>2 Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01339 G2 G2 1 130 C Setting 1 C to 300 C step 0.1 C 1C 300 C 0.1 C 2 * * * * 3690 = 1 Hot spot second stage setting. Recommended temperature limits are given in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995. See the Application
Notes chapter for recommended values.
36 94 tHot Spot>2 Set Courier Number (Time) 4x01340 G2 G2 1 10 min Setting 0 min to 60000 mins step 1 min 0 min 60000 mins 1 min 2 * * * * 3690 = 1 Hot spot second stage time delay setting.
Hot Spot>3 Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01341 G2 G2 1 150 C Setting 1 C to 300 C step 0.1 C 1C 300 C 0.1 C 2 * * * * 3690 = 1 Hot spot third stage setting. Recommended temperature limits are given in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995. See the Application Notes
36 95
chapter for recommended values.
36 96 tHot Spot>3 Set Courier Number (Time) 4x01342 G2 G2 1 10 min Setting 0 min to 60000 mins step 1 min 0 min 60000 mins 1 min 2 * * * * 3690 = 1 Hot spot third stage time delay setting.
36 97 Top Oil>1 Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01343 G2 G2 1 70 C Setting 1 to 300 step 0.1 1 300 0.1 2 * * * * 3690 = 1 Top oil first stage setting. Recommended temperature limits are given in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995. See the Application Notes
chapter for recommended values.
36 98 tTop Oil>1 Set Courier Number (Time) 4x01344 G2 G2 1 10 min Setting 0 min to 60000 mins step 1 min 0 min 60000 mins 1 min 2 * * * * 3690 = 1 Top oil first stage time delay setting.
36 99 Top Oil>2 Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01345 G2 G2 1 80 C Setting 1 to 300 step 0.1 1 300 0.1 2 * * * * 3690 = 1 Top oil second stage setting. Recommended temperature limits are given in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995. See the Application
Notes chapter for recommended values.
36 9A tTop Oil>2 Set Courier Number (Time) 4x01346 G2 G2 1 10 min Setting 0 min to 60000 mins step 1 min 0 min 60000 mins 1 min 2 * * * * 3690 = 1 Top oil second stage time delay setting.
36 9B Top Oil>3 Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01347 G2 G2 1 90 C Setting 1 to 300 step 0.1 1 300 0.1 2 * * * * 3690 = 1 Top oil third stage setting. Recommended temperature limits are given in IEEE Std. C57.91-1995. See the Application Notes
chapter for recommended values.
36 9C tTop Oil>3 Set Courier Number (Time) 4x01348 G2 G2 1 10 min Setting 0 min to 60000 mins step 1 min 0 min 60000 mins 1 min 2 * * * * 3690 = 1 Top oil third stage time delay setting.
36 9D tPre-trip Set Courier Number (Time) 4x01349 G2 G2 1 5 mins Setting 0 min to 60000 mins step 1 min 0 min 60000 mins 1 min 2 * * * * 3690 = 1 A pre-trip alarm is given a set time before the top oil and hot spot trips using this setting, assuming that the load remains unchanged.
36 A0 LOL Status Indexed String 4x01350 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * 3671 = 1 Enables or disables the loss of life function
36 A1 Life Hours at HS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01351 4x01352 G35 G35 2 180000 hr Setting 1 hr to 300000 hr step 1 hr 1 hr 300000 hr 1 hr 2 * * * * 36A0 = 1 Life hours at the reference hottest spot temperature. Advice from the transformer manufacturer may be required.
36 A2 Design HS temp Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01353 G2 G2 1 110 C Setting 1 C to 200 C step 0.1 C 1C 200 C 0.1 C 2 * * * * 36A0 = 1 The designed hottest spot temperature is 110C for a transformer rated 65C average winding rise, and 95C for a transformer
rated 55C average winding rise.
36 A3 Constant B Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01354 4x01355 G35 G35 2 15000 Setting 1 to 100000 step 1 1 100000 1 2 * * * * 36A0 = 1 Constant B is associated to the life expectancy curve. It is based on modern experimental data, and it may be set to 15000 as
recommended by IEEE Std. C57.91-1995.
FAA> Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01356 G2 G2 1 2 Setting 0.1 to 30 step 0.01 0.1 30 0.01 2 * * * * 36A0 = 1 Aging acceleration factor setting. If the aging acceleration factor calculated by the relay is above this setting and tFAA has
36 A4 expired, an FAA alarm would be asserted. FAA calculation depends on constant B and the hottest temperature calculated by
the thermal element.
36 A5 tFAA> Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01357 G2 G2 1 10 min Setting 0 min to 60000 min step 1 min 0 min 60000 min 1 min 2 * * * * 36A0 = 1 Aging acceleration factor timer.
LOL>1 Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01358 4x01359 G35 G35 2 160000 hr Setting 1 hr to 300000 hr step 1 hr 1 hr 300000 hr 1 hr 2 * * * * 36A0 = 1 Transformer loss of life setting. If the life already lost by the transformer is above this threshold, a LOL alarm would be asserted
36 A6 after tLOL has expired. LOL calculation depends on the life hours at design hot spot temperature and the calculated residual
life.
36 A7 tLOL> Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01360 G2 G2 1 10 min Setting 0 min to 60000 min step 1 min 0 min 60000 min 1 min 2 * * * * 36A0 = 1 Loss of life timer.
Reset Life Hours Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01361 4x01362 G35 G35 2 0 hr Setting 0 hr to 300000 hr step 1 hr 0 hr 300000 hr 1 hr 2 * * * * 36A0 = 1 Resets the LOL status value to the set value when the loss of life reset command is executed. For new transformers Reset Life
Hours is zero, so that when the commissioning of the thermal element is over, the loss of life statistics calculations are reset to
36 B0 zero. For old transformers this setting should indicate how much life the transformer has already lost; therefore, it should be set
to the transformer loss of life.
GROUP 1 DIFFERENTIAL GROUP 1 DIFFERENTIAL * * * 0912 = 1 Was in database column 30, moved in version 32 s/w
37 00 is a section heading
GEN DIFF GEN DIFF is a sub-heading * * * Generator Diff settings are visible if SYSTEM CONFIG - Winding Type = Generator Diff
37 01
Gen Diff Func Indexed String 4x01000 G101 G101 1 1 Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = Percentage Bia, 2 = High Impedance, 3 = Interturn 0 3 1 2 * * * 3001 = 0 Setting to select the function of the differential protection element.
37 02
Gen Diff Is1 Courier Number (Current) 4x01001 G2 45 1 0.1 Setting 0.05*I1 to 0.5*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.05*I1 0.5*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * 3702 range 1-2 M4 Minimum differential operating current of the low impedance biased characteristic. Also, the pick-up setting of the
37 03
high impedance differential protection.
37 04 Gen Diff k1 Courier Number (Percentage) 4x01002 G2 4 1 0% Setting 0% to 20% step 5% 0% 20% 5% 2 * * * 3702 = 1 Slope angle setting for the first slope of the low impedance biased characteristic.
37 05 Gen Diff Is2 Courier Number (Current) 4x01003 G2 40 1 1.2 Setting 1*I1 to 5*I1 step 0.1*I1 1*I1 5*I1 0.1*I1 2 * * * 3702 = 1 M4 The bias current operating threshold for the second slope low impedance characteristic.
37 06 Gen Diff k2 Courier Number (Percentage) 4x01004 G2 13 1 150 Setting 20% to 150% step 10% 20% 150% 10% 2 * * * 3702 = 1 Slope angle setting for the second slope of the low impedance biased characteristic
37 10 Interturn Is_A Courier Number (Current) 4x01005 G2 195 1 0.1 Setting 0.05*I1 to 2*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.05*I1 2*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * 3702 = 3 M4 Pick-up setting for the A phase interturn overcurrent element.
37 14 Interturn Is_B Courier Number (Current) 4x01006 G2 195 1 0.1 Setting 0.05*I1 to 2*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.05*I1 2*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * 3702 = 3 M4 Pick-up setting for the B phase interturn overcurrent element.
37 18 Interturn Is_C Courier Number (Current) 4x01007 G2 195 1 0.1 Setting 0.05*I1 to 2*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.05*I1 2*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * 3702 = 3 M4 Pick-up setting for the C phase interturn overcurrent element.
37 1C Interturn Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01008 G2 10000 1 0.1s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * 3702 = 3 Operating time-delay setting of the interturn protection.
XFORMER DIFF XFORMER DIFF is a sub- * * * 3001 = 1 XFORMER DIFF settings are visible if SYSTEM CONFIG - Winding Type = Xformer Diff
37 30
heading
37 31 Xform Diff Func Indexed String 4x01009 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * 3001 = 1 Enables or disables the transformer differential function.
Set Mode Indexed String 4x01010 G185 G185 1 Simple Setting Simple or Advanced 0 1 1 2 * * * 3731 = 1 If the relay is in Simple mode, zero sequence filtering (Zero seq filt HV/LV) is enabled automatically when the cell
HV/LV Grounding under the SYSTEM CONFIG menu heading is set to grounded. If the relay is in advanced mode,
the zero sequence filtering is enabled or disabled manually in the cell Zero seq filt HV/LV under the DIFFERENTIAL
37 32 menu heading. Also, in the simple mode the relay calculates automatically Xform Is-HS1 as 1/Xt, where Xt is the
transformer reactance, Xt = %Reactance setting in the SYSTEM CONFIG menu. In Simple mode under the DIFF
PROTECTION menu heading the cells Zero seq filt HV/LV, Xform Is-HS1 and Xform Is-Hs2 are Read Only.
37 33 Xform Is1 Courier Number (Current) 4x01011 G2 G2 1 0.2 Setting 0.05*PU to 2.5*PU step 0.01*PU 0.05*PU 2.5*PU 0.01*PU 2 * * * 3731 = 1 Minimum differential threshold of the low set differential characteristic.
37 34 Xform k1 Courier Number (Percentage) 4x01012 G2 G2 1 30% Setting 0% to 150% step 1% 0% 150% 1% 2 * * * 3731 = 1 Slope angle setting for the first slope of the low impedance biased characteristic.
37 35 Xform Is2 Courier Number (Current) 4x01013 G2 G2 1 1 Setting 0.1*PU to 10*PU step 0.1*I1 0.1*PU 10*PU 0.1*I1 2 * * * 3731 = 1 Bias current threshold for the second slope of the low set differential characteristic.
37 36 Xform k2 Courier Number (Percentage) 4x01014 G2 G2 1 80% Setting 15 to 150 step 1 15 150 1 2 * * * 3731 = 1 Slope angle setting for the second slope of the low impedance biased characteristic.
37 37 Xform tDiff Courier Number (Time) 4x01015 G2 G2 1 0s Setting 0s to 10s step 10ms 0s 10s 10ms * * * 3731 = 1 Bias differential time delay
Xform Is-CTS Courier Number (Current) 4x01016 G2 G2 1 1.5 Setting 0.1*PU to 2.5*PU step 0.01*PU 0.1*PU 2.5*PU 0.01*PU * * * 3731 = 1 In restrain mode, the differential protection Is1 setting is increased to Is-CTS setting after a CT failure is detected.
37 40
The Is-CTS setting increases the restrain region of the differential characteristic.
37 41 Xform HS1 Status Indexed String 4x01017 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * 3731 = 1 This enables or disables generator-transformer high set 1 protection.
Xform Is-HS1 Courier Number (Current) 4x01018 G2 G2 1 1/Xt Setting 2.5*PU to 16*PU step 0.1*PU 2.5*PU 16*PU 0.1*PU * * * 3741 = 1 High set element one. In the simple mode the relay uses the %Reactance in the SYSTEM CONFIG menu to
calculate Xform Is-HS1 as 1/Xt. Where Xt is the transformer reactance. This setting is Read Only in simple mode.
In advance mode Xform Is-HS1 is visible and settable.
37 42 The high set 1 algorithm uses a peak detection method to achieve fast operating times. Above the adjustable
differential current threshold Xform Is-HS1, the P34x will trip without taking into account either the second or fifth
harmonic blocking but the bias current is considered.
37 43 Xform HS2 Status Indexed String 4x01019 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * 3731 = 1 This enables or disables generator-transformer high set 2 protection.
Xform Is-HS2 Courier Number (Current) 4x01020 G2 G2 1 16 Setting 2.5*PU to 16*PU step 0.1*PU 2.5*PU 16*PU 0.1*PU * * * 3743 = 1 High set element two. This element is settable and visible in advance mode. In simple mode, it is Read Only and set
to 16 pu.
The Is-HS2 element uses the fundamental component of the differential current. This element is not restrained by
37 44 the bias characteristic, so the P34x will trip regardless of the restraining current. Above the adjustable differential
current threshold Xform Is-HS2, the P34x will trip without taking into account either the second or fifth harmonic
blocking or the bias current.
Zero seq filt HV Indexed String 4x01021 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 * * * 3731 = 1 Enables or disables zero sequence filtering on the HV winding. This setting is only visible and settable in advance mode.
37 50
Zero seq filt LV Indexed String 4x01022 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 * * * 3731 = 1 Enables or disables zero sequence filtering on the LV winding. This setting is only visible and settable in advance mode.
37 51
37 52 2nd harm blocked Indexed String 4x01023 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 * * * 3731 = 1 Enables or disables 2nd harmonic blocking.
37 53 Xform Ih(2)%> Courier Number (Percentage) 4x01024 G2 G2 1 20% Setting 5% to 50% step 1% 5% 50% 1% * * * 3752 = 1 Second harmonic blocking threshold.
Cross blocking Indexed String 4x01025 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 * * * 3752 = 1 Enables or disables cross blocking. Second harmonic blocking is enabled across all three phases if cross blocking is
37 54
selected and the second harmonic blocking threshold is exceeded in any phase.
37 55 5th harm blocked Indexed String 4x01026 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 * * * 3731 = 1 Enables or disables 5th harmonic blocking.
37 56 Xform Ih(5)%> Courier Number (Percentage) 4x01027 G2 G2 1 35% Setting 0% to 100% step 1% 0% 100% 1% * * * 3755 = 1 Fifth harmonic blocking threshold. Fifth harmonic blocking is per phase, no cross blocking is available.
37 60 Circuitry Fail Indexed String 4x01028 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 * * * 3731 = 1 Enables or disables the circuitry fail alarm.
37 61 Is-cctfail Courier Number (Current) 4x01029 G2 G2 1 0.1 Setting 0.03 pu to 1 pu step 0.01 pu 0.03 pu 1 pu 0.01 pu * * * 3760 = 1 Minimum differential threshold of the circuitry fail alarm.
37 62 K-cctfail Courier Number (Percentage) 4x01030 G2 G2 1 0.1 Setting 0% to 50% step 1% 0% 50% 1% * * * 3760 = 1 Slope angle setting for the circuitry fail alarm function.
37 63 CctFail Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01031 G2 G2 1 5s Setting 0s to 10s step 0.1s 0s 10s 0.1s * * * 3760 = 1 Circuitry fail alarm time delay.
38 00 GROUP 1 EARTH FAULT GROUP 1 EARTH FAULT is * * * * * * 0913 = 1
IN Input Indexed String G49 G49 a section heading
Derived Data 0 = Measured, 1 = Derived 0 1 1 * * * * * * This is a derived measurement.
38 01
Measured
IN>1 Function Indexed String 4x01400 G151 G151 1 IEC S Inverse Setting Disabled, DT, IEC S Inverse, IEC V Inverse, IEC E Inverse, UK LT 0 12 1 2 * * * * * * Tripping characteristic for the first stage earth fault protection.
38 25 Inverse, RI, IEEE M Inverse, IEEE V Inverse, IEEE E Inverse, US
Inverse, US ST Inverse, IDG
38 26 IN>1 Direction Indexed String 4x01401 G44 G44 1 Non-Directional Setting 0 = Non-Directional, 1 = Directional Fwd, 2 = Directional Rev 0 2 1 2 * * 3825 <> 0 Direction of measurement for the first stage earth fault element.
IN>1 Current Courier Number (Current) 4x01402 G2 392 1 0.2 (P341) Setting 0.08*I1 to 4*I1 step 0.01*I1 (P341) 0.08*I1 4.0*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * * * 3825 <> 0 M4 Pick-up setting for the first stage earth fault protection.
398 0.1 (P34x) 0.02*I2 to 4*I2 step 0.01*I2 (P34x) (P341) (P341) (P341) M5
38 29 0.02*I2 4.0*I2 0.01*I2
(P34x) (P34x) (P34x)
IN>1 IDG Is Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01431 G2 30 1 1.5 Setting 1 to 4 step 0.1 1 4 0.1 2 * * * * * * 3825 = 12 Multiple of “IN>” setting for the IDG curve (Scandinavian) and determines the actual relay current threshold at which
38 2A
the element starts.
38 2C IN>1 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01403 G2 10000 1 1s Setting 0s to 200s step 0.01s 0s 200s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 3825 = 1 Operating time-delay setting for the first stage definite time element.
38 2D IN>1 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01404 G2 47 1 1 Setting 0.025 to 1.2 step 0.025 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 * * * * * * SMF range 2-5 Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IEC IDMT characteristic.
38 2E IN>1 Time Dial Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01405 G2 9999 1 1 Setting 0.01 to 100 step 0.01 0.01 100 0.01 2 * * * * * * 3825 range 7-11 Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IEEE/US IDMT curves.
38 2F IN>1 K (RI) Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01432 G2 198 1 1 Setting 0.1 to 10 step 0.05 0.1 10 0.05 2 * * * * * * 3825 = 6 Time multiplier to adjust the operating time for the RI curve.
38 30 IN>1 IDG Time Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01433 G2 100 1 1.2 Setting 1 to 2 step 0.01 1 2 0.01 2 * * * * * * 3825 = 12 Minimum operating time at high levels of fault current for IDG curve.
38 32 IN>1 Reset Char Indexed String 4x01406 G60 G60 1 DT Setting 0 = DT, 1 = Inverse 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 3825 range 7-11 Type of reset/release characteristic of the IEEE/US curves.
IN>1 tRESET Courier Number (Time) 4x01407 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * SMF * Reset/release time for definite time reset characteristic.
38 33
IN>2 Function Indexed String 4x01408 G151 G151 1 Disabled (P341) Setting Disabled, DT, IEC S Inverse, IEC V Inverse, IEC E Inverse, UK LT 0 (P341) 12 (P341) 1 (P341) 2 * * * * * * Tripping characteristic for the second stage earth fault element.
G105 G105 1 Disabled (P34x) Inverse, RI, IEEE M Inverse, IEEE V Inverse, IEEE E Inverse, US 0 (P34x) 1 (P34x) 1 (P34x) 2
38 36 Inverse, US ST Inverse, IDG (P341)
0 = Disabled, 1 = DT (P34x)
38 37 IN>2 Direction Indexed String 4x01409 G44 G44 1 Non-Directional Setting 0 = Non-Directional, 1 = Directional Fwd, 2 = Directional Rev 0 2 1 2 * * 3836 <> 0 Direction of measurement for the second stage earth fault element.
IN>2 Current Courier Number (Current) 4x01410 G2 392 1 0.20 (P341) Setting 0.08*I1 to 4*I1 step 0.01*I1 (P341) 0.08*I1 4.0*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * * * 3836 <> 0 M4 Pick-up setting for second stage earth fault protection.
998 0.45 (P34x) 0.02*I2 to 10*I2 step 0.01*I2 (P34x) (P341) (P341) (P341) M5
38 3A 0.02*I2 10.0*I2 0.01*I2
(P34x) (P34x) (P34x)
IN>2 IDG Is Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01434 G2 30 1 1.5 Setting 1 to 4 step 0.1 1 4 0.1 2 * * 3836 = 12 Multiple of “IN>” setting for the IDG curve (Scandinavian) and determines the actual relay current threshold at which
38 3B
the element starts.
IN>2 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01411 G2 10000 1 1s Setting 0s to 200s step 0.01s 0s 200s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 3836 = 1 Operating time delay setting for the second stage earth fault protection.
38 3D
0s
38 3E IN>2 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01412 G2 47 1 1 Setting 0.025 to 1.2 step 0.025 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 * * 3836 range 2-5 Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IEC IDMT characteristic.
38 3F IN>2 Time Dial Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01413 G2 9999 1 1 Setting 0.01 to 100 step 0.01 0.01 100 0.01 2 * * 3836 range 7-11 Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IEEE/US IDMT curves.
38 40 IN>2 K (RI) Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01435 G2 198 1 1 Setting 0.1 to 10 step 0.05 0.1 10 0.05 2 * * 3836 = 6 Time multiplier to adjust the operating time for the RI curve.
38 41 IN>2 IDG Time Courier Number (Time) 4x01436 G2 100 1 1.2 Setting 1 to 2 step 0.01 1 2 0.01 2 * * 3836 = 12 Minimum operating time at high levels of fault current for IDG curve.
38 43 IN>2 Reset Char Indexed String 4x01414 G60 G60 1 DT Setting 0 = DT, 1 = Inverse 0 1 1 2 * * 3836 range 7-11 Type of reset/release characteristic of the IEEE/US curves.
38 44 IN>2 tRESET Courier Number (Time) 4x01415 G2 10000 1 0 Setting 0 to 100 step 0.01 0 100 0.01 2 * * SMF * Reset/release time for definite time reset characteristic.
IN>3 Status Indexed String 4x01416 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * Enables or disables the third stage definite time element. If the function is disabled, then all associated settings with
38 46
the exception of this setting, are hidden.
38 47 IN>3 Direction Indexed String 4x01417 G44 G44 1 Non-Directional Setting 0 = Non-Directional, 1 = Directional Fwd, 2 = Directional Rev 0 2 1 2 * * 3846 = 1 Direction of measurement for the third stage earth fault element.
38 4A IN>3 Current Courier Number (Current) 4x01418 G2 3192 1 0.5 Setting 0.08*I1 to 32*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.08*I1 32*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * 3846 = 1 M4 Pick-up setting for third stage earth fault element.
38 4B IN>3 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01419 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0s to 200s step 0.01s 0s 200s 0.01s 2 * * 3846 = 1 Operating time delay setting for the third stage earth fault element.
IN>4 Status Indexed String 4x01420 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * Enables or disables the fourth stage definite time element. If the function is disabled, then all associated settings with
38 4D
the exception of this setting, are hidden.
38 4E IN>4 Direction Indexed String 4x01421 G44 G44 1 Non-Directional Setting 0 = Non-Directional, 1 = Directional Fwd, 2 = Directional Rev 0 2 1 2 * * 384D = 1 Direction of measurement for the fourth stage earth fault element.
38 51 IN>4 Current Courier Number (Current) 4x01422 G2 3192 1 0.5 Setting 0.08*I1 to 32*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.08*I1 32*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * 384D = 1 M4 Pick-up setting for fourth stage earth fault element.
38 52 IN>4 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01423 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0s to 200s step 0.01s 0s 200s 0.01s 2 * * 384D = 1 Operating time delay setting for the fourth stage earth fault element.
IN> Func Link Binary Flags 4x01424 G63 G63 190 1 15 Setting 4-bit binary setting for IN>1 to IN>4 VTS blocking respectively. 15 4 1 2 * * Setting that determines whether VT supervision logic signals blocks the earth fault stage. With the relevant bit set to
Bit 0 = IN>1 VTS Block 1, operation of the Voltage Transformer Supervision (VTS), will block the stage. When set to 0, the stage will revert to
Bit 1 = IN>2 VTS Block Non-directional upon operation of the VTS.
38 54 Bit 2 = IN>3 VTS Block
Bit 3 = IN>4 VTS Block.
39 10 64R R<1 Alm Dly Courier Number (Time) 4x01455 G2 6000 1 10s Setting 0s to 600s step 0.1s 0s 600s 0.1s 2 * * * * 3908 = 1 * Operating time-delay setting of the first stage under resistance element.
39 14 64R R<2 Trip Indexed String 4x01456 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * 0914 = 1 * Enables or disables the second stage under resistance trip element.
64R R<2 Trip Set Courier Number (Resistance) 4x01457 4x01458 G35 79000 2 5000 Ohms Setting 1000 Ohms to 80000 Ohms step 1 Ohm 1000 Ohms 80000 Ohms 1 Ohm 2 * * * * 3914 = 1 * Pick-up setting for the second stage under resistance element.
39 18
39 1C 64R R<2 Trip Dly Courier Number (Time) 4x01459 G2 6000 1 1s Setting 0s to 600s step 0.1s 0s 600s 0.1s 2 * * * * 3914 = 1 * Operating time-delay setting of the second stage under resistance trip element.
R Compensation Courier Number (Resistance) 4x01460 G2 2000 1 0 Ohm Setting -1000 Ohms to 1000 Ohms step 1 Ohm -1000 Ohms 1000 Ohms 1 Ohm 2 * * * * 0914 = 1 * Resistance compensation setting.
39 20
GROUP 1 SEF/REF PROT'N GROUP 1 SEF/REF * * * * * * 0915 = 1
3A 00 PROT'N is a section
heading
SEF/REF Options Indexed String 4x01500 G58 G58 1 SEF Setting SEF, SEF cos (PHI), SEF sin (PHI), Wattmetric, Hi Z REF (P341) 0 (P341) 4 (P341) 1 (P341) 2 * * * * * * 0915 = 1 Setting to select the type of sensitive earth fault protection function and the type of high-impedance function to be
SEF, SEF cos, SEF sin, Wattmetric, Hi Z REF, Lo Z REF, Lo Z 0 (P34x) 7 (P34x) 1 (P34x) 2 used. If the function is not selected, then all associated settings and signals are hidden, with the exception of this
3A 01 REF+SEF, Lo Z REF+Wattmet (P34x) setting.
ISEF>1 Function Indexed String 4x01501 G152 G152 1 DT Setting Disabled, DT, IEC S Inverse, IEC V Inverse, IEC E Inverse, UK LT 0 (P341) 11 (P341) 1 (P341) 2 * * * * * * 3A01 <= 3 Tripping characteristic for the first stage sensitive earth fault element.
G105 G105 Inverse, IEEE M Inverse, IEEE V Inverse, IEEE E Inverse, US 0 (P34x) 1 (P34x) 1 (P34x) SMF
3A 2A Inverse, US ST Inverse, IDG (P341)
0 = Disabled, 1 = DT (P34x)
3A 2B ISEF>1 Direction Indexed String 4x01502 G44 G44 1 Non-Directional Setting 0 = Non-Directional, 1 = Directional Fwd, 2 = Directional Rev 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 3A2A <> 0 * Direction of measurement for the first stage sensitive earth fault element.
3A 2E ISEF>1 Current Courier Number (Current) 4x01503 G2 380 1 0.05 Setting 0.005*I3 to 0.1*I3 step 0.00025*I3 0.005*I3 0.1*I3 0.00025*I3 2 * * * * * * 3A2A <> 0 * M6 Pick-up setting for the first stage sensitive earth fault element.
ISEF>1 IDG Is Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01535 G2 30 1 1.5 Setting 1 to 4 step 0.1 1 4 0.1 2 * * 3A2A = 11 * Multiple of “ISEF>” setting for the IDG curve (Scandinavian) and determines the actual relay current threshold at
3A 2F
which the element starts.
3A 31 ISEF>1 Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01504 G2 20000 1 1s Setting 0s to 200s step 0.01s 0s 200s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 3A2A = 1 * Operating time delay setting for the first stage definite time element.
3A 32 ISEF>1 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01505 G2 47 1 1 Setting 0.025 to 1.2 step 0.025 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 * * SMF range 2-5 * Time multiplier to adjust the operating time of the IEC IDMT characteristic.
3A 33 ISEF>1 Time Dial Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01506 G2 9999 1 1 Setting 0.01 to 100 step 0.01 0.01 100 0.01 2 * * 3A2A range 6-10 * Time multiplier to adjust the operating time of the IEEE/US IDMT curves.
3A 34 ISEF>1 IDG Time Courier Number (Time) 4x01536 G2 100 1 1.2 Setting 1 to 2 step 0.01 1 2 0.01 2 * * 3A2A = 11 * Setting for the IDG curve used to set the minimum operating time at high levels of fault current.
3A 36 ISEF>1 Reset Chr Indexed String 4x01507 G60 G60 1 DT Setting 0 = DT, 1 = Inverse 0 1 1 2 * * 3A2A range 6-10 * Setting to determine the type of reset/release characteristic of the IEEE/US curves.
3A 37 ISEF>1 tRESET Courier Number (Time) 4x01508 G2 10000 1 1s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * SMF * Reset/release time for definite time reset characteristic.
3A 3A ISEF>2 Function Indexed String 4x01509 G152 G152 1 Disabled Setting Disabled, DT, IEC S Inverse, IEC V Inverse, IEC E 0 11 1 2 * * 3A01 <= 3 Tripping characteristic for the first stage sensitive earth fault element.
Inverse, UK LT Inverse, IEEE M Inverse, IEEE V
3A 3B ISEF>2 Direction Indexed String 4x01510 G44 G44 1 Non-Directional Setting 0 = Non-Directional,
Inverse, 1 = Directional
IEEE E Inverse, Fwd, 2 = Directional
US Inverse, Rev
US ST Inverse, 0 2 1 2 * * 3A3A <> 0 * Direction of measurement for the second stage sensitive earth fault element.
3A 3E ISEF>2 Current Courier Number (Current) 4x01511 G2 380 1 0.05 Setting 0.005*I3 to 0.1*I3 step 0.00025*I3
IDG 0.005*I3 0.1*I3 0.00025*I3 2 * * 3A3A <> 0 * M6 Pick-up setting for the second stage sensitive earth fault element.
ISEF>2 IDG Is Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01537 G2 30 1 1.5 Setting 1 to 4 step 0.1 1 4 0.1 2 * * 3A3A = 11 * Multiple of “ISEF>” setting for the IDG curve (Scandinavian) and determines the actual relay current threshold at
3A 3F
which the element starts.
3A 41 ISEF>2 Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01512 G2 20000 1 1s Setting 0s to 200s step 0.01s 0s 200s 0.01s 2 * * 3A3A = 1 * Operating time delay setting for the second stage definite time element.
3A 42 ISEF>2 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01513 G2 47 1 1 Setting 0.025 to 1.2 step 0.025 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 * * 3A3A range 2-5 * Time multiplier to adjust the operating time of the IEC IDMT characteristic.
3A 43 ISEF>2 Time Dial Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01514 G2 9999 1 1 Setting 0.01 to 100 step 0.01 0.01 100 0.01 2 * * 3A3A range 6-10 * Time multiplier to adjust the operating time of the IEEE/US IDMT curves.
3A 44 ISEF>2 IDG Time Courier Number (Time) 4x01538 G2 100 1 1.2 Setting 1 to 2 step 0.01 1 2 0.01 2 * * 3A3A = 11 * Setting for the IDG curve used to set the minimum operating time at high levels of fault current.
3A 46 ISEF>2 Reset Chr Indexed String 4x01515 G60 G60 1 DT Setting 0 = DT, 1 = Inverse 0 1 1 2 * * 3A3A range 6-10 * Setting to determine the type of reset/release characteristic of the IEEE/US curves.
3A 47 ISEF>2 tRESET Courier Number (Time) 4x01516 G2 10000 1 0 Setting 0 to 100 step 0.01 0 100 0.01 2 * * SMF * Reset/release time for definite time reset characteristic.
3A 49 ISEF>3 Status Indexed String 4x01517 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * 3A01 <= 3 Enables or disables the third stage definite time sensitive earth fault element.
3A 4A ISEF>3 Direction Indexed String 4x01518 G44 G44 1 Non-Directional Setting 0 = Non-Directional, 1 = Directional Fwd, 2 = Directional Rev 0 2 1 2 * * 3A49 = 1 * Direction of measurement for the third stage sensitive earth fault element.
3A 4D ISEF>3 Current Courier Number (Current) 4x01519 G2 795 1 0.4 Setting 0.005*I3 to 0.80*I3 step 0.001*I3 0.005*I3 0.80*I3 0.001*I3 2 * * 3A49 = 1 * M6 Pick-up setting for the third stage sensitive earth fault element.
3A 4E ISEF>3 Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01520 G2 20000 1 0.5s Setting 0s to 200s step 0.01s 0s 200s 0.01s 2 * * 3A49 = 1 * Operating time delay setting for the third stage definite time element.
3A 50 ISEF>4 Status Indexed String 4x01521 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * 3A01 <= 3 Enables or disables the fourth stage definite time sensitive earth fault element.
3A 51 ISEF>4 Direction Indexed String 4x01522 G44 G44 1 Non-Directional Setting 0 = Non-Directional, 1 = Directional Fwd, 2 = Directional Rev 0 2 1 2 * * 3A50 = 1 * Direction of measurement for the fourth stage element.
3A 54 ISEF>4 Current Courier Number (Current) 4x01523 G2 795 1 0.6 Setting 0.005*I3 to 0.80*I3 step 0.001*I3 0.005*I3 0.80*I3 0.001*I3 2 * * 3A50 = 1 * M6 Pick-up setting for the fourth stage sensitive earth fault element.
3A 55 ISEF>4 Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01524 G2 20000 1 0.25s Setting 0s to 200s step 0.01s 0s 200s 0.01s 2 * * 3A50 = 1 * Operating time delay setting for the third stage definite time element.
ISEF> Func Link Binary Flags 4x01525 G64 G64 190 1 00000001 Setting 4-bit binary setting for ISEF>1 to ISEF>4 VTS blocking 15 4 1 2 * * * * * * SMF Setting that determines whether VT supervision logic signals blocks the sensitive earth fault stage. With the relevant
respectively. 1 1 1 2 bit set to 1, operation of the Voltage Transformer Supervision (VTS), will block the stage. When set to 0, the stage
3A 57 Bit 0 = VTS Blocks ISEF>1, will revert to Non-directional upon operation of the VTS.
Bits 1 - 7 are not used.
ISEF DIRECTIONAL ISEF DIRECTIONAL is a 2 * * * * * * SMF
3A 58
sub-heading
3A 59 ISEF> Char Angle Courier Number(Angle) 4x01526 G2 190 1 90degs Setting -95degs to 95degs step 1degs -95degs 95degs 1degs 2 * * * * * * SMF Relay characteristic angle used for the directional decision.
3A 5A ISEF>VNpol Input Indexed String 4x01527 G49 G49 1 Measured Setting 0 = Measured, 1 = Derived 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * SMF This is a measured derived quantity.
ISEF> VNpol Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x01528 G2 43 1 5 V (Vn=100/120 V) Setting 0.5 V (Vn=100/120 V) 0.5 V 80 V 0.5 V 2 * * * * * * SMF M1 Minimum zero sequence voltage polarizing quantity required for the directional decision.
20 V (Vn=380/480 V) 2 V (Vn=380/480 V) (Vn=100/12 (Vn=100/120 (Vn=100/120 * * * * * * M3
to 80 V (Vn=100/120 V) 0 V) V) V)
320 V (Vn=380/480 V) step 0.5 V (Vn=100/120 V) 2V 320 V 2V
3A 5B 2 V (Vn=380/480 V) (Vn=380/48 (Vn=380/480 (Vn=380/480
0 V) V) V)
RESTRICTED E/F RESTRICTED E/F is a sub- * * * * * * 3A01 >= 4 REF is a Restricted Earth Fault.
3A 60
heading
3A 61 IREF> CT Source Indexed String 4x01539 G116 G116 1 IA1-IB1-IC1 Setting IA-1 IB-1 IC-1, IA-2 IB-2 IC-2 0 1 1 2 * * * 3A01 >= 5 This setting is used to select the 3-phase current inputs used by the Restricted Earth Fault protection in the
3A 62 IREF> k1 Courier Number (Percentage) 4x01530 G2 20 1 0% Setting 0% to 20% step 1% 0% 20% 1% 2 * * * * 3A01 >= 5 P343/P344/P345
Slope angle setting- IA-1/IB-1/IC-1 or of
for the first slope IA-2/IB-2/IC-2 CT inputs.
the low impedance biased characteristic.
3A 63 IREF> k2 Courier Number (Percentage) 4x01531 G2 150 1 150% Setting 0% to 150% step 1% 0% 150% 1% 2 * * * * 3A01 >= 5 Slope angle setting for the second slope of the low impedance biased characteristic.
3A 64 IREF> Is1 Courier Number (Current) 4x01532 G2 95 1 0.2 In Setting 0.05*I1 to 1.0*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.05*I1 1.0*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * 3A01 >= 5 M4 ([3A 61]=0);M7([3A 61]=1) Minimum differential operating current for the low impedance characteristic.
3A 65 IREF> Is2 Courier Number (Current) 4x01533 G2 140 1 1 In Setting 0.1*I1 to 1.5*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.1*I1 1.5*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * 3A01 >= 5 M4 ([3A 61]=0);M7([3A 61]=1) Bias current operating threshold for the second slope low impedance characteristics.
3A 66 IREF> Is Courier Number (Current) 4x01534 G2 95 1 0.2 In Setting 0.05 In to 1.0 In step 0.01 In 0.05 In 1.0 In 0.01 In 2 * * * * * * 3A01 = 4 M6 Pick-up setting for the high impedance REF protection.
GROUP 1 RESIDUAL O/V NVD GROUP 1 RESIDUAL O/V * * * * 0916 = 1
3B 00
NVD is a section heading
3B 10 VN>1 Status Indexed String 4x11550 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0916 = 1 Enables or disables the VN>1 trip stage.
3B 12 VN>1 Input Indexed String G159 G159 Derived Data 0 = Derived, 1 = VN1, 2 = VN2 0 2 1 * * * * * * 3B10 = 1 * VN>1 uses derived neutral voltage from the 3 phase voltage input (VN = VA+VB+VC).
3B 14 VN>1 Function Indexed String 4x11551 G161 G161 1 DT Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = DT, 2 = IDMT 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 3B10 = 1 * Tripping characteristic setting of the first stage residual overvoltage element.
VN>1 Voltage Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11552 G2 49 1 5V Setting 1 V (Vn=100/120 V) 1V 80 V 1V 2 * * * * * * 3B12 = 0 * M1 Pick-up setting for the first stage residual overvoltage characteristic.
(Vn=100/120 V) 4 V (Vn=380/480 V) to 80 V (Vn=100/120 V) (Vn=100/12 (Vn=100/120 (Vn=100/120 * * * * * * 3B12 = 1 M3
20 V 320 V (Vn=380/480 V) 0 V) V) V) * * * * * * 3B12 = 2 M2
3B 16 (Vn=380/480 V) step 1 V (Vn=100/120 V) 4V 320 V 4V
4 V (Vn=380/480 V) (Vn=380/48 (Vn=380/480 (Vn=380/480
0 V) V) V)
3B 18 VN>1 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x11553 G2 10000 1 5s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 3B14 = 1 * Operating time delay setting for the first stage definite time residual overvoltage element.
VN>1 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x11554 G2 199 1 1 Setting 0.5 to 100 step 0.5 0.5 100 0.5 2 * * * * * * 3B14 = 2 * Setting for the time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IDMT characteristic.
The characteristic is defined as follows:
t = K / ( M – 1)
3B 1A where: K = Time multiplier setting
t = Operating time in seconds
M = Derived residual voltage/relay setting voltage (VN> Voltage Set)
3B 1C VN>1 tReset Courier Number (Time) 4x11555 G2 10000 1 0 Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 3B10 = 1 * Reset/release definite time setting for the first stage characteristic.
3B 20 VN>2 Status Indexed String 4x11556 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0916 = 1 Enables or disables the second stage residual overvoltage element.
3B 22 VN>2 Input Indexed String G159 G159 1 Derived Data 0 = Derived, 1 = VN1, 2 = VN2 0 2 1 * * * * * * 3B10 = 1 * VN>2 uses derived neutral voltage from the 3 phase voltage input (VN = VA+VB+VC).
3B 24 VN>2 Function Indexed String 4x11557 G161 G161 1 DT Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = DT, 2 = IDMT 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 3B20 = 1 * Tripping characteristic setting of the second stage residual overvoltage element.
VN>2 Voltage Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11558 G2 49 1 10 V (Vn=100/120 V) Setting 1 V (Vn=100/120 V) 1V 80 V 1V 2 * * * * * * 3B22 = 0 * M1 Pick-up setting for the first stage residual overvoltage characteristic.
40 V (Vn=380/480 V) 4 V (Vn=380/480 V) to 80 V (Vn=100/120 V) (Vn=100/12 (Vn=100/120 (Vn=100/120 * * * * * * 3B22 = 1 M3
3B 26 320 V (Vn=380/480 V) 0 V) V) V) * * * * * * 3B22 = 2 M2
step 1 V (Vn=100/120 V) 4V 320 V 4V
3B 28 VN>2 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x11559 G2 10000 1 10s Setting 4 Vto(Vn=380/480
0s V)
100s step 0.01s (Vn=380/48
0s (Vn=380/480
100s (Vn=380/480
0.01s 2 * * * * * * 3B24 = 1 * Operating time delay setting for the first stage definite time residual overvoltage element.
0 V) V) V)
VN>2 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x11560 G2 199 1 1 Setting 0.5 to 100 step 0.5 0.5 100 0.5 2 * * * * * * 3B24 = 2 * Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IDMT characteristic.
3B 2A
The characteristic is defined as above
3B 2C VN>2 tReset Courier Number (Time) 4x11561 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 3B20 = 1 * Reset/release definite time setting for the first stage characteristic.
3B 30 VN>3 Status Indexed String 4x11562 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0916 = 1 Enables or disables the third stage residual overvoltage element.
3B 32 VN>3 Input Indexed String G159 G159 VN1 Data 0 = Derived, 1 = VN1, 2 = VN2 0 2 1 * * * * * * 3B10 = 1 * VN>3 uses measured neutral voltage from the Vneutral/VN1 input.
3B 34 VN>3 Function Indexed String 4x11563 G161 G161 1 DT Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = DT, 2 = IDMT 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 3B30 = 1 * Tripping characteristic setting of the third stage residual overvoltage element.
VN>3 Voltage Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11564 G2 49 1 5 Setting 1 V (Vn=100/120 V) 1V 80 V 1V 2 * * * * * * 3B32 = 0 * M1 Pick-up setting for the first stage residual overvoltage characteristic.
4 V (Vn=380/480 V) to 80 V (Vn=100/120 V) (Vn=100/12 (Vn=100/120 (Vn=100/120 * * * * * * 3B32 = 1 M3
3B 36 320 V (Vn=380/480 V) 0 V) V) V) * * * * * * 3B32 = 2 M2
step 1 V (Vn=100/120 V) 4V 320 V 4V
4 V (Vn=380/480 V) (Vn=380/48 (Vn=380/480 (Vn=380/480
3B 38 VN>3 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x11565 G2 10000 1 5s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0sV)
0 100s
V) 0.01s
V) 2 * * * * * * 3B34 = 1 * Operating time delay setting for the first stage definite time residual overvoltage element.
VN>3 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x11566 G2 199 1 1 Setting 0.5 to 100 step 0.5 0.5 100 0.5 2 * * * * * * 3B34 = 2 * Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IDMT characteristic.
3B 3A
The characteristic is defined as above
3B 3C VN>3 tReset Courier Number (Time) 4x11567 G2 10000 1 0 Setting 0 to 100 step 0.01 0 100 0.01 2 * * * * * * 3B30 = 1 * Reset/release definite time setting for the first stage characteristic.
3B 40 VN>4 Status Indexed String 4x11568 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0916 = 1 Enables or disables the fourth stage residual overvoltage element.
3B 42 VN>4 Input Indexed String G159 G159 VN1 Data 0 = Derived, 1 = VN1, 2 = VN2 0 2 1 * * * * * * 3B40 = 1 * VN>4 uses measured neutral voltage from the Vneutral/VN1 input.
3B 44 VN>4 Function Indexed String 4x11569 G161 G161 1 DT Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = DT, 2 = IDMT 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 3B40 = 1 * Tripping characteristic setting of the fourth stage residual overvoltage element.
VN>4 Voltage Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11570 G2 49 1 10 Setting 1 V (Vn=100/120 V) 1V 80 V 1V 2 * * * * * * 3B42 = 0 * M1 Pick-up setting for the fourth stage residual overvoltage characteristic.
4 V (Vn=380/480 V) to 80 V (Vn=100/120 V) (Vn=100/12 (Vn=100/120 (Vn=100/120 * * * * * * 3B42 = 1 M3
3B 46 320 V (Vn=380/480 V) 0 V) V) V) * * * * * * 3B42 = 2 M2
step 1 V (Vn=100/120 V) 4V 320 V 4V
4 V (Vn=380/480 V) (Vn=380/48 (Vn=380/480 (Vn=380/480
3B 48 VN>4 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x11571 G2 10000 1 10s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0sV)
0 100s
V) 0.01s
V) 2 * * * * * * 3B44 = 1 * Operating time delay setting for the fourth stage definite time residual overvoltage element.
VN>4 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x11572 G2 199 1 1 Setting 0.5 to 100 step 0.5 0.5 100 0.5 2 * * * * * * 3B44 = 2 * Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IDMT characteristic.
3B 4A
The characteristic is defined as above
50313.3110.04510
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Menu Database 13-Nov-10
Page
Col Row Menu Text Courier Data Type LCD ref Modbus Register Start Modbus Register Data Group Data Group Max Modbus ModbusRegisters Default Setting Cell Type Available Setting Min Max Step Password P341 B0 P342 B0 P343 B0 P344 B0 P345 B0 P341 E0 Visible if Visible if Visible if Ripple BF03 Mult Description
End Courier MODBUS numeric setting Level M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M7 Cell Test Value Pri/Sec
3B 4C VN>4 tReset Courier Number (Time) 4x11573 G2 10000 1 0 Setting 0 to 100 step 0.01 0 100 0.01 2 * * * * * * 3B40 = 1 * Reset/release definite time setting for the fourth stage characteristic.
VN>5 Status Indexed String 4x11574 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * 0916 = 1 Enables or disables the fifth stage residual overvoltage element.
3B 50
P344 and P345 Only.
3B 52 VN>5 Input Indexed String G159 G159 VN2 Data 0 = Derived, 1 = VN1, 2 = VN2 0 2 1 * * 3B50 = 1 * VN>5 uses measured neutral voltage from the Vneutral/VN1 input.
3B 54 VN>5 Function Indexed String 4x11575 G161 G161 1 DT Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = DT, 2 = IDMT 0 2 1 2 * * 3B50 = 1 * Tripping characteristic setting of the fifth stage residual overvoltage element.
VN>5 Voltage Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11576 G2 49 1 5 Setting 1 V (Vn=100/120 V) 1V 80 V 1V 2 * * * * * * 3B52 = 0 * M1 Pick-up setting for the fifth stage residual overvoltage characteristic.
3B 56 4 V (Vn=380/480 V) to 80 V (Vn=100/120 V) (Vn=100/12 (Vn=100/120 (Vn=100/120 * * * * * * 3B52 = 1 M3
320 V (Vn=380/480 V) 0 V) V) V) * * * * * * 3B52 = 2 M2
step 1 V (Vn=100/120 V) 4V 320 V 4V
3B 58 VN>5 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x11577 G2 10000 1 5s Setting 4
0sVto(Vn=380/480 V)
100s step 0.01s (Vn=380/48
0s (Vn=380/480
100s (Vn=380/480
0.01s 2 * * 3B54 = 1 * Operating time delay setting for the fifth stage definite time residual overvoltage element.
VN>5 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x11578 G2 199 1 1 Setting 0.5 to 100 step 0.5 0
0.5V) V)
100 V)
0.5 2 * * 3B54 = 2 * Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IDMT characteristic.
3B 5A
The characteristic is defined as above
3B 5C VN>5 tReset Courier Number (Time) 4x11579 G2 10000 1 0 Setting 0 to 100 step 0.01 0 100 0.01 2 * * 3B50 = 1 * Reset/release definite time setting for the fifth stage characteristic.
VN>6 Status Indexed String 4x11580 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * 0916 = 1 Enables or disables the sixth stage residual overvoltage element.
3B 60
P344 and P345 Only.
3B 62 VN>6 Input Indexed String G159 G159 VN2 Data 0 = Derived, 1 = VN1, 2 = VN2 0 2 1 * * 3B60 = 1 * VN>6 uses measured neutral voltage from the Vneutral/VN1 input.
3B 64 VN>6 Function Indexed String 4x11581 G161 G161 1 DT Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = DT, 2 = IDMT 0 2 1 2 * * 3B60 = 1 * Tripping characteristic setting of the sixth stage residual overvoltage element.
VN>6 Voltage Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11582 G2 49 1 10 Setting 1 V (Vn=100/120 V) 1V 80 V 1V 2 * * * * * * 3B62 = 0 * M1 Pick-up setting for the sixth stage residual overvoltage characteristic.
4 V (Vn=380/480 V) to 80 V (Vn=100/120 V) (Vn=100/12 (Vn=100/120 (Vn=100/120 * * * * * * 3B62 = 1 M3
3B 66 320 V (Vn=380/480 V) 0 V) V) V) * * * * * * 3B62 = 2 M2
step 1 V (Vn=100/120 V) 4V 320 V 4V
4 V (Vn=380/480 V) (Vn=380/48 (Vn=380/480 (Vn=380/480
3B 68 VN>6 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x11583 G2 10000 1 10s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0sV)
0 100s
V) 0.01s
V) 2 * * 3B64 = 1 * Operating time delay setting for the sixth stage definite time residual overvoltage element.
VN>6 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x11584 G2 199 1 1 Setting 0.5 to 100 step 0.5 0.5 100 0.5 2 * * 3B64 = 2 * Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IDMT characteristic.
3B 6A
The characteristic is defined as above
3B 6C VN>6 tReset Courier Number (Time) 4x11585 G2 10000 1 0 Setting 0 to 100 step 0.01 0 100 0.01 2 * * 3B60 = 1 * Reset/release definite time setting for the sixth stage characteristic.
GROUP 1 100% STATOR EF GROUP 1 100% STATOR * * * 0917 = 1
3C 00
EF is a section heading
3C 01 VN 3rd Harmonic Indexed String 4x01600 G112 G112 2 1 1 (Undervoltage) Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = VN3H< Enabled, 2 = VN3H> Enabled 0 2 1 2 * * * Operating mode of the 3rd harmonic 100% stator earth fault protection defining – disabled or 3rd harmonic
3C 02 100% St EF VN3H< Courier Number (Voltage) 4x01601 G2 197 1 1 Setting 0.3*V3 to 20*V3 step 0.1*V3 0.3*V3 20*V3 0.1*V3 2 * * * 3C01 = 1 M3 undervoltage
Pick-up settingorfor
3rd
theharmonic overvoltage.
3rd harmonic undervoltage protection element.
3C 03 VN3H< Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01602 G2 10000 1 5s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * 3C01 = 1 (P343, P344,
Operating P345 only).
time-delay setting of the 3rd harmonic undervoltage protection.
3C 04 V<Inhibit set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x01603 G2 90 1 80 Setting 30*V1 to 120*V1 step 1*V1 30*V1 120*V1 1*V1 2 * * * 3C01 = 1 M1 Pick-up setting for undervoltage inhibit of the 3rd harmonic 100% stator earth fault protection.
3C 05 P< Inhibit Indexed String 4x01604 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * 3C01 = 1 Enables or disables the power (W) inhibit of the 3rd harmonic 100% stator earth fault protection.
3C 06 P<Inhibit set Courier Number (Power) 4x01605 G2 392 1 4 Setting 4*V1*I1 to 200*V1*I1 step 0.5*V1*I1 4*V1*I1 200*V1*I1 0.5*V1*I1 2 * * * 3C05 = 1 M1*M4 Pick-up setting for the power (W) inhibit of the 3rd harmonic 100% stator earth fault protection.
3C 07 Q< Inhibit Indexed String 4x01606 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * 3C01 = 1 Enables or disables the reactive power (VAr) inhibit of the 3rd harmonic 100% stator earth fault protection.
3C 08 Q<Inhibit set Courier Number (VAr) 4x01607 G2 392 1 4 Setting 4*V1*I1 to 200*V1*I1 step 0.5*V1*I1 4*V1*I1 200*V1*I1 0.5*V1*I1 2 * * * 3C07 = 1 M1*M4 Pick-up setting for the reactive power (VAr) inhibit of the 3rd harmonic 100% stator earth fault protection.
3C 09 S< Inhibit Indexed String 4x01608 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * 3C01 = 1 Enables or disables the apparent power (VA) inhibit of the 3rd harmonic 100% stator earth fault protection.
3C 0A S<Inhibit set Courier Number (VA) 4x01609 G2 392 1 4 Setting 4*V1*I1 to 200*V1*I1 step 0.5*V1*I1 4*V1*I1 200*V1*I1 0.5*V1*I1 2 * * * 3C09 = 1 M1*M4 Pick-up setting for the apparent power (VA) inhibit of the 3rd harmonic 100% stator earth fault protection.
3C 0B 100% St EF VN3H> Courier Number (Voltage) 4x01610 G2 197 1 1 Setting 0.3*V3 to 20*V3 step 0.1*V3 0.3*V3 20*V3 0.1*V3 2 * * * 3C01 = 2 M3 Pick-up setting for the 3rd harmonic overvoltage protection element.
3C 0C VN3H> Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01611 G2 10000 1 5 Setting 0 to 100 step 0.01 0 100 0.01 2 * * * 3C01 = 2 Operating time-delay setting of the 3rd harmonic overvoltage protection.
3C 10 64S LF Injection Indexed String 4x01612 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * 0917 = 1 Enables or disables the low frequency injection 100% stator earth fault protection (64S).
3C 14 64S R Factor Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01613 G2 19999 1 10 Setting 0.01 to 200 step 0.01 0.01 200 0.01 2 * 3C10 = 1 * Available
R to P345defines
factor setting, only the primary to secondary ratio factor for the resistance, reactance and conductance,
3C 18 (Not used) Not used R Primary = R Secondary x R Factor.
3C 1C 64S R<1 Alarm Indexed String 4x01614 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * 3C10 = 1 * Enables or disables the 64S first stage under resistance alarm element.
3C 20 64S R<1 Alm Set Courier Number (Resistance) 4x01615 G2 6900 1 100 Ohms Setting 10 Ohms to 700 Ohms step 0.1 Ohms 10 Ohms 700 Ohms 0.1 Ohms 2 * 3C1C = 1 * Pick-up setting for the 64S first stage under resistance element with 64S R Factor = 1.
3C 24 64S R<1 Alm Dly Courier Number (Time) 4x01616 G2 10000 1 1s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * 3C1C = 1 * Operating time-delay setting of the 64S first stage under resistance alarm element.
3C 28 64S R<2 Trip Indexed String 4x01617 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * 3C10 = 1 * Enables or disables the 64S second stage under resistance trip element with 64S R Factor = 1.
3C 2C 64S R<2 Trip Set Courier Number (Resistance) 4x01618 G2 6900 1 20 Ohms Setting 10 Ohms to 700 Ohms step 0.1 Ohms 10 Ohms 700 Ohms 0.1 Ohms 2 * 3C28 = 1 * Pick-up setting for the 64S second stage under resistance trip element.
3C 30 64S R<2 Trip Dly Courier Number (Time) 4x01619 G2 10000 1 1s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * 3C28 = 1 * Operating time-delay setting of the 64S second stage under resistance trip element.
3C 34 64S Angle Comp Courier Number (Angle) 4x01620 G2 1200 1 0 deg Setting -60degs to 60degs step 0.1 degs -60degs 60degs 0.1 degs 2 * 3C10 = 1 * 64S Angle compensation setting.
3C 38 64S Series R Courier Number (Resistance) 4x01621 G2 7000 1 0 Setting 0 to 700 step 0.1 0 700 0.1 2 * 3C10 = 1 * 64S series resistance setting with 64S R Factor = 1.
3C 3A 64S Series X Courier Number (Reactance) 4x01622 G2 7000 1 0 Setting 0 to 700 step 0.1 0 700 0.1 2 * 3C10 = 1 *
3C 3C 64S Parallel G Courie Number (Conductance) 4x01623 G35 1000000 2 0 Setting 0 to 0.1 step 0.0000001 0 0.1 1E-07 2 * 3C10 = 1 * 64S parallel conductance setting with 64S R Factor = 1.
3C 40 64S Overcurrent Indexed String 4x01625 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * 3C10 = 1 * Enables or disables the 64S overcurrent trip element.
3C 44 64S I>1 Trip Set Courier Number (Current) 4x01626 G2 148 1 0.5 A Setting 0.02 A to 1.5 A step 0.01 A 0.02 A 1.5 A 0.01 A 2 * 3C40 = 1 * Pick-up setting for the 64S overcurrent trip element.
3C 48 64S I>1 Trip Dly Courier Number (Time) 4x01627 G2 10000 1 1s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * 3C40 = 1 * Operating time-delay setting of the 64S overcurrent trip element.
3C 4C 64S Supervision Indexed String 4x01628 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * 3C10 = 1 * Enables or disables the 64S supervision element.
3C 50 64S V<1 Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x01629 G2 247 1 1 Setting 0.3 to 25 step 0.1 0.3 25 0.1 2 * 3C4C = 1 * Pick-up setting for the 64S supervision undervoltage element.
3C 54 64S I<1 Set Courier Number (Current) 4x01630 G2 35 1 0.01 Setting 0.005 to 0.04 step 0.001 0.005 0.04 0.001 2 * 3C4C = 1 * Pick-up setting for the 64S supervision undercurrent element.
3C 58 64S Superv'n Dly Courier Number (Time) 4x01631 G2 10000 1 1s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * 3C4C = 1 * Operating time-delay setting of the 64S supervision element.
GROUP 1 VOLTS/HZ GROUP 1 VOLTS/HZ is a * * * * 0918 = 1
3D 00
section heading
3D 01 V/Hz Alm Status Indexed String 4x01650 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enable or disables the V/Hz alarm element.
3D 02 V/Hz Alarm Set Courier Number (Volts/Hz) 4x01651 G2 200 1 2.31 Setting 1.5*V1 to 3.5*V1 step 0.01*V1 1.5*V1 3.5*V1 0.01*V1 2 * * * * 3D01 = 1 M1 Pick-up setting for the V/Hz alarm element.
3D 03 V/Hz Alarm Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01652 G2 10000 1 10s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * 3D01 = 1 Operating time-delay setting of the V/Hz alarm element.
3D 10 V/Hz>1 Status Indexed String 4x01657 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables or disables the V/Hz first stage trip element.
3D 13 V/Hz>1 Trip Func Indexed String 4x01658 G160 G160 2 1 DT Setting 0 = DT, 1 = IDMT 0 1 1 2 * * * * Tripping characteristic setting of the V/Hz first stage trip element.
3D 16 V/Hz>1 Trip Set Courier Number (Volts/Hz) 4x01659 G2 200 1 2.42 Setting 1.5*V1 to 3.5*V1 step 0.01*V1 1.5*V1 3.5*V1 0.01*V1 2 * * * * 3D10 <> 0 M1 Pick-up setting for the V/Hz first stage trip element.
V/Hz>1 Trip TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01660 G2 1200 1 1 Setting 0.01 to 12 step 0.01 0.01 12 0.01 2 * * * * 3D13 = 2 Setting for the time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IDMT characteristic.
The characteristic is defined as follows:
t = TMS / (M - 1)2
3D 19 Where:
M = (V/f) / (V/f Trip Setting)
V = Measured voltage
F = Measured frequency
3D 1A V/Hz>1 Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01661 G2 60000 1 60s Setting 0s to 600s step 0.01s 0s 600s 0.01s 2 * * * * 3D13 = 0 Operating time-delay setting of the V/Hz first stage trip element.
3D 20 V/Hz>2 Status Indexed String 4x01663 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables or disables the V/Hz second stage trip element.
3D 25 V/Hz>2 Trip Set Courier Number (Volts/Hz) 4x01664 G2 200 1 2.64 Setting 1.5*V1 to 3.5*V1 step 0.01*V1 1.5*V1 3.5*V1 0.01*V1 2 * * * * 3D20 = 1 M1 Pick-up setting for the V/Hz second stage trip element.
3D 2A V/Hz>2 Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01665 G2 60000 1 3s Setting 0s to 600s step 0.01s 0s 600s 0.01s 2 * * * * 3D20 = 1 Operating time-delay setting of the V/Hz second stage trip element.
3D 30 V/Hz>3 Status Indexed String 4x01667 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables or disables the V/Hz third stage trip element.
3D 35 V/Hz>3 Trip Set Courier Number (Volts/Hz) 4x01668 G2 200 1 2.86 Setting 1.5*V1 to 3.5*V1 step 0.01*V1 1.5*V1 3.5*V1 0.01*V1 2 * * * * 3D30 = 1 M1 Pick-up setting for the V/Hz fourth stage trip element.
3D 3A V/Hz>3 Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01669 G2 60000 1 2s Setting 0s to 600s step 0.01s 0s 600s 0.01s 2 * * * * 3D30 = 1 Operating time-delay setting of the V/Hz third stage trip element.
3D 40 V/Hz>4 Status Indexed String 4x01671 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * Enables or disables the V/Hz fourth stage trip element.
3D 45 V/Hz>4 Trip Set Courier Number (Volts/Hz) 4x01672 G2 200 1 3.08 Setting 1.5*V1 to 3.5*V1 step 0.01*V1 1.5*V1 3.5*V1 0.01*V1 2 * * * * 3D40 = 1 M1 Pick-up setting for the V/Hz fourth stage trip element.
3D 4A V/Hz>4 Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01673 G2 60000 1 1s Setting 0s to 600s step 0.01s 0s 600s 0.01s 2 * * * * 3D40 = 1 Operating time-delay setting of the V/Hz fourth stage trip element.
GROUP 1 DF/DT GROUP 1 DF/DT is a * * 0919 = 1
3E 00
section heading
Operating Mode Indexed String 4x01734 G193 G193 1 Rolling Window Setting Fixed Window/ Rolling Window 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Selects the algorithm method, Fixed or Rolling Window, used for df/dt calculation.
3E 10
Fixed Window
df/dt Avg Cycles Courier Number 4x01700 G2 G2 1 3 Setting 2 to 12 step 1 2 12 1 2 * * * * * * Sets the number of power system cycles that are used to average the rate of change of frequency measurement.
3E 11
df/dt Iterations Courier Number 4x01701 G2 G2 1 2 Setting 1 to 4 step 1 1 4 1 2 * * * * * * Sets the number of iterations of the df/dt protection element to obtain a start signal. For example if Operating Mode
3E 12 is Fixed Window and df/dt Avg Cycles = 3 and df/dt Iterations =2 then df/dt start will be after 2 consecutive 3 cycle
windows above setting.
3E 20 df/dt>1 Status Indexed String 4x01702 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Setting to enable or disable the first stage df/dt element.
3E 21 df/dt>1 Setting Courier Number (Hz/s) 4x01703 G2 G2 99 1 0.2 Hz/s Setting 100 mHz/s to 10 Hz/s step 10 mHz/s 100 mHz/s 10 Hz/s 10 mHz/s 2 * * * * * * 3E20 = 1 Pick-up setting for the first stage df/dt element.
df/dt>1 Dir'n Indexed String 4x01704 G182 G182 1 Both Setting Negative, Positive or Both 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 3E20 = 1 This setting determines whether the element will react to rising or falling frequency conditions respectively, with an
3E 22
incorrect setting being indicated if the threshold is set to zero.
3E 23 df/dt>1 Time Courier Number (Time) 4x01705 G2 G2 10000 1 500ms Setting 0 to 100 step 10ms 0 100 10ms 2 * * * * * * 3E20 = 1 Operating time-delay setting for the first stage df/dt element.
df/dt>1 f L/H Indexed String 4x01706 G37 G37 8000 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 3E20 = 1 Enables or disables the low and high frequency block function for the first stage of df/dt protection. The df/dt>1 stage
3E 24 is blocked if the frequency is in the deadband defined by the df/dt>1 F Low and df/dt>1 F High setting. This is
typically required for loss of grid applications.
3E 25 df/dt>1 f Low Courier Number (Frequency) 4x01707 G2 G2 8000 1 49.5 Hz Setting 45 Hz to 65 Hz step 0.01 Hz 45 Hz 65 Hz 0.01 Hz 2 * * * * * * 3E24 = 1 Setting for the df/dt>1 low frequency blocking.
3E 26 df/dt>1 f High Courier Number (Frequency) 4x01708 G2 G2 8000 1 50.5 Hz Setting 45 Hz to 65 Hz step 0.01 Hz 45 Hz 65 Hz 0.01 Hz 2 * * * * * * 3E24 = 1 Setting for the df/dt>1 high frequency blocking.
3E 30 df/dt>2 Status Indexed String 4x01710 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Setting to enable or disable the second stage df/dt element.
3E 31 df/dt>2 Setting Courier Number (Hz/s) 4x01711 G2 G2 99 1 2 Hz/s Setting 100 mHz/s to 10 Hz/s step 10 mHz/s 100 mHz/s 10 Hz/s 10 mHz/s 2 * * * * * * 3E30 = 1 Pick-up setting for the second stage df/dt element.
3E 32 df/dt>2 Dir'n Indexed String 4x01712 G182 G182 1 Positive Setting Negative, Positive or Both 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 3E30 = 1 This setting determines whether the element will react to rising or falling frequency conditions respectively.
3E 33 df/dt>2 Time Courier Number (Time) 4x01713 G2 G2 10000 1 500ms Setting 0 to 100 step 10ms 0 100 10ms 2 * * * * * * 3E30 = 1 Operating time-delay setting for the second stage df/dt element.
3E 40 df/dt>3 Status Indexed String 4x01720 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Setting to enable or disable the third stage df/dt element.
3E 41 df/dt>3 Setting Courier Number (Hz/s) 4x01721 G2 G2 99 1 0.2 Setting 0.1 to 10 step 0.01 0.1 10 0.01 2 * * * * * * 3E40 = 1 Pick-up setting for the third stage df/dt element.
3E 42 df/dt>3 Dir'n Indexed String 4x01722 G182 G182 1 Positive Setting Negative, Positive or Both 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 3E40 = 1 This setting determines whether the element will react to rising or falling frequency conditions respectively.
3E 43 df/dt>3 Time Courier Number (Time) 4x01723 G2 G2 10000 1 500ms Setting 0 to 100 step 10ms 0 100 10ms 2 * * * * * * 3E40 = 1 Operating time-delay setting for the third stage df/dt element.
3E 50 df/dt>4 Status Indexed String 4x01730 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Setting to enable or disable the fourth stage df/dt element.
3E 51 df/dt>4 Setting Courier Number (Hz/s) 4x01731 G2 G2 99 1 0.2 Setting 0.1 to 10 step 0.01 0.1 10 0.01 2 * * * * * * 3E50 = 1 Pick-up setting for the fourth stage df/dt element.
3E 52 df/dt>4 Dir'n Indexed String 4x01732 G182 G182 1 Positive Setting Negative, Positive or Both 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 3E50 = 1 This setting determines whether the element will react to rising or falling frequency conditions respectively.
3E 53 df/dt>4 Time Courier Number (Time) 4x01733 G2 G2 10000 1 500ms Setting 0 to 100 step 10ms 0 100 10ms 2 * * * * * * 3E50 = 1 Operating time-delay setting for the fourth stage df/dt element.
GROUP 1 V VECTOR SHIFT GROUP 1 V VECTOR * * 091A = 1
3F 00 SHIFT is a section heading
3F 01 V Shift Status Indexed String 4x01750 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * Enables or disables the Voltage Vector Shift element.
3F 02 V Shift Angle Courier Number (Angle) 4x01751 G2 28 1 10 degs Setting 2 degs to 30 degs step 1 deg 2 degs 30 degs 1 deg 2 * * 3F01 = 1 Pick-up angle setting for the Voltage Vector Shift element.
GROUP 1 DEAD MACHINE GROUP 1 DEAD MACHINE * * * 091B = 1
40 00 is a section heading
40 01 Dead Mach Status Indexed String 4x01800 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * *
DM CT Source Indexed String 4x01805 G116 G116 1 IA1-IB1-IC1 Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * 4001 = 1 This setting is used to select the 3-phase current inputs used by the Dead Machine protection in the P343/P344/P345
40 02
- IA-1/IB-1/IC-1 or IA-2/IB-2/IC-2 CT inputs.
Dead Mach I> Courier Number (Current) 4x01801 G2 39 1 0.1 Setting 0.08*I1 to 4*I1 step 0.01*I1 0.08*I1 4*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * 4001 = 1 M4([40 02=0]) Enables or disables the dead machine element.
40 03
0.08*I4 to 4*I1_2 step 0.01*I4 0.08*I4 4*I4 0.01*I4 M7([40 02]=1)
40 04 Dead Mach V< Courier Number (Voltage) 4x01802 G2 9000 1 80 Setting 10*V1 to 120*V1 step 1*V1 10*V1 120*V1 1*V1 2 * * * 4001 = 1 M1 Pick-up setting for the dead machine overcurrent element.
40 05 Dead Mach tPU Courier Number (Time) 4x01803 G2 100 1 5 Setting 0 to 10 step 0.1 0 10 0.1 2 * * * 4001 = 1 Pick-up setting for the dead machine undervoltage element.
40 06 Dead Mach tDO Courier Number (Time) 4x01804 G2 100 1 0.5 Setting 0 to 10 step 0.1 0 10 0.1 2 * * * 4001 = 1 Operating time delay setting for the dead machine element.
GROUP 1 RECONNECT DELAY GROUP 1 RECONNECT * * 091C = 1 Drop-off time-delay setting for the dead machine element.
41 00 DELAY is a section heading
41 01 Reconnect Status Indexed String 4x01850 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * Enables or disables the Reconnect Status element.
41 02 Reconnect Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01852 G2 30000 1 60s Setting 0s to 300s step 0.01s 0s 300s 0.01s 2 * * 4101 = 1 Operating time-delay setting for the Reconnect element.
41 03 Reconnect tPULSE Courier Number (Time) 4x01853 G2 2999 1 1s Setting 0.01s to 30s step 0.01s 0.01s 30s 0.01s 2 * * 4101 = 1 Reconnect element output pulse duration.
GROUP 1 VOLT PROTECTION GROUP 1 VOLT * * * * * * 091D = 1
42 00 PROTECTION is a section
heading
UNDER VOLTAGE UNDER VOLTAGE is a sub- * * * * * *
42 01
heading
V< Measur't Mode Indexed String 4x01950 G47 G47 1 Phase-Neutral Setting 0 = Phase-Phase, 1 = Phase-Neutral 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Sets the measured input voltage, phase-phase or phase-neutral that will be used for the undervoltage elements.
42 02
V< Operate Mode Indexed String 4x01951 G48 G48 1 Any Phase Setting 0 = Any Phase, 1 = Three Phase 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Setting that determines whether any phase or all three phases has to satisfy the undervoltage criteria before a
42 03
decision is made.
42 04 V<1 Function Indexed String 4x01952 G23 G23 1 DT Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = DT, 2 = IDMT 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * Tripping characteristic for the first stage undervoltage function.
42 05 V<1 Voltage Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x01953 G2 60 1 50 Setting 10*V1 to 120*V1 step 1*V1 10*V1 120*V1 1*V1 2 * * * * * * 4204 <> 0 M1 Pick-up
The IDMT
setting
characteristic
for first stage
available
undervoltage
on the first
element.
stage is defined by the following formula:
42 06 V<1 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01954 G2 10000 1 10s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 4204 = 1 t = K /time-delay
Operating (1 - M) setting for the first stage definite time undervoltage element.
42 07 V<1 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01955 G2 199 1 1 Setting 0.05 to 100 step 0.05 0.05 100 0.05 2 * * * * * * 4204 = 2 Where:
Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IDMT characteristic.
K = Time multiplier setting
V<1 Poledead Inh Indexed String 4x01956 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4204 <> 0 If the setting is enabled, the relevant stage will become inhibited by the pole dead logic. This logic produces an
t = Operating time in seconds
output when it detects either an open circuit breaker via auxiliary contacts feeding the relay opto inputs or it detects a
42 08 M = Measured voltage/relay setting voltage (V< Voltage Set)
combination of both undercurrent and undervoltage on any one phase. It allows the undervoltage protection to reset
when the circuit breaker opens to cater for line or bus side VT applications
42 09 V<2 Status Indexed String 4x01957 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables or disables the second stage undervoltage element.
42 0A V<2 Voltage Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x01958 G2 60 1 38 Setting 10*V1 to 120*V1 step 1*V1 10*V1 120*V1 1*V1 2 * * * * * * 4209 = 1 M1 Pick-up setting for second stage undervoltage element.
42 0B V<2 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01959 G2 10000 1 5s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 4209 = 1 Operating time-delay setting for the second stage definite time undervoltage element.
V<2 Poledead Inh Indexed String 4x01960 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4209 = 1 If the setting is enabled, the relevant stage will become inhibited by the pole dead logic. This logic produces an
output when it detects either an open circuit breaker via auxiliary contacts feeding the relay opto inputs or it detects a
42 0C combination of both undercurrent and undervoltage on any one phase. It allows the undervoltage protection to reset
when the circuit breaker opens to cater for line or bus side VT applications.
OVERVOLTAGE OVERVOLTAGE is a sub- * * * * * *
42 0D
heading
V> Measur't Mode Indexed String 4x01961 G47 G47 1 Phase-Phase Setting 0 = Phase-Phase, 1 = Phase-Neutral 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Sets the measured input voltage, phase-phase or phase-neutral that will be used for the overvoltage elements.
42 0E
V> Operate Mode Indexed String 4x01962 G48 G48 1 Any Phase Setting 0 = Any Phase,1 = Three Phase 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Setting that determines whether any phase or all three phases has to satisfy the overvoltage criteria before a decision
42 0F
is made.
42 10 V>1 Function Indexed String 4x01963 G23 G23 1 DT Setting 0 = Disabled, 1 = DT, 2 = IDMT 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * Tripping characteristic setting for the first stage overvoltage element.
42 11 V>1 Voltage Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x01964 G2 50 1 130 Setting 60*V1 to 185*V1 step 1*V1 60*V1 185*V1 1*V1 2 * * * * * * 4210 <> 0 M1 Pick-up
The IDMTsetting for first stage
characteristic overvoltage
available on theelement.
first stage is defined by the following formula:
42 12 V>1 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01965 G2 10000 1 10 Setting 0 to 100 step 0.01 0 100 0.01 2 * * * * * * 4210 = 1 Operating
t = K /time-delay
(M - 1) setting for the first stage definite time overvoltage element.
42 13 V>1 TMS Courier Number (Decimal) 4x01966 G2 199 1 1 Setting 0.05 to 100 step 0.05 0.05 100 0.05 2 * * * * * * 4210 = 2 Where:
Time multiplier setting to adjust the operating time of the IDMT characteristic.
42 14 V>2 Status Indexed String 4x01967 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * K = Timeormultiplier
Enables setting
disables the second stage overvoltage element.
t = Operating time in seconds
42 15 V>2 Voltage Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x01968 G2 50 1 150 Setting 60*V1 to 185*V1 step 1*V1 60*V1 185*V1 1*V1 2 * * * * * * 4214 = 1 M1 Pick-up setting for the second stage overvoltage element.
M = Measured voltage/relay setting voltage (V<>Voltage Set)
42 16 V>2 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01969 G2 10000 1 0.5s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 4214 = 1 Operating time-delay setting for the second stage definite time overvoltage element.
NPS OVERVOLTAGE NPS OVERVOLTAGE is a * * * * * *
42 20
sub-heading
42 22 V2>1 Status Indexed String 4x01970 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 091D = 1 Enables or disables the definite time negative sequence overvoltage element.
42 26 V2>1 Voltage Set Courier Number (Voltage) 4x01971 G2 150 1 15 Setting 1*V1 to 150*V1 step 1*V1 1*V1 150*V1 1*V1 2 * * * * * * 4222 = 1 * M1 Pick-up setting for the negative sequence overvoltage element.
42 28 V2>1 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x01972 G2 10000 1 1s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 4222 = 1 * Operating time delay setting for the definite time negative sequence overvoltage element.
GROUP 1 FREQ PROTECTION GROUP 1 FREQ * * * * * * 091E = 1
43 00 PROTECTION is a section
heading
UNDER FREQUENCY UNDER FREQUENCY is a * * * * * *
43 01
sub-heading
43 02 F<1 Status Indexed String 4x02000 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables or disables the first stage underfrequency element.
43 03 F<1 Setting Courier Number (Frequency) 4x02001 G2 2000 1 49.5 Hz Setting 45 Hz to 65 Hz step 0.01 Hz 45 Hz 65 Hz 0.01 Hz 2 * * * * * * 4302 = 1 Pick-up setting for the first stage underfrequency element.
43 04 F<1 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02002 G2 10000 1 4s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 4302 = 1 Operating time-delay setting for the definite time first stage underfrequency element.
43 05 F<2 Status Indexed String 4x02003 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables or disables the second stage underfrequency element.
43 06 F<2 Setting Courier Number (Frequency) 4x02004 G2 2000 1 49 Hz Setting 45 Hz to 65 Hz step 0.01 Hz 45 Hz 65 Hz 0.01 Hz 2 * * * * * * 4305 = 1 Pick-up setting for the second stage underfrequency element.
43 07 F<2 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02005 G2 10000 1 3s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 4305 = 1 Operating time-delay setting for the definite time second stage underfrequency element.
43 08 F<3 Status Indexed String 4x02006 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables or disables the third stage underfrequency element.
43 09 F<3 Setting Courier Number (Frequency) 4x02007 G2 2000 1 48.5 Hz Setting 45 Hz to 65 Hz step 0.01 Hz 45 Hz 65 Hz 0.01 Hz 2 * * * * * * 4308 = 1 Pick-up setting for the third stage underfrequency element.
43 0A F<3 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02008 G2 10000 1 2s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 4308 = 1 Operating time-delay setting for the definite time third stage underfrequency element.
43 0B F<4 Status Indexed String 4x02009 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Enables or disables the fourth stage underfrequency element.
43 0C F<4 Setting Courier Number (Frequency) 4x02010 G2 2000 1 48 Hz Setting 45 Hz to 65 Hz step 0.01 Hz 45 Hz 65 Hz 0.01 Hz 2 * * * * * * 430B = 1 Pick-up setting for the fourth stage underfrequency element.
43 0D F<4 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02011 G2 10000 1 1s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 430B = 1 Operating time-delay setting for the definite time fourth stage underfrequency element.
F< Function Link Binary Flag (4 bits) 4x02012 G65 G65 1 0000 Setting 4-bit binary setting for F<1 Poledead to F<4 Poledead blocking 15 4 1 2 * * * * * * Settings that determine whether pole dead logic signals blocks the underfrequency elements.
respectively. With the relevant bit set to 1, the relevant underfrequency stage will become inhibited by the pole dead logic. This
Bit 0 = F<1 Poledead Blk. logic produces an output when it detects either an open circuit breaker via auxiliary contacts feeding the relay opto
43 0E Bit 1 = F<2 Poledead Blk. inputs or it detects a combination of both undercurrent and undervoltage on any one phase. It allows the
Bit 2 = F<3 Poledead Blk. underfrequency protection to reset when the circuit breaker opens to cater for line or bus side VT applications.
Bit 3 = F<4 Poledead Blk.
I< CT Source Indexed String 4x02111 G116 G116 1 IA-1, IB-1, IC-1 Setting 0 = IA-1 IB-1 IC-1, 1 = IA-2 IB-2 IC-2 0 1 1 2 * * * This setting is used to select the 3-phase current inputs used by the CB failure undercurrent elements in the
45 15
P343/P344/P345 - neutral or terminal side CT inputs.
GROUP 1 SUPERVISION GROUP 1 SUPERVISION is * * * * * * 0921 = 1
46 00
a section heading
VT SUPERVISION VT SUPERVISION is a sub- * * * * * *
46 01
heading
VTS Status Indexed String 4x02150 G7 G7 1 Blocking Setting Blocking, Indication, disabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0921 = 1 This setting determines whether the following operations will occur upon detection of VTS.
* VTS set to provide alarm indication only.
* Optional blocking of voltage dependent protection elements.
46 02 * Optional conversion of directional overcurrent elements to non-directional protection (available when set to
blocking mode only). These settings are found in the function links cell of the relevant protection element columns in
the menu.
VTS Reset Mode Indexed String 4x02151 G69 G69 1 Manual Setting Manual, Auto 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4602 = 1 The VTS block will be latched after a user settable time delay ‘VTS Time Delay’. Once the signal has latched then
two methods of resetting are available. The first is manually via the front panel interface (or remote communications)
46 03 and secondly, when in ‘Auto’ mode, provided the VTS condition has been removed and the 3 phase voltages have
been restored above the phase level detector settings for more than 240 ms.
46 04 VTS Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02152 G2 90 1 5s Setting 1s to 10s step 0.1s 1s 10s 0.1s 2 * * * * * * 4602 = 1 Operating time-delay setting of the VTS element upon detection of a voltage supervision condition.
VTS I> Inhibit Courier Number (Current) 4x02153 G2 392 1 10 Setting 0.08pu to 32pu step 0.01pu 0.08*I1 32*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * * * 4602 = 1 M4 This overcurrent setting is used to inhibit the voltage transformer supervision in the event of a loss of all 3 phase
46 05 voltages caused by a close up 3 phase fault occurring on the system following closure of the CB to energize the line.
VTS I2> Inhibit Courier Number (Current) 4x02154 G2 392 1 0.05 Setting 0.05pu to 0.5pu step 0.01pu 0.05*I1 0.5*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * * * 4602 = 1 M4 This NPS overcurrent setting is used to inhibit the voltage transformer supervision in the event of a fault occurring on
46 06
the system with negative sequence current above this setting.
CT SUPERVISION CT SUPERVISION is a sub- * * * * * *
46 07
heading
46 08 CTS1 Status Indexed String 4x02155 G37 G37 43 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0921 = 1 Enables or disables the current transformer supervision 1 element.
46 09 CTS1 VN Input Indexed String 4x02156 G49 G49 1 Derived Setting 0 = Measured, 1 = Derived 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4608 = 1 * Residual/neutral voltage source for CTS.
CTS1 VN< Inhibit Courier Number (Voltage) 4x02157 G2 43 1 5 Setting 0.5*V1 to 22*V1 step 0.5*V1 0.5*V1 22*V1 0.5*V1 2 * * * * * * 4609 <> 0 M1 Residual/neutral voltage setting to inhibit the CTS1 element.
46 0A
0.5*V3 to 22*V3 step 0.5*V3 0.5*V3 22*V3 0.5*V3 4609 = 0 M3
46 0B CTS1 IN> Set Courier Number (Current) 4x02158 G2 392 1 0.2 Setting 0.08pu to 4pu step 0.01pu 0.08*I1 4*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * * * * 4608 = 1 * M4 Residual/neutral current setting for a valid current transformer supervision condition for CTS.
46 0C CTS1 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02159 G2 10 1 5s Setting 0s to 10s step 1s 0s 10s 1s 2 * * * * * * 4608 = 1 * Operating time-delay setting of CTS.
46 20 CTS2 Status Indexed String 4x02160 G37 G37 43 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * 0921 = 1 Enables or disables the current transformer supervision 2 element.
46 24 CTS2 VN Input Indexed String 4x02161 G49 G49 1 Derived Setting 0 = Measured, 1 = Derived 0 1 1 2 * * * 4620 = 1 * Residual/neutral voltage source for CTS2.
CTS2 VN< Inhibit Courier Number (Voltage) 4x02162 G2 43 1 5 Setting 0.5*V1 to 22*V1 step 0.5*V1 0.5*V1 22*V1 0.5*V1 2 * * * 4624 <> 0 M1 Residual/neutral voltage setting to inhibit the CTS2 element.
46 28
0.5*V3 to 22*V3 step 0.5*V3 0.5*V3 22*V3 0.5*V3 4624 = 0 M3
46 2C CTS2 IN> Set Courier Number (Current) 4x02163 G2 392 1 0.2 Setting 0.08pu to 4pu step 0.01pu 0.08*I1 4*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * 4620 = 1 * M4 Residual/neutral current setting for a valid current transformer supervision condition for CTS2.
46 30 CTS2 Time Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02164 G2 10 1 5s Setting 0s to 10s step 1s 0s 10s 1s 2 * * * 4620 = 1 * Operating time-delay setting of CTS2.
46 31 DIFF CTS Status Indexed String 4x02165 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * 0921 = 1 Enables or disables the differential current transformer supervision function.
50313.3110.04511
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Menu Database 13-Nov-10
Page
Col Row Menu Text Courier Data Type LCD ref Modbus Register Start Modbus Register Data Group Data Group Max Modbus ModbusRegisters Default Setting Cell Type Available Setting Min Max Step Password P341 B0 P342 B0 P343 B0 P344 B0 P345 B0 P341 E0 Visible if Visible if Visible if Ripple BF03 Mult Description
End Courier MODBUS numeric setting Level M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M7 Cell Test Value Pri/Sec
Diff CTS Mode Indexed String 4x02166 G187 G187 1 Restrain Setting 0 = Indication, 1= Restrain 0 1 1 2 * * * 4631 = 1 In Indication mode, the CTS alarm is issued without delay when a CT failure is detected. The differential protection
would remain unrestricted. Therefore, the risk of unwanted tripping under load current is present.
In Restrain mode, the differential protection is set to the Is-CTS setting when a CT failure is detected. This setting
46 32 increases the restrain region of the differential characteristic. The CTS alarm is issued after the time delay defined in
CTS time relay.
CTS Time Delay Courier Number (time) 4x02167 G2 G2 1 2s Setting 0s to 10s step 0.1s 0s 10s 0.1s 2 * * * 4631 = 1 Differential CTS alarm time delay on detection of a current transformer supervision condition. This setting does not
46 33
affect the CTS blocking operation.
46 34 CTS I1 Courier Number (current) 4x02168 G2 G2 43 1 10% Setting 0% to 100% step 1% 0% 100% 1% 2 * * * 4631 = 1 Set release threshold.
46 35 CTS I2/I1>1 Courier Number 4x02169 G2 G2 392 1 5% Setting 5% to 100% step 1% 5% 100% 1% 2 * * * 4631 = 1 Low set ratio of negative to positive sequence current.
46 36 CTS I2/I1>2 Courier Number 4x02170 G2 G2 10 1 30% Setting 5% to 100% step 1% 5% 100% 1% 2 * * * 4631 = 1 High set ratio of negative to positive sequence current.
THROUGH FAULT THROUGH FAULT is a sub- * * * 0921 = 1
46 50
heading
46 51 Through Fault Indexed String 4x02171 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * 0921 = 1 Enables or disables monitoring of through faults.
46 52 Monitored Input Indexed String 4x02172 G186 G186 1 HV Setting 0= HV, 1= LV HV LV 1 2 * * * 4651 = 1 Selects the input winding to be monitored.
46 53 TF I> Trigger Courier Number (Current) 4x02173 G2 G2 1 1 Setting 0% to 100% step 1% 0.08*In 16*In 0.01 * * * * 4651 = 1 A through fault event is recorded if any of the phase currents is larger than this setting.
46 54 TF I2t> Alarm Courier Number (I2t) 4x02174 G2 G2 1 800(In * In *t) Setting 0 to 50000A2s step 1 0 50,000 1 * * * * 4651 = 1 An alarm is asserted if the maximum cumulative I2t in the three phases exceeds this setting.
GROUP 1 SENSITIVE POWER GROUP 1 SENSITIVE * * * * * * 0915 = 2
47 00 POWER is a section
heading
47 20 Comp Angle Courier Number (Angle) 4x02175 G2 50 1 0 deg Setting -5deg to 5deg step 0.1 degs -5deg 5deg 0.1 degs 2 * * * * * * Setting for the compensation angle.
Operating Mode Indexed String 4x02190 G115 G115 0 1 Generating Setting 0 = Generating, 1 = Motoring 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * Operating mode of the power protection defining forward/reverse direction – Generating = forward power towards the
47 24 busbar, Motoring = forward power towards the machine. Assumes CT connections as per standard connection
diagrams.
47 28 Sen Power1 Func Indexed String 4x02176 G102 G102 3 1 Reverse Setting 0 = Disabled, 2 = Reverse, 3 = Low Forward, 4 = Over 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * First stage power function operating mode.
47 2C Sen -P>1 Setting Courier Number (Power) 4x02177 G2 997 1 0.5*V1*I3 Setting 0.3*V1*I3 to 100*V1*I3 step 0.1*V1*I3 0.3*V1*I3 100*V1*I3 0.1*V1*I3 2 * * * * * * 4728 = 1 M1*M6 Pick-up setting for the first stage reverse power protection element.
47 30 Sen P<1 Setting Courier Number (Power) 4x02178 G2 997 1 0.5*V1*I3 Setting 0.3*V1*I3 to 100*V1*I3 step 0.1*V1*I3 0.3*V1*I3 100*V1*I3 0.1*V1*I3 2 * * * * * * 4728 = 2 M1*M6 Pick-up setting for the first stage low forward power protection element.
47 34 Sen P>1 Setting Courier Number (Power) 4x02179 G2 997 1 50*V1*I3 Setting 0.3*V1*I3 to 100*V1*I3 step 0.1*V1*I3 0.3*V1*I3 100*V1*I3 0.1*V1*I3 2 * * * * * * 4728 = 3 M1*M6 Pick-up setting for the first stage overpower protection element.
47 38 Sen Power1 Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02180 G2 10000 1 5s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 4728 <> 0 Operating time-delay setting of the first stage power protection.
Power1 DO Timer Courier Number (Time) 4x02181 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 4728 <> 0 Drop-off time delay setting of the first stage power protection function. Setting of the drop-off timer to a value other
47 3C than zero, delays the resetting of the protection element timers for this period. By using the drop-off timer the relay
will integrate the fault power pulses, thereby reducing fault clearance times.
P1 PoleDead Inh Indexed String 4x02182 G37 G37 1 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4728 <> 0 If the setting is enabled, the relevant stage will become inhibited by the pole dead logic. This logic produces an
output when it detects either an open circuit breaker via auxiliary contacts feeding the relay opto inputs or it detects a
47 40 combination of both undercurrent and undervoltage on any one phase. It allows the power protection to reset when
the circuit breaker opens to cater for line or bus side VT applications.
47 44 Sen Power2 Func Indexed String 4x02183 G102 G102 3 1 Low Forward Setting 0 = Disabled, 2 = Reverse, 3 = Low Forward, 4 = Over 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * Second stage power function operating mode.
47 48 Sen -P>2 Setting Courier Number (Power) 4x02184 G2 997 1 0.5*V1*I3 Setting 0.3*V1*I3 to 100*V1*I3 step 0.1*V1*I3 0.3*V1*I3 100*V1*I3 0.1*V1*I3 2 * * * * * * 4744 = 1 M1*M6 Pick-up setting for the second stage reverse power protection element.
47 4C Sen P<2 Setting Courier Number (Power) 4x02185 G2 997 1 0.5*V1*I3 Setting 0.3*V1*I3 to 100*V1*I3 step 0.1*V1*I3 0.3*V1*I3 100*V1*I3 0.1*V1*I3 2 * * * * * * 4744 = 2 M1*M6 Pick-up setting for the second stage low forward power protection element.
47 50 Sen P>2 Setting Courier Number (Power) 4x02186 G2 997 1 50*V1*I3 Setting 0.3*V1*I3 to 100*V1*I3 step 0.1*V1*I3 0.3*V1*I3 100*V1*I3 0.1*V1*I3 2 * * * * * * 4744 = 3 M1*M6 Pick-up setting for the second stage low forward power protection element.
47 54 Sen Power2 Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02187 G2 10000 1 2s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 4744 <> 0 Operating time-delay setting of the second stage power protection.
Power2 DO Timer Courier Number (Time) 4x02188 G2 10000 1 0s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.01s 0s 100s 0.01s 2 * * * * * * 4744 <> 0 Drop-off time delay setting of the second stage power protection function. Setting of the drop-off timer to a value
47 58 other than zero, delays the resetting of the protection element timers for this period. By using the drop-off timer the
relay will integrate the fault power pulses, thereby reducing fault clearance times.
P2 PoleDead Inh Indexed String 4x02189 G37 G37 1 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4744 <> 0 If the setting is enabled, the relevant stage will become inhibited by the pole dead logic. This logic produces an
output when it detects either an open circuit breaker via auxiliary contacts feeding the relay opto inputs or it detects a
47 5C combination of both undercurrent and undervoltage on any one phase. It allows the power protection to reset when
the circuit breaker opens to cater for line or bus side VT applications.
GROUP 1 DYNAMIC RATING GROUP 1 DYNAMIC *
48 00 RATING is a section
heading
48 01 Dyn Line Rating Indexed String 4x12200 G171 G1 1 1 1. CIGRE Std 207 Setting Disabled/CIGRE Std 207/ IEEE Std 738 0 2 1 2 * 0923 = 1 * Selection of the Dynamic Line Rating standard to be used.
DLR LINE SETTING DLR LINE SETTING is a * 4801 = 1 *
48 02
sub-heading
Conductor Type Indexed String 4x12201 G169 G1 36 1 Lynx Setting Gopher, Weasel, Ferret, Rabbit, Horse, Dog, Wolf, Dingo, Lynx, Caracal, 0 36 1 2 * 4801 = 1 * Conductor Type. 36 British conductor types are listed. Other conductor types can be defined in Custom is selected
Panther, Jaguar, Zebra, Fox, Mink, Skunk, Beaver, Raccoon, Otter, Cat, with the settings - ‘NonFerrous Layer’, ‘DC Resist per km’, ‘Overall Diameter’, ‘Outer Layer Diam’, ‘TotalArea(mm
48 03 Hare, Hyena, Leopard, Tiger, Coyote, Lion, Bear, Batang, Goat, sq)’, ‘TempCoefR x0.001’, and ‘mc’.
Antelope, Sheep, Bison, Deer, Camel, Elk, Moose, Custom
NonFerrous layer Courier Number (Integer) 4x12202 G2 2 1 2 Setting 1 to 3 step 1 1 3 1 2 * 4803 = 36 * Number of layers of non ferrous (e.g. aluminum) wires. See the Illustration of Non Ferrous Layers and ACSR diagram
48 04
in the Setting chapter of the Technical Manual for further details.
DC Resist per km Courier Number (Resistance) 4x12203 G2 19990 1 1 Ohm Setting 0.001 Ohms to 2 Ohms step 0.0001 Ohms 0.001 Ohms 2 Ohms 0.0001 Ohms 2 * 4803 = 36 * Conductor DC resistance at 20 degs C per kilometer.
48 05
48 06 Overall Diameter Courier Number (Length) 4x12204 G2 9900 1 0.005m Setting 0.001m to 0.1m step 0.00001m 0.001m 0.1m 0.00001m 2 * 4803 = 36 * Conductor overall diameter.
Outer Layer Diam Courier Number (Length) 4x12205 G2 900 1 0.002m Setting 0.001m to 0.01m step 0.00001m 0.001m 0.01m 0.00001m 2 * 4803 = 36 * The diameter of a single wire in one of the outer layers. For example the diameter of one of the 30 aluminium wires
48 07 for 30Al/7St conductor shown in the Illustration of Non Ferrous Layers and ACSR diagram in the Setting chapter of
the Technical Manual.
TotalArea(mm sq) Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12206 4x12207 G35 G27 99000 2 100sq mm Setting 10 sq mm to 1000 sq mm step 0.01 sq mm 10 sq mm 1000 sq mm 0.01 sq mm 2 * 4803 = 36 * Conductor total cross section area (in sq. mm)
48 08
48 09 TempCoefR x0.001 Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12208 G2 900 1 4K Setting 1 K to 10 K step 0.01K 1K 10 K 0.01K 2 * 4803 = 36 * Conductor temperature coefficient of resistance x 10-3
mc Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12209 G2 49990 1 500 J/(m K) Setting 1 J/(m K) to 5000 J/(m K) step 0.1 J/(m K) 1 J/(m K) 5000 J/(m K) 0.1 J/(m K) 2 * 4803 = 36 * Total conductor heat capacity, is defined as the product of specific heat and mass per unit length. If the conductor
consists of more than one material (e.g., ACSR), then the heat capacities of the core and the outer strands need to
be summated, mc = maca + mscs, where ‘a’ and ‘s’ refer to the non-ferrous and ferrous sections.
48 0A ‘m’ is the mass per unit length in kg/m, and ‘c’ is the specific heat capacity in J/(kgK). ‘mc’ is used for calculating the
dynamic and steady state conductor temperatures – ‘Dyn Conduct Temp’ and ‘Steady Conduct T’ in the
Measurements 4 menu.
48 0E Solar Absorpt Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12210 G2 72 1 0.5 Setting 0.23 to 0.95 step 0.01 0.23 0.95 0.01 2 * 4801 = 1 * Conductor solar absorptivity, used to calculate PS.
48 0F Line Emissivity Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12211 G2 72 1 0.5 Setting 0.23 to 0.95 step 0.01 0.23 0.95 0.01 2 * 4801 = 1 * Conductor emissivity, used to calculate PR.
48 10 Line Elevation Courier Number (Length) 4x12212 G2 7000 1 0m Setting -1000m to 6000m step 1m -1000m 6000m 1m 2 * 4801 = 1 * Conductor elevation, used to calculate PS and PC.
Line Azimuth Min Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12213 G2 3600 1 0 deg Setting 0 deg to 360 deg step 0.1 deg 0 deg 360 deg 0.1 deg 2 * 4801 = 1 * The Line Azimuth Min and Max settings indicates the direction of the line and is used to calculate PS and PC. If the
line is in one direction then the Line Azimuth Min and Max settings are the same angle. If for example the mounting
direction of the anemometer 0, 360deg = North and if the Line Azimuth Min and Max settings are set identical to 0 or
180deg or 360deg for example this indicates a line running in the same direction in the North-South direction. With a
multi-direction span of a transmission line, it may be unnecessary to specify the line’s azimuth because all possible
angles could be evaluated for the entire line. In this situation, the ‘Line Azimuth Min’ should be set to 0 and ‘Line
48 11 Azimuth Max’ should be set to 180deg to indicate all ranges of the effective angles between the wind direction and
the conductor. In this case the effective wind angle to the line is taken as the worst case = 0deg.
The line azimuth significantly influences the effective angle between the wind and conductor line, which is an
important variable to calculate convective cooling PC.
48 12 Line Azimuth Max Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12214 G2 3600 1 180 deg Setting 0 deg to 360 deg step 0.1 deg 0 deg 360 deg 0.1 deg 2 * 4801 = 1 * Line Azimuth maximum setting. See above.
T Conductor Max Courier Number (Temperature) 4x12215 G2 3000 1 50 C Setting 0 C to 300 C step 0.1 C 0C 300 C 0.1 C 2 * 4801 = 1 * Maximum allowable conductor temperature, used for calculating the line ampacity. This is based on the maximum
48 13
conductor sag and annealing onset limits of the conductor.
Ampacity Min Courier Number (Current) 4x12216 G2 1900 1 0.2 In Setting 0.1 In to 4 In step 0.001 In 0.1 In 4 In 0.001 In 2 * 4801 = 1 * M4 Minimum setting for the calculated ampacity. This setting is used to avoid over calculating of the line ampacity for the
48 14
protection stages.
Ampacity Max Courier Number (Current) 4x12217 G2 1900 1 2 In Setting 0.1 In to 4 In step 0.001 In 0.1 In 4 In 0.001 In 2 * 4801 = 1 * M4 Maximum setting for the calculated ampacity. This setting is used to avoid over calculating of the line ampacity for the
48 15 protection stages. The rating of other components e.g. cables, joints and switchgear may limit the maximum
ampacity.
48 16 Drop-off Ratio Courier Number (Percentage) 4x12218 G2 100 1 98% Setting 70% to 99% step 0.1% 70% 99% 0.1% 2 * 4801 = 1 * Reset ratio of the DLR protection settings.
Line Direction Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12219 G2 3600 1 0 deg Setting 0 deg to 360 deg step 0.1 deg 0 deg 360 deg 0.1 deg 2 * 4801 = 1 * The Line Direction is used for calculating the dynamic and steady state conductor temperatures – ‘Dyn Conduct
Temp’ and ‘Steady Conduct T’ in the Measurements 4 menu. 0, 360deg = North. If the line direction is not constant
48 17 then an average value could be used or the line angle of the most critical span could be used.
48 34 Wind Vel Min Courier Number (Velocity) 4x12245 G2 1000 1 0 m/s Setting 0 m/s to 60 m/s step 0.01 m/s 0 m/s 60 m/s 0.01 m/s 2 * 4831 <> 0 * Minimum wind velocity value that will be used by the DLR algorithm.
48 35 Wind Vel Max Courier Number (Velocity) 4x12246 G2 1000 1 60 m/s Setting 0 m/s to 60 m/s step 0.01 m/s 0 m/s 60 m/s 0.01 m/s 2 * 4831 <> 0 * Maximum wind velocity value that will be used by the DLR algorithm.
Wind Vel AvgSet Indexed String 4x12247 G37 G1 1 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * 4831 <> 0 * Enables or disables the averaging function for the wind velocity input only. The averaging function is used to average
48 36
the wind velocity input over the averaging time delay.
48 37 Wind Vel AvgDly Courier Number (Time) 4x12248 G2 359 1 100 s Setting 10 s to 3600 s step 10 s 10 s 3600 s 10 s 2 * 4836 = 1 * Averaging time delay setting for the wind velocity input.
48 38 WV Input Type Indexed String 4x12249 G153 G1 3 1 4-20mA Setting 0-1 mA, 0-10 mA, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0 3 1 2 * 4831 <> 0 * Current loop (transducer) input type for the wind velocity measurement.
WV I/P Minimum Courier Number (Velocity) 4x12250 G2 1000 1 0 m/s Setting 0 m/s to 60 m/s step 0.01 m/s 0 m/s 60 m/s 0.01 m/s 2 * 4831 <> 0 * Wind velocity current loop input minimum setting. Defines the lower range of the physical quantity measured by the
48 39
transducer.
WV I/P Maximum Courier Number (Velocity) 4x12251 G2 1000 1 60 m/s Setting 0 m/s to 60 m/s step 0.01 m/s 0 m/s 60 m/s 0.01 m/s 2 * 4831 <> 0 * Wind velocity current loop input maximum setting. Defines the upper range of the physical quantity measured by the
48 3A
transducer.
48 3B WV I< Alarm Indexed String 4x12252 G37 G1 1 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * 4831 = 3 * Enables or disables the wind velocity current loop input alarm element.
WV I< Alarm Set Courier Number (Current) 4x12253 G2 40 1 0.0035 A Setting 0 A to 0.004 A step 0.0001 A 0A 0.004 A 0.0001 A 2 * 483B = 1 * Pick-up setting for the wind velocity current loop input undercurrent element used to supervise the 4-20mA input only.
48 3C
48 41 Wind Direction Indexed String 4x12254 G170 G1 4 1 3. CLI3 Setting Disabled, CLI1, CLI2, CLI3, CLI4 0 4 1 2 * SMF * Selection of current loop (transducer) input 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 for the wind direction measurement.
48 42 Default Wind Dir Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12255 G2 3600 1 0 deg Setting 0 deg to 360 step 0.1 0 deg 360 0.1 2 * 4801 = 1 * Default wind direction setting. This is used if the current loop input is disabled or faulty.
Wind Dir Corr Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12256 G2 3600 0 deg Setting -180 to 180 step 0.1 -180 180 0.1 2 * 4841 <> 0 * The wind direction correction factor adds an angle (+/-) to the measured wind direction, wind direction = measured
48 43 wind direction + Wind Dir Corr. The wind direction correction factor setting could be used to correct for errors in the
measurement sensor. Typically, this setting is set to the default value of 0 deg.
48 44 Wind Dir Min Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12257 G2 3600 1 0 deg Setting 0 deg to 360 deg step 0.1 deg 0 deg 360 deg 0.1 deg 2 * 4841 <> 0 * Minimum wind direction value that will be used by the DLR algorithm.
48 45 Wind Dir Max Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12258 G2 3600 1 360 deg Setting 0 deg to 360 deg step 0.1 deg 0 deg 360 deg 0.1 deg 2 * 4841 <> 0 * Maximum wind direction value that will be used by the DLR algorithm.
Wind Dir AvgSet Indexed String 4x12259 G37 G1 1 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * 4841 <> 0 * Enables or disables the averaging function for the wind direction input only. The averaging function is used to
48 46
average the wind direction input over the averaging time delay.
48 47 Wind Dir AvgDly Courier Number (Time) 4x12260 G2 359 1 100 s Setting 10 s to 3600s step 10s 10 s 3600s 10s 2 * 4846 = 1 * Averaging time delay setting for the wind direction input.
48 48 WD Input Type Indexed String 4x12261 G153 G1 3 1 4-20mA Setting 0-1 mA, 0-10 mA, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0 3 1 2 * 4841 <> 0 * Current loop (transducer) input type for the wind direction measurement.
WD I/P Minimum Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12262 G2 360 1 0 deg Setting 0 deg to 360 deg step 0.1 deg 0 deg 360 deg 0.1 deg 2 * 4841 <> 0 * Wind direction current loop input minimum setting. Defines the lower range of the physical quantity measured by the
48 49
transducer.
WD I/P Maximum Courier Number (Decimal) 4x12263 G2 360 1 360 deg Setting 0 deg to 360 deg step 0.1 deg 0 deg 360 deg 0.1 deg 2 * 4841 <> 0 * Wind direction current loop input maximum setting. Defines the upper range of the physical quantity measured by the
48 4A
transducer.
48 4B WD I< Alarm Indexed String 4x12264 G37 G1 1 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * 4841 = 3 * Enables or disables the wind direction current loop input alarm element.
WD I< Alarm Set Courier Number (Current) 4x12265 G2 40 1 0.0035 A Setting 0 A to 0.004 A step 0.0001 A 0A 0.004 A 0.0001 A 2 * 484B = 1 * Pick-up setting for the wind direction current loop input undercurrent element used to supervise the 4-20mA input only.
48 4C
48 51 Solar Radiation Indexed String 4x12266 G170 G1 4 1 0W Setting Disabled, CLI1, CLI2, CLI3, CLI4 0W 4W 1W 2 * SMF * Selection of current loop (transducer) input 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 for the solar radiation measurement.
Default Solar R Courier Number (Power) 4x12267 G2 3000 1 0W Setting 0 W to 3000 W step 1 W 0W 3000 W 1W 2 * 4801 = 1 * Default Solar Radiation per square meter ( /m2).
48 52
Default solar radiation setting. This is used if the current loop input is disabled or faulty.
Solar Rad Corr Courier Number (Power) 4x12268 G2 2000 0W Setting -1000W to 1000 W step 1 W -1000W 1000 W 1W 2 * 4851 <> 0 * The solar radiation correction factor adds a solar radiation value (+/-) to the measured solar radiation, solar radiation
= measured solar radiation + Solar Rad Corr. This setting can be used to allow for shielding or altitude affects where
48 53 the solar radiation could be higher/lower at particular point on the line compared to where the solar radiation sensor is
positioned.
48 54 Solar Rad Min Courier Number (Power) 4x12269 G2 3000 1 0W Setting 0 W to 3000 W step 1 W 0W 3000 W 1W 2 * 4851 <> 0 * Minimum solar radiation value that will be used by the DLR algorithm.
48 55 Solar Rad Max Courier Number (Power) 4x12270 G2 3000 1 1000 W Setting 0 W to 3000 W step 1 W 0W 3000 W 1W 2 * 4851 <> 0 * Maximum solar radiation value that will be used by the DLR algorithm.
Solar Rad AvgSet Indexed String 4x12271 G37 G1 1 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * 4851 <> 0 * Enables or disables the averaging function for the wind direction input only. The averaging function is used to
48 56
average the wind direction input over the averaging time delay.
48 57 Solar Rad AvgDly Courier Number (Time) 4x12272 G2 359 1 100s Setting 10 s to 3600 s step 10s 10 s 3600 s 10s 2 * 4856 = 1 * Averaging time delay setting for the wind direction input.
48 58 SR Input Type Indexed String 4x12273 G153 G1 3 1 4-20mA Setting 0-1 mA, 0-10 mA, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA 0 3 1 2 * 4851 <> 0 * Current loop (transducer) input type for the solar radiation measurement.
SR I/P Minimum Courier Number (Power) 4x12274 G2 3000 1 0W Setting 0 W to 3000 W step 1 W 0W 3000 W 1W 2 * 4851 <> 0 * Solar radiation current loop input minimum setting. Defines the lower range of the physical quantity measured by the
48 59
transducer.
SR I/P Maximum Courier Number (Power) 4x12275 G2 3000 1 1000 W Setting 0 W to 3000 W step 1 W 0W 3000 W 1W 2 * 4851 <> 0 * Solar radiation current loop input maximum setting. Defines the upper range of the physical quantity measured by the
48 5A
transducer.
48 5B SR I< Alarm Indexed String 4x12276 G37 G1 1 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * 4851 = 3 * Enables or disables the solar radiation current loop input alarm element.
SR I< Alarm Set Courier Number (Current) 4x12277 G2 40 1 0.0035 W Setting 0 W to 0.004 W step 0.0001 W 0W 0.004 W 0.0001 W 2 * 485B = 1 * Pick-up setting for the solar radiation current loop input undercurrent element used to supervise the
48 5C 4-20 mA input only.
49 01 PSlip Function Indexed String 4x02250 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * Enables or disables the pole slipping protection.
Z Based PoleSlip Z Based PoleSlip is a sub- * * * 4901 = 1
49 02
heading
49 03 Pole Slip Mode Indexed String 4x02251 G113 G113 1 Generating Setting 0 = Generating, 1 = Motoring, 2 = Both 0 2 1 2 * * * 4901 = 1 Selection of the pole slip operating mode.
PSlip Za Forward Courier Number (Impedance) 4x02252 G2 700 1 100*V1/I1 Setting 0.5*V1/I1 to 350*V1/I1 step 0.5*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 350*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 * * * 4901 = 1 M1/M4 Forward impedance reach setting of the pole slipping lens characteristic.
49 04
M1/M4
49 05 PSlip Zb Reverse Courier Number (Impedance) 4x02253 G2 700 1 150*V1/I1 Setting 0.5*V1/I1 to 350*V1/I1 step 0.5*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 350*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 * * * 4901 = 1 Reverse impedance reach setting of the pole slipping lens characteristic.
49 06 Lens Angle Courier Number (Angle) 4x02254 G2 60 1 120 deg Setting 90 deg to 150 deg step 1 deg 90 deg 150 deg 1 deg 2 * * * 4901 = 1 Lens angle setting. The lens width is proportional to the lens angle, a 90deg lens angle is a circle.
PSlip Timer T1 Courier Number (Time) 4x02255 G2 200 1 0.015 s Setting 0 s to 1 s step 0.005 s 0s 1s 0.005 s 2 * * * 4901 = 1 Minimum time-delay setting that impedance must remain in half of the lens characteristic. The lens is split in half by
the blinder defining left and right hand halves. Timer T1 starts when the impedance is in the right hand half of the
49 07 lens when the operating mode is Generating and the left hand half of the lens when the operating mode is Motoring.
If the operating mode is set to Both then T1 starts timing in whichever half the impedance first appears.
PSlip Timer T2 Courier Number (Time) 4x02256 G2 200 1 0.015 s Setting 0 s to 1 s step 0.005 s 0s 1s 0.005 s 2 * * * 4901 = 1 Minimum time-delay setting that impedance must remain in half of the lens characteristic. The lens is split in half by
49 08 the blinder defining left and right hand halves. Timer T2 starts when the impedance is in the opposite half of the lens
characteristic to T1 operating.
Blinder Angle Courier Number (Angle) 4x02257 G2 90 1 75 deg Setting 20 deg to 90 deg step 1 deg 20 deg 90 deg 1 deg 2 * * * 4901 = 1 Blinder angle setting. This defines the inclination of the lens characteristic which should be consistent with the
49 09
system impedance angle.
PSlip Zc Courier Number (Impedance) 4x02258 G2 700 1 50*V1/I1 Setting 0.5*V1/I1 to 350*V1/I1 step 0.5*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 350*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 * * * 4901 = 1 M1/M4 Forward impedance reach setting of the reactance line. The reactance line splits the lens into 2 zones. Zone 1 is the
lens characteristic below the reactance line and Zone 2 is all of the lens characteristic. The reactance line provides a
49 0A means of discriminating pole slipping within the generator or within the power system. Typically the reactance line is
set to encompass the generator and part of the generator-transformer.
49 0B Zone1 Slip Count Unsigned Integer 4x02259 G1 19 1 1 Setting 1 to 20 step 1 1 20 1 2 * * * 4901 = 1 Number of allowed pole slips in zone 1.
49 0C Zone2 Slip Count Unsigned Integer 4x02260 G1 19 1 2 Setting 1 to 20 step 1 1 20 1 2 * * * 4901 = 1 Number of allowed pole slips in zone 2.
49 0D PSlip Reset Time Courier Number (Time) 4x02261 G2 10000 1 30 s Setting 0 s to 100 s step 0.01 s 0s 100 s 0.01 s 2 * * * 4901 = 1 Reset time setting for pole slip protection. Resets the counters for pole slips cleared by external protection.
GROUP 1 INPUT LABELS GROUP 1 INPUT LABELS * * * * * * 0925 = 1
4A 00
is a section heading
Opto Input 1 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02300 4x02307 G3 8 L1 Setting Group Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 01
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 2 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02308 4x02315 G3 8 L2 Setting Group Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 02
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 3 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02316 4x02323 G3 8 L3 Block IN>3&4 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 03
L3 Block IN>2 event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 4 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02324 4x02331 G3 8 L4 Block I>3&4 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 04
L4 Block I>2 event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 5 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02332 4x02339 G3 8 L5 Reset Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 05
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 6 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02340 4x02347 G3 8 L6 Ext Prot Trip Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 06
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 7 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02348 4x02355 G3 8 L7 52a Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 07
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 8 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02356 4x02363 G3 8 L8 52b Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 08
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 9 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02364 4x02371 G3 8 L9 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 09
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 10 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02372 4x02379 G3 8 L10 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 0A
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 11 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02380 4x02387 G3 8 L11 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 0B
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 12 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02388 4x02395 G3 8 L12 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 0C
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 13 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02396 4x02403 G3 8 L13 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 0D
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 14 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02404 4x02411 G3 8 L14 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 0E
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 15 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02412 4x02419 G3 8 L15 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 0F
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 16 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02420 4x02427 G3 8 L16 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 10
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 17 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02428 4x02435 G3 8 L17 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 11
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 18 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02436 4x02443 G3 8 L18 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 12
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 19 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02444 4x02451 G3 8 L19 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 13
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 20 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02452 4x02459 G3 8 L20 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 14
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 21 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02460 4x02467 G3 8 L21 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 15
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 22 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02468 4x02475 G3 8 L22 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 16
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 23 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02476 4x02483 G3 8 L23 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 17
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 24 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02484 4x02491 G3 8 L24 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 18
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 25 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02492 4x02499 G3 8 L25 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 19
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 26 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02500 4x02507 G3 8 L26 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 1A
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 27 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02508 4x02515 G3 8 L27 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 1B
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 28 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02516 4x02523 G3 8 L28 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 1C
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 29 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02524 4x02531 G3 8 L29 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 1D
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 30 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02532 4x02539 G3 8 L30 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 1E
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 31 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02540 4x02547 G3 8 L31 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 1F
event record description of the opto input.
Opto Input 32 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02548 4x02555 G3 8 L32 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual opto input. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme logic and
4A 20
event record description of the opto input.
GROUP 1 OUTPUT LABELS GROUP 1 OUTPUT * * * * * * 0926 = 1
4B 00 LABELS is a section
heading
Relay 1 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02556 4x02563 G3 8 R1 IN>1 Start Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 01
R1 Trip CB logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 2 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02564 4x02571 G3 8 R2 I>1 Start Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 02
R2 Trip PrimeMov logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 3 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02572 4x02579 G3 8 R3 Any Trip Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 03
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 4 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02580 4x02587 G3 8 R4 General Alarm Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 04
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 5 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02588 4x02595 G3 8 R5 CB Fail Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 05
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 6 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02596 4x02603 G3 8 R6 Control Close Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 06
R6 E/F Trip logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 7 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02604 4x02611 G3 8 R7 Control Trip Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 07 R7 V or F Trip * logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
R7 Volt Trip
Relay 8 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02612 4x02619 G3 8 R8 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 08
R8 Freq Trip logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 9 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02620 4x02627 G3 8 R9 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 09
R9 Diff Trip logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 10 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02628 4x02635 G3 8 R10 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 0A
R10 SysBack Trip logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 11 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02636 4x02643 G3 8 R11 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 0B
R11 NPS Trip logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 12 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02644 4x02651 G3 8 R12 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 0C
R12 Ffail Trip logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 13 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02652 4x02659 G3 8 R13 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 0D
R13 Power Trip logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 14 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02660 4x02667 G3 8 R14 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 0E
R14 V/Hz Trip logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 15 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02668 4x02675 G3 8 R15 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 0F
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 16 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02676 4x02683 G3 8 R16 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 10
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 17 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02684 4x02691 G3 8 R17 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 11
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 18 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02692 4x02699 G3 8 R18 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 12
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 19 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02700 4x02707 G3 8 R19 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 13
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 20 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02708 4x02715 G3 8 R20 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 14
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 21 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02716 4x02723 G3 8 R21 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 15
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 22 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02724 4x02731 G3 8 R22 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 16
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 23 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02732 4x02739 G3 8 R23 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 17
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
50313.3110.04512
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Menu Database 13-Nov-10
Page
Col Row Menu Text Courier Data Type LCD ref Modbus Register Start Modbus Register Data Group Data Group Max Modbus ModbusRegisters Default Setting Cell Type Available Setting Min Max Step Password P341 B0 P342 B0 P343 B0 P344 B0 P345 B0 P341 E0 Visible if Visible if Visible if Ripple BF03 Mult Description
End Courier MODBUS numeric setting Level M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M7 Cell Test Value Pri/Sec
Relay 24 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02740 4x02747 G3 8 R24 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 18
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 25 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02748 4x02755 G3 8 R25 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 19
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 26 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02756 4x02763 G3 8 R26 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 1A
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 27 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02764 4x02771 G3 8 R27 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 1B
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 28 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02772 4x02779 G3 8 R28 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 1C
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 29 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02780 4x02787 G3 8 R29 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 1D
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 30 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02788 4x02795 G3 8 R30 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 1E
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 31 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02796 4x02803 G3 8 R31 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 1F
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
Relay 32 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02804 4x02811 G3 8 R32 Not Used Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * Text label to describe each individual relay output contact. This text will be displayed in the programmable scheme
4B 20
logic and event record description of the relay output contact.
GROUP 1 RTD LABELS GROUP 1 RTD LABELS is a * * * * SMF
4C 00
section heading
RTD 1 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02812 4x02819 G3 8 RTD 1 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * Text label to describe each individual RTD. This text will be displayed in the Measurements 3 menu and fault records
4C 01
for the description of the RTDs.
RTD 2 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02820 4x02827 G3 8 RTD 2 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * Text label to describe each individual RTD. This text will be displayed in the Measurements 3 menu and fault records
4C 02
for the description of the RTDs.
RTD 3 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02828 4x02835 G3 8 RTD 3 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * Text label to describe each individual RTD. This text will be displayed in the Measurements 3 menu and fault records
4C 03
for the description of the RTDs.
RTD 4 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02836 4x02843 G3 8 RTD 4 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * Text label to describe each individual RTD. This text will be displayed in the Measurements 3 menu and fault records
4C 04
for the description of the RTDs.
RTD 5 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02844 4x02851 G3 8 RTD 5 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * Text label to describe each individual RTD. This text will be displayed in the Measurements 3 menu and fault records
4C 05
for the description of the RTDs.
RTD 6 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02852 4x02859 G3 8 RTD 6 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * Text label to describe each individual RTD. This text will be displayed in the Measurements 3 menu and fault records
4C 06
for the description of the RTDs.
RTD 7 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02860 4x02867 G3 8 RTD 7 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * Text label to describe each individual RTD. This text will be displayed in the Measurements 3 menu and fault records
4C 07
for the description of the RTDs.
RTD 8 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02868 4x02875 G3 8 RTD 8 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * Text label to describe each individual RTD. This text will be displayed in the Measurements 3 menu and fault records
4C 08
for the description of the RTDs.
RTD 9 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02876 4x02883 G3 8 RTD 9 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * Text label to describe each individual RTD. This text will be displayed in the Measurements 3 menu and fault records
4C 09
for the description of the RTDs.
RTD 10 ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x02884 4x02891 G3 8 RTD 10 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * Text label to describe each individual RTD. This text will be displayed in the Measurements 3 menu and fault records
4C 0A
for the description of the RTDs.
GROUP 1 CLIO PROTECTION GROUP 1 CLIO * * * * * * SMF *
4D 00 PROTECTION is a section
heading
4D 02 CLIO Input 1 Indexed String 4x02895 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0930 = 1 * Enables or disables the current loop (transducer) input 1 element.
4D 04 CLI1 Input Type Indexed String 4x02896 G153 G153 1 4-20mA Setting 0 = 0-1mA, 1 = 0-10mA, 2 = 0-20mA, 3 = 4-20mA 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * 4D02 = 1 * Current loop 1 input type.
CLI1 Input Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x01900 4x01907 G3 8 CLIO Input 1 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * 4D02 = 1 * Current loop 1 input description. The minimum and maximum settings define the range but they have no units. The
4D 06 user can use the label to enter the transducer function and unit of measurement, e.g. Power MW, which is used in
the Measurements 3 menu to describe the CLI1 measurement.
CLI1 Minimum Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02897 4x02898 G35 2 0 Setting -9999 to 9999 step 0.1 -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D02 = 1 * Current loop input 1 minimum setting. Defines the lower range of the physical or electrical quantity measured by the
4D 08
transducer.
CLI1 Maximum Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02899 4x02900 G35 2 100 Setting -9999 to 9999 step 0.1 -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D02 = 1 * Current loop input 1 maximum setting. Defines the upper range of the physical or electrical quantity measured by the
4D 0A
transducer.
4D 0C CLI1 Alarm Indexed String 4x02901 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D02 = 1 * Enables or disables the current loop input 1 alarm element.
4D 0E CLI1 Alarm Fn Indexed String 4x02902 G154 G154 1 Over Setting 0 = Under, 1 = Over 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D0C = 1 * Operating mode of the current loop input 1 alarm element.
CLI1 Alarm Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02903 4x02904 G35 2 50 Setting CLI1 Minimum to CLI1 Maximum step 0.1 CLI1 CLI1 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D0C = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 1 alarm element.
4D 10
Minimum Maximum
4D 12 CLI1 Alarm Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02905 G2 1 1 Setting 0s to 100s step 0.1s 0s 100s 0.1s 2 * * * * * * 4D0C = 1 * Operating time-delay setting of current loop input 1 alarm element.
4D 14 CLI1 Trip Indexed String 4x02906 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D02 = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 1 trip element.
4D 16 CLI1 Trip Fn Indexed String 4x02907 G154 G154 1 Over Setting 0 = Under, 1 = Over 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D14 = 1 * Operating mode of the current loop input 1 alarm element.
CLI1 Trip Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02908 4x02909 G35 2 60 Setting CLI1 Minimum to CLI1 Maximum step 0.1 CLI1 CLI1 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D14 = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 1 trip element.
4D 18
Minimum Maximum
4D 1A CLI1 Trip Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02910 G2 1 0 Setting 0 to 100 step 0.1 0 100 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D14 = 1 * Operating mode of the current loop input 1 trip element.
4D 1C CLI1 I< Alarm Indexed String 4x02911 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D04 = 3 * Enables or disables the current loop input 1 undercurrent element used to supervise the 4-20mA input only.
4D 1E CLI1 I< Alm Set Courier Number (Current) 4x02912 G2 1 0.0035 Setting 0mA to 4mA step 0.1mA 0 0.004 0.0001 2 * * * * * * 4D1C = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 1 undercurrent element. (4 - 20 mA input only).
4D 22 CLIO Input 2 Indexed String 4x02913 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0930 = 1 * Enables or disables the current loop (transducer) input 1 element.
4D 24 CLI2 Input Type Indexed String 4x02914 G153 G153 1 4-20mA Setting 0 = 0-1mA, 1 = 0-10mA, 2 = 0-20mA, 3 = 4-20mA 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * 4D22 = 1 * Current loop 2 input type.
CLI2 Input Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x01908 4x01915 G3 8 CLIO Input 2 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * 4D22 = 1 * Current loop 2 input description. The minimum and maximum settings define the range but they have no units. The
4D 26 user can use the label to enter the transducer function and unit of measurement, e.g. Power MW, which is used in
the Measurements 3 menu to describe the CLI2 measurement.
CLI2 Minimum Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02915 4x02916 G35 2 0 Setting -9999 to 9999 step 0.1 -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D22 = 1 * Current loop input 2 minimum setting. Defines the lower range of the physical or electrical quantity measured by the
4D 28
transducer.
CLI2 Maximum Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02917 4x02918 G35 2 100 Setting -9999 to 9999 step 0.1 -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D22 = 1 * Current loop input 2 maximum setting. Defines the upper range of the physical or electrical quantity measured by the
4D 2A
transducer.
4D 2C CLI2 Alarm Indexed String 4x02919 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D22 = 1 * Enables or disables the current loop input 2 alarm element.
4D 2E CLI2 Alarm Fn Indexed String 4x02920 G154 G154 1 Over Setting 0 = Under, 1 = Over 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D2C = 1 * Operating mode of the current loop input 2 alarm element.
CLI2 Alarm Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02921 4x02922 G35 2 50 Setting CLI2 Minimum to CLI2 Maximum step 0.1 CLI2 CLI2 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D2C = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 2 alarm element.
4D 30
Minimum Maximum
4D 32 CLI2 Alarm Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02923 G2 1 1s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.1s 0 100 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D2C = 1 * Operating time-delay setting of current loop input 2 alarm element.
4D 34 CLI2 Trip Indexed String 4x02924 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D22 = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 2 trip element.
4D 36 CLI2 Trip Fn Indexed String 4x02925 G154 G154 1 Over Setting 0 = Under, 1 = Over 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D34 = 1 * Operating mode of the current loop input 2 alarm element.
CLI2 Trip Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02926 4x02927 G35 2 60 Setting CLI2 Minimum to CLI2 Maximum step 0.1 CLI2 CLI2 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D34 = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 2 trip element.
4D 38
Minimum Maximum
4D 3A CLI2 Trip Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02928 G2 1 0s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.1s 0 100 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D34 = 1 * Operating mode of the current loop input 2 trip element.
4D 3C CLI2 I< Alarm Indexed String 4x02929 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D24 = 3 * Enables or disables the current loop input 2 undercurrent element used to supervise the 4-20mA input only.
4D 3E CLI2 I< Alm Set Courier Number (Current) 4x02930 G2 1 0.0035 Setting 0mA to 4mA step 0.1mA 0 0.004 0.0001 2 * * * * * * 4D3C = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 2 undercurrent element. (4 - 20 mA input only).
4D 42 CLIO Input 3 Indexed String 4x02931 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0930 = 1 * Enables or disables the current loop (transducer) input 1 element.
4D 44 CLI3 Input Type Indexed String 4x02932 G153 G153 1 4-20mA Setting 0 = 0-1mA, 1 = 0-10mA, 2 = 0-20mA, 3 = 4-20mA 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * 4D42 = 1 * Current loop 3 input type.
4D 46 CLI3 Input Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x01916 4x01923 G3 8 CLIO Input 3 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * 4D42 = 1 * Current loop 3 input description. The minimum and maximum settings define the range but they have no units. The
CLI3 Minimum Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02933 4x02934 G35 2 0 Setting -9999 to 9999 step 0.1 -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D42 = 1 * user canloop
Current use input
the label to entersetting.
3 minimum the transducer
Definesfunction and
the lower unit of
range of the
measurement, e.g. Power
physical or electrical MW, which
quantity is used
measured by in
the
4D 48 the Measurements 3 menu to describe the CLI2 measurement.
transducer.
CLI3 Maximum Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02935 4x02936 G35 2 100 Setting -9999 to 9999 step 0.1 -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D42 = 1 * Current loop input 3 maximum setting. Defines the upper range of the physical or electrical quantity measured by the
4D 4A
transducer.
4D 4C CLI3 Alarm Indexed String 4x02937 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D42 = 1 * Enables or disables the current loop input 3 alarm element.
4D 4E CLI3 Alarm Fn Indexed String 4x02938 G154 G154 1 Over Setting 0 = Under, 1 = Over 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D4C = 1 * Operating mode of the current loop input 3 alarm element.
CLI3 Alarm Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02939 4x02940 G35 2 50 Setting CLI3 Minimum to CLI3 Maximum step 0.1 CLI3 CLI3 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D4C = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 3 alarm element.
4D 50
Minimum Maximum
4D 52 CLI3 Alarm Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02941 G2 1 1s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.1s 0 100 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D4C = 1 * Operating time-delay setting of current loop input 3 alarm element.
4D 54 CLI3 Trip Indexed String 4x02942 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D42 = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 3 trip element.
4D 56 CLI3 Trip Fn Indexed String 4x02943 G154 G154 1 Over Setting 0 = Under, 1 = Over 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D54 = 1 * Operating mode of the current loop input 3 alarm element.
CLI3 Trip Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02944 4x02945 G35 2 60 Setting CLI3 Minimum to CLI3 Maximum step 0.1 CLI3 CLI3 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D54 = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 3 trip element.
4D 58
Minimum Maximum
4D 5A CLI3 Trip Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02946 G2 1 0s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.1s 0 100 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D54 = 1 * Operating mode of the current loop input 3 trip element.
4D 5C CLI3 I< Alarm Indexed String 4x02947 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D44 = 3 * Enables or disables the current loop input 3 undercurrent element used to supervise the 4-20mA input only.
4D 5E CLI3 I< Alm Set Courier Number (Current) 4x02948 G2 1 0.0035 Setting 0mA to 4mA step 0.1mA 0 0.004 0.0001 2 * * * * * * 4D5C = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 3 undercurrent element. (4 - 20 mA input only).
4D 62 CLIO Input 4 Indexed String 4x02949 G37 G37 1 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0930 = 1 * Enables or disables the current loop (transducer) input 1 element.
4D 64 CLI4 Input Type Indexed String 4x02950 G153 G153 1 4-20mA Setting 0 = 0-1mA, 1 = 0-10mA, 2 = 0-20mA, 3 = 4-20mA 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * 4D62 = 1 * Current loop 4 input type.
CLI4 Input Label ASCII Text (16 chars) 4x01924 4x01931 G3 8 CLIO Input 4 Setting Editable 16 character string 32 163 1 2 * * * * * * 4D62 = 1 * Current loop 4 input description. The minimum and maximum settings define the range but they have no units. The
4D 66 user can use the label to enter the transducer function and unit of measurement, e.g. Power MW, which is used in
the Measurements 3 menu to describe the CLI2 measurement.
CLI4 Minimum Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02951 4x02952 G35 2 0 Setting -9999 to 9999 step 0.1 -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D62 = 1 * Current loop input 4 minimum setting. Defines the lower range of the physical or electrical quantity measured by the
4D 68
transducer.
CLI4 Maximum Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02953 4x02954 G35 2 100 Setting -9999 to 9999 step 0.1 -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D62 = 1 * Current loop input 4 maximum setting. Defines the upper range of the physical or electrical quantity measured by the
4D 6A
transducer.
4D 6C CLI4 Alarm Indexed String 4x02955 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D62 = 1 * Enables or disables the current loop input 4 alarm element.
4D 6E CLI4 Alarm Fn Indexed String 4x02956 G154 G154 1 Over Setting 0 = Under, 1 = Over 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D6C = 1 * Operating mode of the current loop input 4 alarm element.
CLI4 Alarm Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02957 4x02958 G35 2 50 Setting CLI4 Minimum to CLI4 Maximum step 0.1 CLI4 CLI4 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D6C = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 4 alarm element.
4D 70
Minimum Maximum
4D 72 CLI4 Alarm Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02959 G2 1 1s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.1s 0 100 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D6C = 1 * Operating time-delay setting of current loop input 4 alarm element.
4D 74 CLI4 Trip Indexed String 4x02960 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D62 = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 4 trip element.
4D 76 CLI4 Trip Fn Indexed String 4x02961 G154 G154 1 Over Setting 0 = Under, 1 = Over 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D74 = 1 * Operating mode of the current loop input 4 alarm element.
CLI4 Trip Set Courier Number (Decimal) 4x02962 4x02963 G35 2 60 Setting CLI4 Minimum to CLI4 Maximum step 0.1 CLI4 CLI4 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D74 = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 4 trip element.
4D 78
Minimum Maximum
4D 7A CLI4 Trip Delay Courier Number (Time) 4x02964 G2 1 0s Setting 0s to 100s step 0.1s 0 100 0.1 2 * * * * * * 4D74 = 1 * Operating mode of the current loop input 4 trip element.
4D 7C CLI4 I< Alarm Indexed String 4x02965 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4D64 = 3 * Enables or disables the current loop input 4 undercurrent element used to supervise the 4-20mA input only.
4D 7E CLI4 I< Alm Set Courier Number (Current) 4x02966 G2 1 0.0035 Setting 0mA to 4mA step 0.4mA 0 0.004 0.0004 2 * * * * * * 4D7C = 1 * Pick-up setting for the current loop input 4 undercurrent element. (4 - 20 mA input only).
4D A0 CLIO Output 1 Indexed String 4x02967 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0931 = 1 * Enable or disables the current loop (transducer) output 1 element.
4D A2 CLO1 Output Type Indexed String 4x02968 G153 G153 1 4-20mA Setting 0 = 0-1mA, 1 = 0-10mA, 2 = 0-20mA, 3 = 4-20mA 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 4DA0 = 1 * Current loop 1 output type
4D A4 CLO1 Set Values Indexed String 4x02969 G54 G54 1 Primary Setting Primary, Secondary 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4DA0 = 1 * This setting controls if the measured values via current loop output 1 are Primary or Secondary values.
4D A6 CLO1 Parameter Indexed String 4x02970 G155 G155 1 IA Magnitude Setting See CLIO measurement table 0 See G155 1 2 * * * * * * 4DA0 = 1 * This setting defines the measured quantity assigned to current loop output 1.
CLO1 Minimum Courier Number 4x02971 4x02972 G35 2 See G155 table Setting See CLIO measurement table See G155 2 * * * * * * 4DA0 = 1 * Current loop output 1 minimum setting. Defines the lower range of the measurement.
Meas.
4D A8 Range
Table
CLO1 Maximum Courier Number 4x02973 4x02974 G35 2 See G155 table Setting See CLIO measurement table See G155 2 * * * * * * 4DA0 = 1 * Current loop output 1 maximum setting. Defines the upper range of the measurement.
Meas.
4D AA Range
Table
4D B0 CLIO Output 2 Indexed String 4x02975 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0931 = 1 * Enable or disables the current loop (transducer) output 2 element.
4D B2 CLO2 Output Type Indexed String 4x02976 G153 G153 1 4-20mA Setting 0 = 0-1mA, 1 = 0-10mA, 2 = 0-20mA, 3 = 4-20mA 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 4DB0 = 1 * Current loop 2 output type
4D B4 CLO2 Set Values Indexed String 4x02977 G54 G54 1 Primary Setting Primary, Secondary 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4DA0 = 1 * This setting controls if the measured values via current loop output 2 are Primary or Secondary values.
4D B6 CLO2 Parameter Indexed String 4x02978 G155 G155 1 IB Magnitude Setting See CLIO measurement table 0 See G155 1 2 * * * * * * 4DB0 = 1 * This setting defines the measured quantity assigned to current loop output 2.
CLO2 Minimum Courier Number 4x02979 4x02980 G35 2 See G155 table Setting See CLIO measurement table See G155 2 * * * * * * 4DB0 = 1 * Current loop output 2 minimum setting. Defines the lower range of the measurement.
Meas.
4D B8 Range
Table
CLO2 Maximum Courier Number 4x02981 4x02982 G35 2 See G155 table Setting See CLIO measurement table See G155 2 * * * * * * 4DB0 = 1 * Current loop output 2 maximum setting. Defines the upper range of the measurement.
Meas.
4D BA Range
Table
4D C0 CLIO Output 3 Indexed String 4x02983 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0931 = 1 * Enable or disables the current loop (transducer) output 3 element.
4D C2 CLO3 Output Type Indexed String 4x02984 G153 G153 1 4-20mA Setting 0 = 0-1mA, 1 = 0-10mA, 2 = 0-20mA, 3 = 4-20mA 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 4DC0 = 1 * Current loop 3 output type
4D C4 CLO3 Set Values Indexed String 4x02985 G54 G54 1 Primary Setting Primary, Secondary 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4DA0 = 1 * This setting controls if the measured values via current loop output 3 are Primary or Secondary values.
4D C6 CLO3 Parameter Indexed String 4x02986 G155 G155 1 IC Magnitude Setting See CLIO measurement table 0 See G155 1 2 * * * * * * 4DC0 = 1 * This setting defines the measured quantity assigned to current loop output 3.
CLO3 Minimum Courier Number 4x02987 4x02988 G35 2 See G155 table Setting See CLIO measurement table See G155 2 * * * * * * 4DC0 = 1 * Current loop output 3 minimum setting. Defines the lower range of the measurement.
Meas.
4D C8 Range
Table
CLO3 Maximum Courier Number 4x02989 4x02990 G35 2 See G155 table Setting See CLIO measurement table See G155 2 * * * * * * 4DC0 = 1 * Current loop output 3 maximum setting. Defines the upper range of the measurement.
Meas.
4D CA Range
Table
4D D0 CLIO Output 4 Indexed String 4x02991 G37 G37 1 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0931 = 1 * Enable or disables the current loop (transducer) output 4 element.
4D D2 CLO4 Output Type Indexed String 4x02992 G153 G153 1 4-20mA Setting 0 = 0-1mA, 1 = 0-10mA, 2 = 0-20mA, 3 = 4-20mA 0 2 1 2 * * * * * * 4DD0 = 1 * Current loop 4 output type
4D D4 CLO4 Set Values Indexed String 4x02993 G54 G54 1 Primary Setting Primary, Secondary 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4DA0 = 1 * This setting controls if the measured values via current loop output 4 are Primary or Secondary values.
CLO4 Parameter Indexed String 4x02994 G155 G155 1 IN Measured Mag Setting See CLIO measurement table 0 See G155 1 2 * * * * * 4DD0 = 1 * This setting defines the measured quantity assigned to current loop output 4.
4D D6
IN Derived Mag *
CLO4 Minimum Courier Number 4x02995 4x02996 G35 2 See G155 table Setting See CLIO measurement table See G155 2 * * * * * * 4DD0 = 1 * Current loop output 4 minimum setting. Defines the lower range of the measurement.
Meas.
4D D8 Range
Table
CLO4 Maximum Courier Number 4x02997 4x02998 G35 2 See G155 table Setting See CLIO measurement table See G155 2 * * * * * * 4DD0 = 1 * Current loop output 4 maximum setting. Defines the upper range of the measurement.
4D DA
Meas.
Range
4E 00 GROUP 1 SYSTEM CHECKS GROUP 1 SYSTEM * * * * * *
Table
VOLTAGE MONITORS CHECKS isMONITORS
VOLTAGE a section is a * * * * * * 0933 = 1
4E 01 heading
sub-heading
4E 02 Live Voltage Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11200 G2 G2 32 Setting 1*V1 to 132*V1 step 0.5*V1 1*V1 132*V1 0.5*V1 2 * * * * * * 0933 = 1 M1 Minimum voltage setting above which a generator or busbar is recognized as being ‘Live’.
4E 03 Dead Voltage Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11201 G2 G2 13 Setting 1*V1 to 132*V1 step 0.5*V1 1*V1 132*V1 0.5*V1 2 * * * * * * 0933 = 1 M1 Maximum voltage setting below which a generator or busbar is recognized as being ‘Dead’.
Gen UnderVoltage Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11202 G2 G2 54 Setting 1*V1 to 132*V1 step 0.5*V1 1*V1 132*V1 0.5*V1 2 * * * * * * 0933 = 1 M1 Undervoltage setting above which the generator voltage must be satisfied for the Check Sync. condition if V< is
4E 04
selected in the CS Voltage Block cell.
Gen Over Voltage Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11203 G2 G2 130 Setting 1*V1 to 185*V1 step 0.5*V1 1*V1 185*V1 0.5*V1 2 * * * * * * 0933 = 1 M1 Overvoltage setting which the generator voltage must be satisfied for the Check Sync. condition if V> is selected in
4E 05
the CS Voltage Block cell.
Bus UnderVoltage Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11204 G2 G2 54 Setting 10*V1 to 132*V1 step 0.5*V1 10*V1 132*V1 0.5*V1 2 * * * * * * 0933 = 1 M1 Undervoltage setting above which the busbar voltage must be satisfied for the Check Sync. condition if V< is
4E 06
selected in the CS Voltage Block cell..
Bus Over Voltage Courier Number (Voltage) 4x11205 G2 G2 130 Setting 60*V1 to 185*V1 step 0.5*V1 60*V1 185*V1 0.5*V1 2 * * * * * * 0933 = 1 M1 Overvoltage setting below which the busbar voltage must be satisfied for the Check Sync. condition if V> is selected
4E 07
in the CS Voltage Block cell.
CS Diff Voltage Courier Number (Number) 4x11206 G2 G2 6.5 Setting 1 to 132 step 0.5 1.0*V1 132.0*V1 0.5*V1 2 * * * * * * 0933 = 1 M1 Voltage magnitude difference setting between the generator and busbar volts below which the generator and bus
4E 08 voltage difference must be satisfied for the Check Sync. condition if selected in the CS Voltage Block cell.
CS Voltage Block Indexed String 4x11207 G41 G41 V< Setting None, V<, V>, Vdiff>, V< and V>, V< and Vdiff>, V> and Vdiff>, V< 0 7 1 2 * * * * * * 0933 = 1 Selects the undervoltage(V<), overvoltage (V>) and voltage difference (Vdiff>) voltage blocking options for the
4E 09 V> Vdiff> generator and bus voltages that must be satisfied in order for the Check Sync. conditions to be satisfied.
Gen Under Freq Courier Number (Frequency) 4x11208 G2 G2 49.5 Hz Setting 45 Hz to 65 Hz step 0.01 Hz 45 Hz 65 Hz 0.01 Hz 2 * * * * * * 0933 = 1 Underfrequency setting for the generator. This setting only affects DDB 1347 Freq Low which indicates the generator
4E 0A
frequency is lower than the Gen Under Freq setting.
Gen Over Freq Courier Number (Frequency) 4x11209 G2 G2 50.5 Hz Setting 45 Hz to 65 Hz step 0.01 Hz 45 Hz 65 Hz 0.01 Hz 2 * * * * * * 0933 = 1 Overfrequency setting for the generator. This setting only affects DDB 1348 Freq High which indicates the generator
4E 0B
frequency is higher than the Gen Over Freq setting
CHECK SYNC CHECK SYNC is a sub- * * * * * * 0933 = 1
4E 10
heading
4E 11 CS1 Status Indexed String 4x11210 G37 G37 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0933 = 1 Enables or disables the first stage check sync. element.
CS1 Phase Angle Courier Number (Angle) 4x11211 G2 G2 20 deg Setting 5 deg to 90 deg step 1 deg 5 deg 90 deg 1 deg 2 * * * * * * 4E11 = 1 Maximum phase angle difference setting between the line and bus voltage for the first stage check sync. element
4E 12
phase angle criteria to be satisfied.
CS1 Slip Control Indexed String 4x11212 G42 G42 Frequency only Setting None, Timer Only, Frequency Only, Frequency + Timer 0 3 1 2 * * * * * * 4E11 = 1 Slip control method - slip frequency only, frequency + timer or timer only criteria to satisfy the first stage check sync.
conditions.
If slip control by timer or frequency + timer is selected, the combination of phase angle and timer settings determines
an effective maximum slip frequency, calculated as:
(2 x A) / ( T x 360) Hz. for Check Sync. 1, or
where
A = Phase angle setting ()
T = Slip timer setting (seconds)
For example, with Check Sync. 1 Phase Angle setting 30deg and Timer setting 3.3 sec, the “slipping” vector has to
4E 13 remain within +-30deg of the reference vector for at least 3.3 seconds. Therefore a synch check output will not be
given if the slip is greater than 2 x 30deg in 3.3 seconds. Using the formula: (2 x 30) / (3.3 x 360) = 0.0505 Hz (50.5
mHz).
If Slip Control by Frequency + Timer is selected, for an output to be given, the slip frequency must be less than
BOTH the set Slip Freq. value and the value determined by the Phase Angle and Timer settings.
If Slip Control by Frequency, for an output to be given, the slip frequency must be less than the set Slip Freq. value
setting only.
CS1 Slip Freq Courier Number (Frequency) 4x11213 G2 G2 0.05 Setting 0.01 to 1 step 0.01 0.01 1 0.01 2 * * * * * * 4E13 = 2 or 3 Maximum frequency difference setting between the generator and bus voltage for the first stage check sync. element
4E 14
slip frequency to be satisfied.
4E 15 CS1 Slip Timer Courier Number (Time) 4x11214 G2 G2 1s Setting 0 s to 99s step 0.01 s 0s 99s 0.01 s 2 * * * * * * 4E13 = 1 or 3 Minimum operating time-delay setting for the first stage check sync. element.
4E 16 CS2 Status Indexed String 4x11215 G37 G37 Disabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0933 = 1 Enable or disables the second stage check sync. element.
CS2 Phase Angle Courier Number (Angle) 4x11216 G2 G2 20 deg Setting 5 deg to 90 deg step 1 deg 5 deg 90 deg 1 deg 2 * * * * * * 4E16 = 1 Maximum phase angle difference setting between the line and bus voltage for the second stage check sync. element
4E 17
phase angle criteria to be satisfied.
CS2 Slip Control Indexed String 4x11217 G156 G156 Frequency only Setting None, Timer Only, Frequency Only, Frequency + Timer, 0 4 1 2 * * * * * * 4E16 = 1 Slip control method - slip frequency only, frequency + timer or timer only criteria to satisfy the CS1 conditions.
Frequency + CB If Slip Control by Timer or Frequency + Timer is selected, the combination of Phase Angle and Timer settings
determines an effective maximum slip frequency, calculated as:
A / (T x 360) Hz. for Check Sync. 2, or
where
A = Phase angle setting (deg)
T = Slip timer setting (seconds)
For Check Sync 2, with Phase Angle setting 10deg and Timer setting 0.1 sec, the slipping vector has to remain within
10deg of the reference vector, with the angle decreasing, for 0.1 sec. When the angle passes through zero and
4E 18 starts to increase, the synch check output is blocked. Therefore an output will not be given if slip is greater than
10deg in 0.1 second. Using the formula: 10 / (0.1 x 360) = 0.278 Hz (278 mHz).
If Slip Control by Frequency + Timer is selected, for an output to be given, the slip frequency must be less than
BOTH the set Slip Freq. value and the value determined by the Phase Angle and Timer settings.
If Slip Control by Frequency, for an output to be given, the slip frequency must be less than the set Slip Freq. value
setting only.
The Frequency + CB (Frequency + CB Time Compensation) setting modifies the Check Sync. 2 function to take
account of the circuit breaker closing time. By measuring the slip frequency, and using the CB Close Time setting as
a reference, the relay will issue the close command so that the circuit breaker closes at the instant the slip angle is
4E 19 equal to the CS2 phase angle setting. Unlike Check Sync 1, Check Sync 2 only permits closure for decreasing
CS2 Slip Freq Courier Number (Frequency) 4x11218 G2 G2 0.05 Setting 0.01 to 1 step 0.01 0.01 1 0.01 2 * * * * * * 4E18 = 2 or 3 or 4 Slip frequency setting for the second stage check sync. element.
4E 1A CS2 Slip Timer Courier Number (Time) 4x11219 G2 G2 1s Setting 0 s to 99s step 0.01 s 0s 99s 0.01 s 2 * * * * * * 4E18 = 1 or 3 Second stage Check Sync. slip timer setting.
SYSTEM SPLIT SYSTEM SPLIT is a sub- * *
4E 20
heading
4E 21 SS Status Indexed String 4x11220 G37 G37 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 0933 = 1 Enables or disables the system split function.
SS Phase Angle Courier Number (Angle) 4x11221 G2 G2 120 deg Setting 90 deg to 175 deg step 1 deg 90 deg 175 deg 1 deg 2 * * * * * * 4E21 = 1 Maximum phase angle difference setting between the generator and bus voltage, which must be exceeded, for the
4E 22
System Split condition to be satisfied.
4E 23 SS Under V Block Indexed String 4x11222 G37 G37 Enabled Setting Disabled or Enabled 0 1 1 2 * * * * * * 4E21 = 1 Activates the system split undervoltage block criteria
SS UnderVoltage Courier Number (Number) 4x11223 G2 G2 54 Setting 10 to 132 step 0.5 10.0*V1 132.0*V1 0.5*V1 2 * * * * * * 4E23 = 1 M1 Undervoltage setting above which the generator and bus voltage must be satisfied for the System Split condition.
4E 24
SS Timer Courier Number (time) 4x11224 G2 G2 1s Setting 0 s to 99s step 0.01 s 0s 99s 0.01 s 2 * * * * * * 4E21 = 1 The System Split output remains set for as long as the System Split criteria are true, or for a minimum period equal to
4E 25
the System Split Timer setting, whichever is longer.
CB Close Time Courier Number (time) 4x11225 G2 1 0.05 Setting 0 to 0.5 step 0.001 0 0.5 0.001 2 * * 4E16 = 1 Circuit breaker closing time setting used in the second stage Check Sync criteria to compensate for the breaker
4E 30
closing time if selected.
GROUP 2 PROTECTION GROUP 2 PROTECTION * * * * * * visible if
SETTINGS 4x03000 4x04999 SETTINGS * * * * * * 0908=1
50 00 Repeat of Group 1 columns/rows 4x13000 4x14999 Repeat of Group 1
columns/rows
is a section heading
(No Header) N/A (No Header) is a section Auto extraction Event Record Column * * * * * *
B0 00
heading
B0 01 Select Record Unsigned Integer(2) Setting 0 to 65535 step 1 0 65535 1 * * * * * * D1
B0 40 Faulted Phase Binary Flag (8 Bits) G16 Data * * * * * *
B0 42 Start Elements1 Binary Flag (32 Bits) Indexed String G84 Data * * * * * *
B0 43 Start Elements2 Binary Flag (32 Bits) Indexed String G107 Data * * * * * *
B0 44 Start Elements3 Binary Flag (32 Bits) Indexed String G129 Data * * * * * *
B0 45 Start Elements4 Binary Flag (32 Bits) G131 Data * * * * * * For fault record use only.
B0 49 Trip Elements1 Binary Flag (32 Bits) Indexed String G85 Data * * * * * *
B0 4A Trip Elements2 Binary Flag (32 Bits) Indexed String G86 Data * * * * * *
B0 4B Trip Elements3 Binary Flag (32 Bits) Indexed String G130 Data * * * * * *
B0 4C Trip Elements4 Binary Flag (32 Bits) N/A G132 Data * * * * * *
B0 50 Fault Alarms Binary Flag (32 Bits) Indexed String G87 Data * * * * * *
B0 51 Fault Alarms 2 Binary Flag (32 Bits) N/A G89 Data * * * * * *
B0 55 Fault Time IEC870 Time & Date Data * * * * * *
B0 57 Active Group Unsigned Integer Data * * * * * *
B0 59 System Frequency Courier Number (frequency) Data * * * * * *
B0 5B Fault Duration Courier Number (time) Data * * * * * *
B0 5E CB Operate Time Courier Number (time) Data * * * * * *
B0 60 Relay Trip Time Courier Number (time) Data * * * * * *
B0 62 IA Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 62 IA-1 Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 63 IB Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 63 IB-1 Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 64 IC Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 64 IC-1 Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 65 VAB Courier Number (voltage) Data * * * * * * M1
B0 66 VBC Courier Number (voltage) Data * * * * * * M1
B0 67 VCA Courier Number (voltage) Data * * * * * * M1
B0 68 VAN Courier Number (voltage) Data * * * * * * M1
B0 69 VBN Courier Number (voltage) Data * * * * * * M1
B0 6A VCN Courier Number (voltage) Data * * * * * * M1
B0 70 IA-2 Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 71 IB-2 Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 72 IC-2 Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 80 IA Differential Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 81 IB Differential Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 82 IC Differential Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 83 IA Diff PU Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 84 IB Diff PU Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 85 IC Diff PU Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 86 IA Diff 2H Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 87 IB Diff 2H Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 88 IC Diff 2H Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 89 IA Diff 5H Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 8A IB Diff 5H Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 8B IC Diff 5H Courier Number (current) Data * * * M4
B0 90 VN Measured Courier Number (voltage) Data * * * * M3
B0 90 VN1 Measured Courier Number (voltage) Data * * M3
B0 92 VN2 Measured Courier Number (voltage) Data * * M2
B0 94 VN Derived Courier Number (voltage) Data * * * * * * M1
B0 96 IN Measured Courier Number (current) Data * * * * M5
B0 96 IN Derived Courier Number (current) Data * * M4
B0 99 I Sensitive Courier Number (current) Data * * * * * * M6
B0 9A I Sensitive2 Courier Number (current) Data * M6
B0 9C IREF Diff Courier Number (current) Data * * * * M4
B0 9D IREF Bias Courier Number (current) Data * * * * M4
B0 A0 I2 Courier Number (current) Data * * * * * * M4
B0 A2 V2 Courier Number (voltage) Data * * * * * * M1
B0 A6 3 Phase Watts Courier Number (Power) Data * * * * * * M1*M4
B0 A8 3 Phase VArs Courier Number (VAr) Data * * * * * * M1*M4
B0 AA 3Ph Power Factor Courier Number (Decimal) Data * * * * * *
B0 B0 RTD 1 Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * * *
B0 B1 RTD 2 Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * * *
B0 B2 RTD 3 Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * * *
B0 B3 RTD 4 Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * * *
B0 B4 RTD 5 Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * * *
B0 B5 RTD 6 Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * * *
B0 B6 RTD 7 Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * * *
B0 B7 RTD 8 Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * * *
B0 B8 RTD 9 Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * * *
B0 B9 RTD 10 Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * * *
B0 C2 df/dt Courier Number (Hz/s) Data * *
B0 C4 V Vector Shift Courier Number (Angle) Data * *
B0 C6 CLIO Input 1 Courier Number (Decimal) Data * * * * * *
B0 C7 CLIO Input 2 Courier Number (Decimal) Data * * * * * *
B0 C8 CLIO Input 3 Courier Number (Decimal) Data * * * * * *
B0 C9 CLIO Input 4 Courier Number (Decimal) Data * * * * * *
B0 CA 64S V Magnitude Courier Number (voltage) Data * xC10 = 1 *
B0 CB 64S I Magnitude Courier Number (current) Data * xC10 = 1 *
B0 CC 64S R primary Courier Number (resistance) Data * xC10 = 1 *
B0 CD 64R CL Input Courier Number (current) Data * * * * 0914 = 1 *
B0 CE 64R R Fault Courier Number (resistance) Data * * * * 0914 = 1 *
B0 D0 DLR Ambient Temp Courier Number (Temperature) Data * SMF
B0 D1 Wind Velocity Courier Number (Velocity) Data * SMF
B0 D2 Wind Direction Courier Number (Decimal) Data * SMF
B0 D3 Solar Radiation Courier Number (Power) Data * SMF
50313.3110.04513
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Menu Database 13-Nov-10
Page
Col Row Menu Text Courier Data Type LCD ref Modbus Register Start Modbus Register Data Group Data Group Max Modbus ModbusRegisters Default Setting Cell Type Available Setting Min Max Step Password P341 B0 P342 B0 P343 B0 P344 B0 P345 B0 P341 E0 Visible if Visible if Visible if Ripple BF03 Mult Description
End Courier MODBUS numeric setting Level M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M7 Cell Test Value Pri/Sec
B0 D4 DLR Ampacity Courier Number (Current) Data * SMF M4
B0 D5 DLR CurrentRatio Courier Number (Percentage) Data * SMF
B0 D6 Dyn Conduct Temp Courier Number (Temperature) Data * SMF
B0 E4 IA Peak Mag Courier Number (Current) G24 2 Data Not settable * * * * M4 IA(CT1) Peak Magnitude
B0 E5 IB Peak Mag Courier Number (Current) G24 2 Data Not settable * * * * M4 IB(CT1) Peak Magnitude
B0 E6 IC Peak Mag Courier Number (Current) G24 2 Data Not settable * * * * M4 IC(CT1) Peak Magnitude
B0 E7 I2t Phase A Courier Number (I2t) G24 2 Data Not settable * * * * M4 I2t(CT1) Phase A
B0 E8 I2t Phase B Courier Number (I2t) G24 2 Data Not settable * * * * M4 I2t(CT1) Phase B
B0 E9 I2t Phase C Courier Number (I2t) G24 2 Data Not settable * * * * M4 I2t(CT1) Phase C
B0 EA IA-2 Peak Mag Courier Number (Current) G24 2 Data Not settable * * * M7 IA(CT2) Peak Magnitude
B0 EB IB-2 Peak Mag Courier Number (Current) G24 2 Data Not settable * * * M7 IB(CT2) Peak Magnitude
B0 EC IC-2 Peak Mag Courier Number (Current) G24 2 Data Not settable * * * M7 IC(CT2) Peak Magnitude
B0 ED I2t Phase A-2 Courier Number (I2t) G24 2 Data Not settable * * * M7 I2t(CT2) Phase A
B0 EE I2t Phase B-2 Courier Number (I2t) G24 2 Data Not settable * * * M7 I2t(CT2) Phase B
B0 EF I2t Phase C-2 Courier Number (I2t) G24 2 Data Not settable * * * M7 I2t(CT2) Phase C
No Header N/A No Header is a section * * * * * *
B1 00
heading
B1 01 Select Record UINT16 Setting 0 to 65535 step 1 0 65535 1 * * * * * *
B1 02 Time and Date IEC Date and Time Data * * * * * *
B1 03 Maint Text ASCII Text Data * * * * * *
B1 04 Maint Type UINT32 Data * * * * * *
B1 05 Maint Data UINT32 Data * * * * * *
DATA TRANSFER (No Header) N/A DATA TRANSFER (No
B2 00 Header) is a section heading
Select Record Unsigned Integer 0 Setting -199 to 199 step 1 -199 199 1 0 * * * * * * Data if
B4 01
BF03=1
B4 02 Trigger Time IEC870 Time & Date Data * * * * * *
B4 03 Active Channels Binary Flag Data * * * * * *
B4 04 Channel Types Binary Flag Data * * * * * *
B4 05 Channel Offsets Courier Number (decimal) Data * * * * * *
B4 06 Channel Scaling Courier Number (decimal) Data * * * * * *
B4 07 Channel SkewVal Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 08 Channel MinVal Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 09 Channel MaxVal Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 0A Format Unsigned Integer Data * * * * * * Record format: 0 = uncompressed, 1 = compressed
B4 0B Upload Unsigned Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 0C-0F UNUSED
B4 10 No. Of Samples Unsigned Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 11 Trig Position Unsigned Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 12 Time Base Courier Number (time) Data * * * * * *
B4 13 UNUSED
B4 14 Sample Timer Unsigned Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 15-1F UNUSED
B4 20 Dist. Channel 1 Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 21 Dist. Channel 2 Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 22 Dist. Channel 3 Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 23 Dist. Channel 4 Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 24 Dist. Channel 5 Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 25 Dist. Channel 6 Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 26 Dist. Channel 7 Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 27 Dist. Channel 8 Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 28 Dist. Channel 9 Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 29 Dist. Channel 10 Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 2A Dist. Channel 11 Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 2B Dist. Channel 12 Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 2C Dist. Channel 13 Integer Data * * * * * *
B4 2D-3D UNUSED
B4 3E Dist. Channel 31 Binary Flag Data * * * * * *
B4 3F Dist. Channel 32 Binary Flag Data * * * * * *
Calibration Coefficients (Hidden) N/A * * * * * *
B5
(Note No Text)
B5 01 Cal Soft Version ASCII text 16 chars Data * * * * * *
B5 02 Cal Date and Time IEC Date and time Data * * * * * *
B5 03 Channel Types Repeated Group 16 * Binary Flag 8 bits Data * * * * * *
Cal Coeffs Block transfer Repeated Group of UINT32 Data * * * * * *
B5 04 (4 coeffs voltage channel, 8 coeffs current
channel)
Comms Diagnostics (Hidden) N/A Comms Diagnostics Note: No text in column text * * * * * *
B6 00 (Hidden) is a section
heading
B6 01 Bus Comms Err Count Front UINT32 Data * * * * * *
B6 02 Bus Message Count Front UINT32 Data * * * * * *
B6 03 Protocol Err Count Front UINT32 Data * * * * * *
B6 04 Slave Message Count Front UNIT32 Data
B6 05 Reset front count (Reset Menu Cell cmd only) Data * * * * * *
B6 06 Bus Comms Err Count Rear UINT32 Data * * * * * *
B6 07 Protocol Err Count Rear UINT32 Data * * * * * *
B6 08 Slave Message Count Rear UINT32 Data
B6 09 Busy Count Rear UINT32 Data * * * * * *
B6 0A Reset Rear Count (Reset Menu Cell cmd only) Data * * * * * *
PSL DATA PSL DATA is a section
B7 00
heading
B7 01 Grp 1 PSL Ref ASCII Text (32 Chars) 3x01000 3x01015 G3 16 Data * * * * * *
B7 02 Date/Time IEC 870 Date & Time 3x01016 3x01019 G12 4 Data * * * * * *
B7 03 Grp 1 PSL ID Unsigned Integer (32 bits) 3x01020 3x01021 G27 2 Data * * * * * *
B7 11 Grp 2 PSL Ref ASCII Text (32 Chars) 3x01022 3x01037 G3 16 Data * * * * * *
B7 12 Date/Time IEC 870 Date & Time 3x01038 3x01041 G12 4 Data * * * * * *
B7 13 Grp 2 PSL ID Unsigned Integer (32 bits) 3x01042 3x01043 G27 2 Data * * * * * *
B7 21 Grp 3 PSL Ref ASCII Text (32 Chars) 3x01044 3x01059 G3 16 Data * * * * * *
B7 22 Date/Time IEC 870 Date & Time 3x01060 3x01063 G12 4 Data * * * * * *
B7 23 Grp 3 PSL ID Unsigned Integer (32 bits) 3x01064 3x01065 G27 2 Data * * * * * *
B7 31 Grp 4 PSL Ref ASCII Text (32 Chars) 3x01066 3x01079 G3 16 Data * * * * * *
B7 32 Date/Time IEC 870 Date & Time 3x01082 3x01085 G12 4 Data * * * * * *
B7 33 Grp 4 PSL ID Unsigned Integer (32 bits) 3x01086 3x01087 G27 2 Data * * * * * *
COMMS SYS DATA N/A COMMS SYS DATA is a * * * * * *
BF 00
section heading
BF 01 Dist Record Cntrl Ref Menu Cell(2) B300 Data * * * * * *
BF 02 Dist Record Extract Ref Menu Cell(2) B400 Data * * * * * *
BF 03 Setting Transfer Unsigned Integer Setting * * * * * *
BF 04 Reset Demand None (Reset Menu Cell) Data * * * * * *
BF 05 UNUSED * * * * * *
BF 06 Block Xfer Ref Menu Cell(2) B200 Data * * * * * *
BF 07 Read Only Mode Unsigned Integer (16 bits) Data * * * * * * Read only mode
BF 10 Encryption Key Foreign Data 3x12000 3x12007 G259 G259 8 Data * * * * * *
BF 11 Connected i/face Unsigned Integer (16 bits) 3x12010 G261 G261 1 Data * * * * * *
BF 12 Security Column Menu Cell 25 00 Data * * * * * *
BF 13 Port Disable Menu Cell 25 05 Data * * * * * *
BF 14 Port Disable end Menu Cell 25 0B Data * * * * * *
BF 15 PW Entry Needed Unsigned Integer (32 bits) 0 Setting 0 255 1 * * * * * *
BF F0 Password Reset Unsigned Integer (16 bits) 4x00027 G1 G1 1 Setting * * * * * *
DIAGNOSTICS (hidden) DIAGNOSTICS (hidden) is a * * * * * * E001 = 1
E0 00
section heading
E0 01 Enable Column Indexed String G11 0 (No) Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * * * *
E0 11 CPU Load-Instant Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 12 CPU Load-Average Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 13 CPU Load-Min Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 14 CPU Load-Max Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 1F CPU Load Reset Indexed String G11 0 (No) Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * * * *
E0 21 DDB to set: Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Setting 0 1022 1 2 * * * * * *
E0 22 DDB to reset: Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Setting 0 1022 1 2 * * * * * *
E0 23 DDB to pulse: Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Setting 0 1022 1 2 * * * * * *
E0 26 Name Unfitted IO Indexed String G11 0 (No) Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * * * *
E0 31 UINT32 - 1 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Setting 0 2^32-1 1 2 * * * * * *
E0 32 UINT32 - 2 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Setting 0 2^32-1 1 2 * * * * * *
E0 33 UINT32 - 3 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Setting 0 2^32-1 1 2 * * * * * *
E0 34 UINT32 - 4 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Setting 0 2^32-1 1 2 * * * * * *
E0 35 UINT32 - 5 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Setting 0 2^32-1 1 2 * * * * * *
E0 41 INT32 - 1 Signed Integer (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 42 INT32 - 2 Signed Integer (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 43 INT32 - 3 Signed Integer (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 44 INT32 - 4 Signed Integer (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 45 INT32 - 5 Signed Integer (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 51 BIN32 - 1 Binary Flag (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 52 BIN32 - 2 Binary Flag (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 53 BIN32 - 3 Binary Flag (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 54 BIN32 - 4 Binary Flag (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 55 BIN32 - 5 Binary Flag (32 bits) Data * * * * * *
E0 61 FLT32 - 1 Courier Number (meters) Data * * * * * *
E0 62 FLT32 - 2 Courier Number (meters) Data * * * * * *
E0 63 FLT32 - 3 Courier Number (meters) Data * * * * * *
E0 64 FLT32 - 4 Courier Number (meters) Data * * * * * *
E0 65 FLT32 - 5 Courier Number (meters) Data * * * * * *
ETHERNET STATUS N/A ETHERNET STATUS is a * * * * * *
F0 00
section heading
F0 01 Ethernet Status Selector Unsigned Integer Setting 0 239 1 1 * * * * * * Yes
F0 02
F0 03 Ethernet Status Number Unsigned Integer Data * * * * * *
F0 04 Ethernet Fatal Error Unsigned Integer Data * * * * * *
50313.3110.04514
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Data Types 13-Nov-10
Page
Data Types
Page
G10 1 Register Signed fixed point number with 1 decimal place (16 bits) * * * * * * *
I.e. divide register value by 10 to obtain actual value.
-- High Byte: Day of week (mask 0xE0) and day of month (mask 0x1F)
-- Low Byte: Month of year (mask 0x0F)
0x7F00 Fourth register: (format bytes 7 + "dummy")
-- High Byte: Years of century (mask 0x7F)
50313.3110.04516
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Data Types 13-Nov-10
Page
-- Low Byte: Day of week (mask 0xE0) and day of month (mask 0x1F)
0x9FBF Third Register: (format bytes 4 + 3)
-- High byte: Summertime (mask 0x80) and hours (mask 0x1F)
-- Low Byte: Validity (mask 0x80) and minutes (mask 0x3F)
0xFFFF Forth Register: (format bytes 2 + 1)
-- High Byte: Milli-seconds High byte
-- Low Byte: Milli-seconds Low byte
B High byte transmitted first, followed by low byte, for each register.
Page
G24 2 REGISTERS Unsigned fixed point number with 3 decimal places (32 bits) * * * * * * *
Data formatted as per data type G27.
I.e. divide 'G27' value by 1000 to obtain actual value.
Current 0 - 4,000,000A Resolution 1mA
Voltage 0 - 4MV Resolution 1mV
G25 1 REGISTER Unsigned fixed point number with 3 decimal places (16 bits) * * * * * * *
I.e. divide register value by 1000 to obtain actual value.
Time Interval 0.000 - 655.000s Resolution 1ms
Frequency 0.000 - 655.000Hz Resolution 0.001Hz
Page
Page
Page
Page
(For fault record use only. The associated Modbus registers cannot
be accessed unless a fault record is selected.)
Bit Mask (hex) Data formatted as per data type G27.
0x00000001 General Start * * * * * * *
0x00000002 Start Power1 * * * * * * *
0x00000004 Start Power2 * * * * * * *
0x00000008 Start FFail1 * * * * *
0x00000010 Start FFail2 * * * * *
0x00000020 Start V Dep O/C * * * * *
0x00000040 Start I>1 * * * * * * *
0x00000080 Start I>2 * * * * * * *
0x00000100 Start I>3 * * * * * * *
0x00000200 Start I>4 * * * * * * *
0x00000400 Start IN>1 * * * * * * *
0x00000800 Start IN>2 * * * * * * *
0x00001000 Start IN>3 * *
0x00002000 Start IN>4 * *
0x00004000 Start ISEF>1 * * * * * * *
0x00008000 Start ISEF>2 * *
0x00010000 Start ISEF>3 * *
0x00020000 Start ISEF>4 * *
0x00040000 Start NVD VN>1 * * * * * * *
0x00080000 Start NVD VN>2 * * * * * * *
0x00100000 Start 100%StEF3H * * * *
0x00200000 Start Sen Power1 * * * * * * *
0x00400000 Start Sen Power2 * * * * * * *
0x00800000 Start z PSlip Z1 * * * *
0x01000000 Start z PSlip Z2 * * * *
0x02000000 Start Z<1 * * * * *
0x04000000 Start Z<2 * * * * *
0x08000000 Strt Xformer Dif * * * *
0x10000000 Start TF I> * * * * *
0x20000000 Not Used
0x40000000 Not Used
0x80000000 Not Used
(For fault record use only. The associated Modbus registers cannot
be accessed unless a fault record is selected.)
Bit Mask (hex) Data formatted as per data type G27.
0x00000001 Any Trip * * * * * * *
0x00000002 Trip Gen Diff * * * *
0x00000004 Trip Power1 * * * * * * *
0x00000008 Trip Power2 * * * * * * *
0x00000010 Trip FFail1 * * * * *
0x00000020 Trip FFail2 * * * * *
0x00000040 Trip NPS Thermal * * * * *
0x00000080 Trip V Dep O/C * * * * *
0x00000100 Trip I>1 * * * * * * *
0x00000200 Trip I>2 * * * * * * *
0x00000400 Trip I>3 * * * * * * *
0x00000800 Trip I>4 * * * * * * *
0x00001000 Trip IN>1 * * * * * * *
0x00002000 Trip IN>2 * * * * * * *
0x00004000 Trip IN>3 * *
0x00008000 Trip IN>4 * *
0x00010000 Trip ISEF>1 * * * * * * *
0x00020000 Trip ISEF>2 * *
0x00040000 Trip ISEF>3 * *
0x00080000 Trip ISEF>4 * *
0x00100000 Trip IREF> * * * * * * *
0x00200000 Trip NVD VN>1 * * * * * * *
0x00400000 Trip NVD VN>2 * * * * * * *
0x00800000 Trip 100%StEF3H * * * *
0x01000000 Trip Dead Mach * * *
0x02000000 Trip Sen Power1 * * * * * * *
0x04000000 Trip Sen Power2 * * * * * * *
50313.3110.04522
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Data Types 13-Nov-10
Page
(For fault record use only. The associated Modbus registers cannot
be accessed unless a fault record is selected.)
Bit Mask (hex) Data formatted as per data type G27.
0x00000001 Trip V<1 * * * * * * *
0x00000002 Trip V<2 * * * * * * *
0x00000004 Trip V< A/AB * * * * * * *
0x00000008 Trip V< B/BC * * * * * * *
0x00000010 Trip V< C/CA * * * * * * *
0x00000020 Trip V>1 * * * * * * *
0x00000040 Trip V>2 * * * * * * *
0x00000080 Trip V> A/AB * * * * * * *
0x00000100 Trip V> B/BC * * * * * * *
0x00000200 Trip V> C/CA * * * * * * *
0x00000400 Trip F<1 * * * * * * *
0x00000800 Trip F<2 * * * * * * *
0x00001000 Trip F<3 * * * * * * *
0x00002000 Trip F<4 * * * * * * *
0x00004000 Trip F>1 * * * * * * *
0x00008000 Trip F>2 * * * * * * *
0x00010000 Trip V/Hz * * * * *
0x00010000 Trip V Shift * *
0x00020000 Trp Xformer Dif * * * *
0x00040000 Trip RTD 1 * * * * *
0x00080000 Trip RTD 2 * * * * *
0x00100000 Trip RTD 3 * * * * *
0x00200000 Trip RTD 4 * * * * *
0x00400000 Trip RTD 5 * * * * *
0x00800000 Trip RTD 6 * * * * *
0x01000000 Trip RTD 7 * * * * *
0x02000000 Trip RTD 8 * * * * *
0x04000000 Trip RTD 9 * * * * *
0x08000000 Trip RTD 10 * * * * *
0x10000000 Trip CL Input 1 * * * * * * *
0x20000000 Trip CL Input 2 * * * * * * *
0x40000000 Trip CL Input 3 * * * * * * *
0x80000000 Trip CL Input 4 * * * * * * *
(For fault record use only. The associated Modbus registers cannot
be accessed unless a fault record is selected.)
Bit Mask (hex) Data formatted as per data type G27.
0x00000001 CB Fail 1 * * * * * * *
0x00000002 CB Fail 2 * * * * * * *
0x00000004 VTS * * * * * * *
0x00000008 CTS-1 * * * * * * *
0x00000010 Alarm FFail * * * * *
0x00000020 Alm NPS Thermal * * * * *
0x00000040 Alarm V/Hz * * * * *
0x00000080 Alarm RTD 1 * * * * *
0x00000100 Alarm RTD 2 * * * * *
0x00000200 Alarm RTD 3 * * * * *
0x00000400 Alarm RTD 4 * * * * *
0x00000800 Alarm RTD 5 * * * * *
0x00001000 Alarm RTD 6 * * * * *
0x00002000 Alarm RTD 7 * * * * *
0x00004000 Alarm RTD 8 * * * * *
0x00008000 Alarm RTD 9 * * * * *
0x00010000 Alarm RTD 10 * * * * *
0x00020000 Alarm Thermal * * * * * * *
0x00040000 Alarm CL Input 1 * * * * * * *
0x00080000 Alarm CL Input 2 * * * * * * *
0x00100000 Alarm CL Input 3 * * * * * * *
0x00200000 Alarm CL Input 4 * * * * * * *
0x00400000 CTS-2 * * * *
0x00800000 64S R<1 Alarm *
0x01000000 64S Fail Alarm *
0x02000000 64R R<1 Alarm * * * * *
0x04000000 64R CL I/P Fail * * * * *
0x08000000 Amb T Fail Alm *
0x10000000 Wind V Fail Alm *
0x20000000 Wind D Fail Alm *
0x40000000 Solar R Fail Alm *
0x80000000 Not Used
(For fault record use only. The associated Modbus registers cannot
be accessed unless a fault record is selected.)
Bit Mask (hex) Data formatted as per data type G27.
0x00000001 CT Mismatch Alm * * * *
0x00000002 Loss of Life Alm * * * * *
0x00000004 FAA Alarm * * * * *
0x00000008 Thru Fault Alm * * * * *
0x00000010 Circuit Flt Alm * * * *
50313.3110.04523
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Data Types 13-Nov-10
Page
Page
(For fault record use only. The associated Modbus registers cannot
be accessed unless a fault record is selected.)
Bit Mask (hex) Data formatted as per data type G27.
0x00000001 Start V<1 * * * * * * *
0x00000002 Start V<2 * * * * * * *
0x00000004 Start V< A/AB * * * * * * *
0x00000008 Start V< B/BC * * * * * * *
0x00000010 Start V< C/CA * * * * * * *
0x00000020 Start V>1 * * * * * * *
0x00000040 Start V>2 * * * * * * *
0x00000080 Start V> A/AB * * * * * * *
0x00000100 Start V> B/BC * * * * * * *
0x00000200 Start V> C/CA * * * * * * *
0x00000400 Start F<1 * * * * * * *
0x00000800 Start F<2 * * * * * * *
0x00001000 Start F<3 * * * * * * *
0x00002000 Start F<4 * * * * * * *
0x00004000 Start F>1 * * * * * * *
0x00008000 Start F>2 * * * * * * *
0x00010000 Start V/Hz>1 * * * * *
0x00020000 Unused
0x00040000 Start CLI1 Alarm * * * * * * *
0x00080000 Start CLI2 Alarm * * * * * * *
0x00100000 Start CLI3 Alarm * * * * * * *
0x00200000 Start CLI4 Alarm * * * * * * *
0x00400000 Start CLI1 Trip * * * * * * *
0x00800000 Start CLI2 Trip * * * * * * *
0x01000000 Start CLI3 Trip * * * * * * *
0x02000000 Start CLI4 Trip * * * * * * *
0x04000000 Start df/dt >1 * * * * * * *
0x08000000 Start df/dt >2 * * * * * * *
0x10000000 Start df/dt >3 * * * * * * *
0x20000000 Start df/dt >4 * * * * * * *
0x40000000
0x80000000
Page
Page
Page
(For fault record use only. The associated Modbus registers cannot
be accessed unless a fault record is selected.)
Bit Mask (hex) Data Format as per data type G27.
0x00000001 Start HoTSpot >1 * * * * *
0x00000002 Start HoTSpot >2 * * * * *
0x00000004 Start HoTSpot >3 * * * * *
0x00000008 Start Top Oil >1 * * * * *
0x00000010 Start Top Oil >2 * * * * *
0x00000020 Start Top Oil >3 * * * * *
0x00000040 Not Used
0x00000080 Not Used
0x00000100 Not Used
0x00000200 Not Used
0x00000400 Not Used
0x00000800 Not Used
0x00001000 Not Used
0x00002000 Not Used
0x00004000 Not Used
0x00008000 Not Used
0x00010000 Not Used
0x00020000 Not Used
0x00040000 Not Used
0x00080000 Not Used
0x00100000 Not Used
0x00200000 Not Used
0x00400000 Not Used
0x00800000 Not Used
0x01000000 Not Used
0x02000000 Not Used
0x04000000 Not Used
0x08000000 Not Used
0x10000000 Not Used
0x20000000 Not Used
0x40000000 Not Used
0x80000000 Not Used
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
G253 0 UTC * * * * * * *
1 Local
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
CLIO Output Measurement Unit Minimum Maximum Step Size Default Minimum Default Maximum
IA Magnitude A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1
IB Magnitude A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1
IC Magnitude A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1
IN Measured Mag A 0*I2 16*I2 0.01*I2 0*I2 1.2*I2
IN Derived Mag A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1
IN-1 Derived Mag A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1
IN-2 Derived Mag A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1
I Sen Magnitude A 0*I3 16*I3 0.01*I3 0*I3 1.2*I3
I1 Magnitude A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1
I2 Magnitude A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1
I0 Magnitude A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1
IA RMS A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1
IB RMS A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1
IC RMS A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1
VAB Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 140*V1
VBC Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 140*V1
VCA Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 140*V1
VAN Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1
VBN Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1
VCN Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1
VN1 Magnitude V 0*V3 200*V3 0.1*V3 0*V3 80*V3
VN Derived Mag V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1
VN2 Magnitude V 0*V2 200*V2 0.1*V2 0*V2 80*V2
V1 Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1
V2 Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1
V0 Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1
VAN RMS V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1
VBN RMS V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1
50313.3110.04596
Issue D
13-Nov-10
Page
Page
Page
Pri/Sec Mulitplier
M4
M4
M4
M5
M4
M4
M4
M6
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M3
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
50313.3110.04599
Issue D
13-Nov-10
Page
M1
M1
M1*M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
M4
M4
M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
M4
M4
M4
M1*M4
M1*M4
50313.3110.045100
Issue D
13-Nov-10
Page
M4
M4
M4
M3
M4
M4
MCS/M2/M3
M1
50313.3110.045101
Issue D
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION Events 13-Nov-10
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Status Indications
1,7,9,11,12,20,2
1 224 16 Auto-recloser active *
1
1,7,9,11,12,20,2
1 224 17 Tele-protection active *
1
1,7,9,11,12,20,2
1 224 18 Protection active *
1
Supervision Indications
1 1,7,9 224 32 Measurand supervision I *
1 1,7,9 224 33 Measurand supervision V *
1 1,7,9 224 35 Phase sequence supervision *
1 1,7,9 224 36 Trip circuit supervision *
1 1,7,9 224 37 I>> back-up supervision *
1 1,7,9 224 38 VT fuse failure * * * * * * * * VTS Indication
1 1,7,9 224 39 Teleprotection disturbed *
1 1,7,9 224 46 Group warning *
1 1,7,9 224 47 Group alarm *
Fault Indications
2 1,7,9 224 64 Start /pickup L1 * * * * * * * * 1st Stage O/C Start A
2 1,7,9 224 65 Start /pickup L2 * * * * * * * * 1st Stage O/C Start B
2 1,7,9 224 66 Start /pickup L3 * * * * * * * * 1st Stage O/C Start C
2 1,7,9 224 67 Start /pickup N * * * * * * * * 1st Stage EF Start
2 1,7 224 68 General Trip * * * * * * * * Any Trip
2 1,7 224 69 Trip L1 * * * * * * * * 1st Stage O/C Trip A
2 1,7 224 70 Trip L2 * * * * * * * * 1st Stage O/C Trip B
2 1,7 224 71 Trip L3 * * * * * * * * 1st Stage O/C Trip C
2 1,7 224 72 Trip I>> (back up)
4 1,7 224 73 Fault Location in ohms
2 1,7 224 74 Fault forward
2 1,7 224 75 Fault reverse
2 1,7 224 76 Teleprotection signal sent
2 1,7 224 77 Teleprotection signal received
2 1,7 224 78 Zone 1
2 1,7 224 79 Zone 2
2 1,7 224 80 Zone 3
2 1,7 224 81 Zone 4
2 1,7 224 82 Zone 5
2 1,7 224 83 Zone 6
2 1,7,9 224 84 General Start * * * * * * * * Any Start
2 1,7 224 85 Breaker Failure * * * * * * * * Breaker Fail Any Trip
2 1,7 224 86 Trip measuring system L1
2 1,7 224 87 Trip measuring system L2
2 1,7 224 88 Trip measuring system L3
2 1,7 224 89 Trip measuring system E
2 1,7 224 90 Trip I> * * * * * * * * 1st Stage O/C Trip 3ph
2 1,7 224 91 Trip I>> * * * * * * * * 2nd Stage O/C Trip 3ph
2 1,7 224 92 Trip IN> * * * * * * * * 1st Stage EF Trip
2 1,7 224 93 Trip IN>> * * * * * * * * 2nd Stage EF Trip
Auto-Reclose Indications
1 1,7 224 128 CB 'on' by A/R
1 1,7 224 129 CB 'on' by long time A/R
1 1,7,9 224 130 AR blocked *
Measurands
3.1 2,7 224 144 Measurand I
3.2 2,7 224 145 Measurands I,V
3.3 2,7 224 146 Measurands I,V,P,Q
3.4 2,7 224 147 Measurands IN,VEN
9 2,7 224 148 Measurands IL1,2,3,VL1,2,3,P,Q,f * * * * * Note unavailable measurands sent as invalid
Generic Functions
10 42,43 224 240 Read Headings
Read attributes of all entries of a
10 42,43 224 241
group
10 42,43 224 243 Read directory of entry
1,2,7,9,11,12,
10 224 244 Real attribute of entry *
42,43
10 10 224 245 End of GGI
10 41,44 224 249 Write entry with confirm
10 40,41 224 250 Write entry with execute
10 40 224 251 Write entry aborted
General Commands
20 20 224 16 Auto-recloser on/off Autoreclose in Service
20 20 224 17 Teleprotection on/off
20 20 224 18 Protection on/off
20 20 224 19 LED Reset * * * * * * * Reset Indications and Latches
20 20 224 23 Activate characteristic 1 * * * * * * * Activate Setting Group 1
20 20 224 24 Activate characteristic 2 * * * * * * * Activate Setting Group 2
20 20 224 25 Activate characteristic 3 * * * * * * * Activate Setting Group 3
20 20 224 26 Activate characteristic 4 * * * * * * * Activate Setting Group 4
50313.3110.045109
Issue D
IEC60870-5-103
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION 13-Nov-10
Device Profile
Page
Generic Functions
Read headings of all defined
21 42 224 240 * * * * * * * * Measurements1/2/3/4
groups
Read single attribute of all entries
21 42 224 241 * * * * * * * * Measurements1/2/3/5
of a group
21 42 224 243 Read directory of single entry * * * * * * * * Measurements1/2/3/6
21 42 224 244 Read attribute of sngle entry * * * * * * * * Measurements1/2/3/7
Generic General Interrogation
21 9 224 245
(GGI)
10 40 224 248 Write entry
10 40 224 249 Write with confirm
10 40 224 250 Write with execute
10 40 224 251 Write entry abort
DDB
Ordinal
391
677
32
33
34
35
292
50313.3110.045111
Issue D
IEC60870-5-103
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION 13-Nov-10
Device Profile
Page
1041
1042
1043
1008
674
801
802
803
992
358
800
804
768
769
DDB
Ordinal
50313.3110.045112
Issue D
IEC60870-5-103
DEVELOPMENT SPECIFICATION 13-Nov-10
Device Profile
Page
DDB
Ordinal
0
370
650
651
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
928
929
930
931
932
946
947
948
949
950
951
958
959
1212
1213
1214
1215
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247